Home
2015 ADMS User Manual
Contents
1. e Lidar grd or RTK Topo grd used to create the m Drawings In Map Vy Tile Plan projected to match Control Points raara rY een 08 inch Pi e Print Map to Bitmap BMP BPW created to 10 inch Pipe work with plan Surfaces In Map Lidar Topo Images In Map SH8SE NAIP bmp Exporting data to AGPS OA PO GE sy DDE sana AP Sr oe 1 Open Map Window 2 Turnon all Drawing Surfaces Images to be exported this would include the Topography grd that was used for design 3 Open the Points shp that CONTAINS the Export Control Points FODM Device Shape Grid 4 Select all the Control Points for this field Topcon Zynx Export John Deere project example 2 control points Mid Tech ARM File Flesa Coil PRE File 5 Menu Bar Export AGPS Setup Files gt _ AGPS Setup Files This will open the AGPS Setup Wizard Welcome to the AGPS Field Setup Wizard Before Beginning this Process you should have Instructions on this page will tell you what to do o 1 A Map Window open with The next couple pages of the book are step by E i c A bitmap for display created and loaded step instructions with Notes amp Suggestions T el N a lf you do not have these layers loaded cancel out add the required data and start the Wizard again Click Next GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc co
2. Port Settings Data Logging Opti GPS Port coma Parity None gt ata Logging Uptions Swath Width BaudRate 19600 v Use RTS CTS Minimum GPS Quality Filter Dass gt Prke Stop Bits fo ne Open Device Manager GPGG4 104725 86 4721 11532 N 09647 00000 W 1 04 2 3 100 00 M 33 3 M 0000 6D GPRMC 104725 96 5 4721 11532 N 09647 00000 W 21 60 0 00 100909 0 0 E 3 10 GPGS44 3 01 02 03 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2 10 2 40 2 30 08 GPGG4 104726 09 4721 11652 N 09647 00000 1 04 1 1 100 00 M 33 9 M 0000 6D GPGSA A 3 01 02 03 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 40 2 10 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 253 Veris Logging Me Software Setup Data Storage User Interface Unit Of Measure GPS Settings GPS Config UTM Zone Wers Settings Yield Settings Next we move on to selecting the comm port for the Veris veris Comm Port CO With the Veris hooked up and in the SsoersFotoMens jis mode to log to an external computer Initial Map Low value jo lt click on the Veris Settings tab Initial Map Haone 1100 The baud rate is fixed so it is just to select the port Select a port and click the Test button If you see numbers coming in the white box on the bottom the settings are successful NOTE The Veris box will not output d
3. Eom eBo NZS H Ly MELO i Tia JB TUDE et gs u aL iitute oe H LI Ate at b I Fer BE b D TI Fald Dramaga Planning Lape Woda shy LELEI TE I ii tks za BET By Immun wie aT y i ine Leva 5 Li TLE 5 ee Luce 2 SDR Poe Fu a hil Lat RUSE im MO Tisis Poets Lii lss faa re GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 186 Creating Tile Plan Directions for the Project Land Owner wants to Steps 1 2 Here is the ROUGH plan sketched out on a FSA map Determine the locations of the Mains Choose Pattern design amp guide lines Use Tile Calculator Determine Tile Size Draw in Sized Tile Plan Pattern Tile Red amp Orange areas of the field Spacing 100 m Drainage Coefficient 1 4 Soil Types Sandy Clay Loam Wetland Setbacks Yes Buffer 200 set back on the 15ac wetland on south end Minimum Grade 0 1 1 drop per 1 000 Minimum Install Depth 2 Optimum Install Depth 4 Maximum Install Depth 6 Create outlet points grd if required Merge with Topography grd if required Create set back for wetland amp utilities GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 187 Creatin
4. Short Name K ppm I Full Name SoilK l These color themes can be changed Units i m in the future by editing the Common Name Mapping data base Decimal Precision 0 v lor Theme Soil K 40 300 ppm None Nitrogen 1 150 Ibs Soil CEC 7 40 mec Soil K 40 300 ppm Sail OM 1 6 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 79 Nutrient Layers Color Layers By Theme 2 Load Fixed Thematic Table Editing The Common Name Mapping Database Setu Tools Wind Hel To open up the Common Name Mapping database go to j Sum P Setup gt Common Name Mapping at the top of the window Fertilizers iA Crops This will open Common Name Mapping u Hybrids Add Map Units Mark Attributes All previous entries can be edited and have a color theme applied removed or changed Operators Tasks Machines Common Name Mapping By default all default entries will be set to None ld 4 3 a A Shari Marie iiare Linda Dumm Cortyn y Short Name pH F for za E ari i So EACH a 1 art ar FullName pH cm Lege Same Fe er j eb Nihal shu Er La che 2 Monten F Unts pH Pl Cages ger Peep bey NR Er i Deomal Preceseon 1 Sib Safir E Lint here a Ror FI She a a Mira i Coor By Value Tabie Fr pp IFE Hee P dear Sai Sahibin Labi DE wert wr cH 2 re u B aid Gaai Yami Gs pem li Mer j ie ee om aie S
5. Drenig rv B Cmap be e te mhi Meg bree ra en Sn A eed ete ne Tide ike fon wed cick OF ualacae ja Mij L Diim urr bs Ha Time she AKTE Cate Sel fe ee Dii bre Vee bi he Are ie ta ri ae Images In Map m Se Cha tha bare Ciyecten Yankee 1 D Cesare Selen My Gus si s W x mam Padas Reno re easel aiiis aihir Ey thei 5 Lomi oe ae i hn i Dn EN 5 it rk F be m 82 ote hen Lire l ee ne una a al nt Cake ee in Byg bee See biar 2 Tegrity thes las 1 AEROS SE GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 213 Normalizing Yield Data The final step in Normalizing Yield Data is merging the data set amp adjusting the data back to YIELD ACRE 1 Start out by doing a Clear Map under the Layer Info tab 2 Turn on Combine 1 shp amp Combine 2 shp amp Combine 3 shp and so on Only turn on the Yield Data NO boundaries or images 3 Right Click on either Combine shp file 4 Choose Utilities and Merge all Visible SHP files 5 Set the File Name of the new layer to represent the Year Crop Merged shp In this example 2009 Wheat Merged shp E ME TE i Tuki 2eombinemecad 6 Turn on the New 2009 Wheat Merged shp N Zn 1 Senne nen 1 Fir quire OH When erga 7 On the bottom Toolbar click the Preform Math aoe li ene Oper
6. aa a Naming Quick Marks Go to the GPS tab TEE Log Atinbute 2 b Click on Settings Button DKS wv 164 0 Starle v C Recommend settings like below GPSON Semen Dale d Name Quick Marks as you see fit Eeteloizieluiennee y i Limited to 8 characters ii Continuous Will collect a point every second or every 2 feet GPS Mark Quck Guide Gnd Settrigs Quick Marien CtriPt Continuous Generate New Quick Marks File Daily DIB 4 Conii tBtm ontnuous Minimum Distance Between 2 0072 Inlet Continuous Quick Mark Points Feet 2 Outlet Cision Update Mark Interval secs 1 00418 SamPt Continuous Min Marking Speed for lines 0 30 za Culvert Continuous and Polygons Rock Continuous JoSamp Continuous 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Path Continuous 8 To use the Quick Marks simply click on the button you want to mark 9 Go to your new field and start at the top of the page GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 245 Quick Notes For GPS In Field Lines amp Boundaries Qe Starting a New Data Collection 1 Open the Map Window or Log and Sample Map Window Log and Sample 2 Select the Grower Farm and Field you want to work with GPS Mark Quick Guide Grid 3 Go to the GPS Mark tab Bro kan Wind Selings scahen 4 Under the GPS tab Connect to GPS a Click
7. Data Mappin GK Technology PP INg For Agriculture Solution Soil Sampling Fertilizing Seeding Drainage er ei WEN lt s Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Contents File Storage amp Structure LO VOU euere nen 8 Getting Started with Ag Data Mapping Solution zzessuennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn non nun nun nnnnnn nenn 9 SELLINGS me E ee een 10 17 WINGON DOCK Set ING ee a a er ee 18 20 Toolbars Top Tolba Map POON A area ee ee leid 21 22 Bottom Toolbar Drawings Surfaces Web Layers Multi Band Images 23 28 Drawing Tools Polygons Lines amp Points esensnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnun nun nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ernennen nn nun nenn 29 Extracting Drawing Layers from a Mass Collection u222ssssss0nnnnnnn nun nn nennen nn nenn 30 32 Hand Drawang Boundarles neuen aa 33 Merging Boundaries Poly PolygonS ssisticcsaratncasaceveeccecannassdaniessesataseantanbeasatanaonsanoetes 34 Hand Drawi ng EHE SE POMS ee 35 Hand Paving MAP ONS e ee aa ne aaa ee meer 36 Collect with GPS Using Ag Data Mapping Solution Map Window ccceeeeeeee seen eee e eens 37 Decomposing PO P Oy ON aca ates sce aan teenie une 38 Moving Vertices amp Moving PO NTS vera ae re rer 39 MY NOTES ve ee ehe ee E E 40 41 Quick Notes for Satellite IMagerfy ssssssososssnnsnnnnsnnnsnnnsnsnnunnnnnnsunnneunnunsnnunsunsnsnnunenenneunnnenns 42 Creating Zones from Imagery Creating Grower Farmy Field e
8. LA er All ynia I Bee Le ZU TE SBE gt wenn GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 105 Grid Sampling Creating Custom Grid Points 8 Click Save on the bottom toolbar 9 Your image should now be cropped to the field boundary Creating Your Sample Points 1 Click Clear Map x 2 Under Templates L on the bottom of layer selection choose Sample Points A new Point Shape File will be created labeled SamplePoints Salt Aree Sol 0 3 Make your colored grid image grd file your Test active layer Veen Wirt gg Wat E Soundary chp Ten WR CustomGrid grd al mE EIH Grid shp T GridPoints shp as ESP SamplePoints shp 4 Go to the County Data button and check on a NAIP image that represents the field you are working on This will allow you to have a visual image when you are deciding where to drop the new points County Data Web Layers None 5 Go back to the Field Data button 6 Check on the Grid shp file Field Data Count 7 Check on the SamplePoints shp file iv IGE CustomGnd grd IE Grid shp BEY GrdPoints shp MP SamplePoints shp nothing will appear when SamplePoints shp is checked on This allows you to make a custom grid while remaining in the selected grid size GK Technology Inc
9. NO TEST 05465 08185 0 8825 65 8 18 464 NO TEST MN 03525 09385 1 077 271 37 Step 3 NO TEST mr 10548 1 0933 455 23 46 00 Select the Column that NO TEST BE 103 1 137 1 179 459 2 1 46 00 contains the Zone ID NO TEST BE 1 175 1259 13832 240 27 map 82 00 Step 4 F Inte Soil Test Layers F Eni Open Zn K 7 Mapping They Pw CHEIE T Pana iraj af Panama amp vurnieal Bj Tei Di Se E Tmnbicp Bar Fe SF Hegh i Kanne isa i Ors aa lihri wf mein E Laini Lees D Ic Ba Lentur dh HP RECOVERY a a HP TOS Fi File pima ghe H ak jiji ry Leari Load Zone Image Soil Test Results View Nutrie a E Using the drop down boxes next to each Zone Colo Step 2 MOND ieee fren ties Sol Teak Pesca iha maches up wil Load Sample Results File A eR APP EP Enter Result Manually NO TEST 0 8185 0 8825 NO TEST 0 9585 1 0077 Step 3 NO TEST 1 0548 1 0933 Select the Column that NO TEST 1 1337 1 179 een NO TEST 1 2279 1 3832 Ref No a GrowerlD 25 E Ad ID 1st Crop 2013 Crop 2014 Gtr 11 l Sect No 7 Ref No GrowerID 25 Fid ID 1st 8 Sample ID oH 10493126 null 110680 GREEN i ib 10493127 null 110680 YELLOW i OM 10493123 null 110680 RED 1 N1 lb IN2Ib IE N3 Ib Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 83 Nutrient Layers Using CSV XLS Soil Test Results Phosphorous Conversion Soil phosphorous values may be tested and reported in several different ways such as Olsen Bray and Mehlich 2 amp
10. 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 106 Grid Sampling Creating Custom Grid Points 8 With SamplePoints shp as your new active layer select the Multi Point Draw Tool on the bottom toolbar below your map window ld Field Laien Sa oase bea Vi tk wo 9 Click in the grids in the order in which you would like them sampled Start at the first one and go to the last one 10 When you are finished de select the Multi Point Draw Tool Your new points will automatically save hakid Field 1 La OASEN hAAT AEX 11 You now should have your custom points that look similar to the image below oA Poe y DPE DE setana ERT E GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 107 Grid Sampling Creating Custom Grid Points Labeling Sample Points 1 Select the sample points file under Field Field Data County Data Data 2 On the bottom toolbar below the map Boundary shp window select the labels tool ABC button GE CustomGrid grd E Grid shp SampiePoints shp gari GrdPoints shp id RR Ma SamplePoints shp 3 Check on Labels Visible 4 Select MPVal from the source database dropdown 5 Select height in feet recommended for field view is 50 100 feet 6 Click Apply Changing
11. 3 For example a column named BpH in an Agvise Export if used to create a layer will create a layer named Buffer pH and the units will be set to pH and set to display 2 decimal points 4 To Edit the names Go to the Top Toolbar Setup Common Name Mapping Diala for Coum Klare Tha skeet tual i iiss capil ik ia death thes shot name re used Io orale data mm then Huluna s Ill help to proada corsaslon naming of Gulpul yes Hin eh SX Olsen Phosphorus grd Organic Matter grd GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 75 Q y Nutrient Layers Color Layers By Theme In ADMS there are some tools that allow raster layers to be colored by certain values or color themes The benefit of having color themes is that it gives visual consistency when looking at cer tain types of maps such as nutrient layers Traditionally when a map gets created a color table gets applied which ranges from the low end color to the high end color despite the values For ex ample a rainbow color table would always have all the colors no matter what the values are When dealing with nutrient maps you may want certain colors to always represent certain values For example red will equal low nutrient levels while purple will equal adequate or excess nutrient lev els See the phosphorous Olsen map below as an example 23 29 35 41 4
12. 4 When working with Topography data there are usually columns for signal correction or signal quality You need to find out what values are acceptable for your application and use this Table to delete unwanted or invalid points Columns to Cleanup amp Suggestions 5 There is also a DB Operations Select By Query function By using this you can HDOP Delete anything greater than 3 0 choose lt gt functions to help select values to VDOP Delete anything greater than 3 0 delete Choose or type in a value to query amp RTK Use ONLY RTK FIXED Data Click Run Al Delete unwanted Points x RTK Extend or Float DELETE GPSAccV Delete anything greater than 13 6 Save the edited layers You can either save them as the same name you imported them and There are many more column names and you will have to re import them if you want to values Generally delete out data that indi see or use any ofthe deleted data or name the cates the potential for vertical error over file with a New File Name This allows the user to come back and look at the original data 0 4 foot again at any time 5 0 inches 0 13 meters GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 164 Creating Topography amp Watersheds Creating the Topography Map Set Up the Input Data The input data required for creating a topography map is a point
13. Fi JB Utilities S GE Drawing GP Tile send To Recycle Bir SHP File a ERIL TEE bocce Gad a Ge aay ara bee AAL KML File Erpat SHEE eport nt meh Pope dette Add To Existing KML The KML file can now be opened in Google Earth or other applications EW oc 0a 1 ark GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 154 Exporting KML Files For Google Earth oO __ Adding to KML files ss There are times when you may want to add additional types of vectors to an existing KML file These could include boundaries different pipe sizes or any other shapefile This can be done us ing a similar process as saving them individually 1 Turn on the SHP file to add to the existing KML file uw ne 2 Right click on the file to add and select e Save As Add To Existing KML gr Field Data ounty Data Imagery 3 Browse to the location of the exist WISP 04 inch Phestp ing KML file BA 4 Click Open Unload Layer 5 The file is now saved to the existing JES Boundar s Zoom to This Layer KML and can be opened in Google Order Earth a SE Merged R Appearance e Dein e Sip 4 3 F SE Norman N F Create Grid m WB SH8SE NA J Utilities NN HOI Tile Save As GK Drawing Send To Recycle Bin SHP File KML File Add To Existing KML Fae pime Dach Ak This pro
14. GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 223 Summarize Another Layer This will open the Summarize Layer window Since we are using a Yield shp we need to choose Use Drawing This tool will add database fields to the Source Layer for Count Min Mean and Max Then from the Layer of Data to Summarize it will go through each area calculating Count Min Mean and Max of the data Source Layer for Areas Grid x Go down to the Drawing Layer of Data to Summarize and choose the 2014 Corn Yield shp Drawing Layer of Data to Summarize Database Column to Summarize e Use Drawing 2014 Com Yield shp x Choose the Database Column to Summarize in this example it is CornyYld Raster Layer of Data to Summarize Click Run Once done running Make sure your active layer is Grid shp layer that was the source of the summary Click Save As T JL El 10 63 gt 2014 Grid Sample v amp Search 2014 Grid Sample P RENAME to something different Save as type SHP files shp v EX Grid Yield shp Browse Folders Ey Curie Data m BEF W 2014 Com Yield ord oer 2014 Com Tiati shy gt 2014 Grid Sample E CEO gri B Grd shp u ME Grel Yel shp r ba Obyacis Selected DE Operations Select By Quer ale HX
15. OK aoun 100 0027 Feet C Meters Ok Cancel GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 191 Creating Tile Plan Main Locations Choosing Outlets and laying out Mains is the heart of a tile plan Make Sure your outlet has the depth to handle all the holes of the field 1 Turn on all the layers needed for planning 2 Go to the Profile tab and set the Grade to the Minimum Grade As you are planning from the outlet back into the field the Grade Line a E should not come higher than your Minimum Depth T 3 Click on the Profile button amp click out the Main 7 From Outlet to furthest Lateral N 4 Check Show Grade Line P 5 Slider Bar for Tile Height ki 4 We suggest using the Grade Line as the bottom of the tile Example 24 tile needs to be in at 4 to get 2 of cover ee D ri 6 Create New Layer amp name it ex tile plan 1 a 7 Click the Add Current Profile to Layer Button 8 Repeat 3 7 ba 9 Click Save Layer under the profile tab aan 10 Once saved use the Review Profile button to recall lines nn Fam E Cr rue EEE Ly WEL WA Tia AB Wengen a Eine Lo Neben are p Ey Far ESE are 71 Sw EBD NZ E al Polit amaga Penny Liter kodira shp LEL u ARE nione IE Lune Le bs
16. i Dropbox he Sy Drive race fa Ali Data for that field and saved as El Hlsllala ll J Libraries Grid amp GridPoints Documents a Mirig rie name WEE 4 Click Save aea ppe SHP fies Ph 5 Uncheck Show Grid Show Grid Hide Folder Layer Selection Statistics Query GPS Mark GPS Not Connected Layers Field Data County Data Imagery GPS wi Boundary shp SHE Grid shp Guide Mark Quick Grid z MF GridPoints shp e Go back to the Layers tab e Grid Points amp Grid Polygons should now be located under your Field Data tab GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 101 Grid Sampling Labeling The Grid Labeling Grid Points e You can now choose which label your grid points have when you are out in the field Sampling rie vaw zussey were 1 Check GridPoints eee SE Boundary shp Select the ABC option below the map window J Ps Grid shp i W5 MEF GridPoints sh Satans hears Eumex i Note make sure your grid points is your active layer 3 The label options box should come up J Laber Yeuble x W Se I 3 Make sure Labels Visible is selected paisa th ba Premi 4 From the dropdown menu you can select rae which data points you want to show up as labels ii ln red Example PointID Select Fo
17. normally set to Average Max Count Rate set to JD Rx 175 Precision column set to 0 this is of Decimal Points Export Selected Rasters File Name use the Field Name WON AW On the data card the SHP SHX DBF must be put in a folder named RX on the root of the data card or USB drive Era LO Feld Foriti Mapi tee Aeris pr Wi ir Bappi Hast ll en Dessert Vir gee Feel ka emai bee SHI len FY Cup Boh Wt oh ee MH Ceo Men GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Export Prescription Maps Shape Grids Precision Planting 20 20 Export will create a Shape file which exists as a xxx shp xxx shx xxx dbf files Note All 3 files must be sent out to the spreader SHP SHX DBF Boundary not required to be turned on for this export 1 Select all the files to export 2 Select one layer as master 3 Note the Precision Column for exporting low rate products like Micro Nutrients change the 0 to a value of 1 or 2 1 digit after the decimal point or 2 digits after the decimal point 4 Adjust your Output Resolution Recommendation from GK 8 meter less than 15 000 polygons Cell Merge Mode normally set to Average Max Count Rate set to JD Rx 175 Precision column set to 0 this is of Decimal Points
18. rat Fate Ps Cell Rate Method Weighted Average 2 Jik HA Er Aip La F Setting Target Device eee mul Bern Insight je alse ea a Fas ie iia Pao Steen i Cancel GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 142 Export Prescription Maps FODM Device Mid Tech Extension xxxx arm Boundary is required to be turned on and selected from the drop down list Assign each map to its appropriate product Output resolution normally Set to 18 meters up to 200 acres Set to 20 meters up to 300 acres Set to 30 meters up to 600 acres Note this is vector based prescription map Select Publisher Mid Tech Publisher Browse Save the file back into the Field folder location Filename Template Product Name Export Boundaries False a Ppor Pawo fier POCA Dec Gasa HT foe Cee Cam Ipo i Haim Bid Ye Hm rum Fa Ming Tal Morya Bice Deut Sake Task N He Inder Inner E Aiii ikia laiii rm Sem m Prieka te Lach Leer To De Ind 11 220 hazar _ m Fe E Milii m Kunkaner Prousrties Billing Tre Feilen Fam Ir Filename Template FroductN ame s a ES cy Cell Size Dak Far NIE Cell Rate Method Agen dea b Export Boundaries False E Mirae Lia zjm la ole Fahy tom F m See Stree o nn GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Hal
19. Case Output P Return CalcPhospateUofMRec OlsenPST ExpYield 0 52 0 11 NFromP Case Output K Return CalcPotashUofMRec KST ExpYield 0 6 End Select Else Return NullVal Ena If GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Map Math Controls e Wop Wisik ef i ig K Erz Can Puke Sheed Finde kyrrum Ag ng Ser ENE cm ae I IHERT I Te P Wit Efet Pos ABERE Tees LAE Die Mai Elie pe Ag Chote Dimi Gip ST ae Srngie Rasur OLSEN Valun Dim Eran ieie Aa Sagie Rames i Sam Y vie Den K5T Aa Single Haren E UNSPEC Wabse Enpi Errea The Scorn Cimpa eho wem CEA Fa Ube i Fiat La O DAmni tum Hoor Tai Vika kma Pcl E Gia Im Fata lowe Geeta e l hin zu rO Oiii f F n ers Saeed It Festen 1 ie a i x kis Som Sma heni SSOP Lya Theses ces Gr a cata Fe oe Fes ber eee Fee Si 5A Ti 237 A list of raster layers loaded in the map that can be used in the script An attribute for the layer Min Max or Mean for that layer that can be accessed Click this button to add any new layers that have been turned on in the map since the Map Math window was opened Adds a string to the script that provides access to the value in a map layer Adds a string to the script that provides access to the layer as a Raster Object Selects how far th
20. FOOD Import Wizard sls Source Dala Folders Select a folder that contains daia fies hai you wan to read 12711973 NT PTS afar fous TEN BE Deskiop D Dann a8 Public a Computer pe AR Local Dek Cy Fey WENO DI FT op Cate iE DVO RW Deve F mental Tr 498 DVD RW Dre a GKTECH ge SEAGATEREO HI Fe GK BACKUP T m Rermovadle Dick Uc ER 2 EM Donn s Smartphone a Network 4 Control Fane E Recyche Bin dh WOos GKT Tramung 2008 a5 Od Desktop fetter se eh Se ee ocon Quarter has been selected for processing Click Finish to bring up the data Then click the USA Icon to open the field in Yield Editor Mie Properties 2 wera tie 4 2090 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 203 Processing Yield Data TEW Hi rere Aa nn a TT I PLL j i it ila hi hi I wt vein ii ji ay ANNU Huet DIYALA NEA Hh i IN un ii oe i i ll litin ij hr Ht a hin MH ial BUI daili Il i ele ili NN ii 1 Hall wi ie sij I Hath Ht i h u um I ata hui Ka Wh ih IN Hill Wit tains ana ome Mrd bl ie i Ae laut ul itt toting EUGIN TERETE 1 I ir Hall Hi I Hh iit My HN i IN kl i T Adal Ma Egat yy Ir i A eh IW i Wh I N rel Hint if 33 Mania dentine Saing i Mi i 1 1 t a iii Wak i RE Sarri Bisa cay il Upati l Wat tite ttt IN br ET 7 ii il i n fie I Il
21. If you are on a Dialup internet connection we recommend not using this site Find a DSL or Broadband connection Download sizes are 120 MB to 200 MB gt gt gt gt gt Before getting started either Login or Register lt lt lt lt lt Keep in mind Landsat imagery is Free There are images on this site that must be purchased and you will be charged for these other images So pay attention to what you are clicking on and ordering Set Select Collection to Landsat Archive and Landsat 4 5 TM or Landsat 7 SLC on 1999 to 2003 or Landsat 8 OLI note must download Level 1 Products These are usable Landsat Images Other Landsat Images may not work Take your mouse and CLICK on the map where you want to get an image from PAIS AS ek USGS Global Titualitaton Viewer Beet ga CHet hen ch if aa Colleton Landeai Archive Niatiude 2 Longitude 225 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 264 Downloading amp Processing USGS Imagery GLOVIS A new window will open Click on the Map Layers and Check Cities to help you navigate Use the Arrows to navigate to the Sce ne you want to download Click on Resolution and 240m give a larger view of the maps Choose your Month and Year and Click Go When y
22. Right Click the name Elevation shp 3 Select Create Grid And Create Grid from Points C te Cont Adjust your settings like this create contours 4 Column Name Mapping NE Zu u 1 Create Contour Layers set Click Create Grid a Break Points to 1 0 6 Go to Layer Info amp CLEAR MAP a ae ag Contour Layers Ul U N GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 156 Quick Notes For Topography LiDAR Creating Project Boundary 1 2 3 Select the desired Client Farm and Field Turn on your County Data To Create Boundary from Sections turn on the County Sections shp and make sure it s the active layer u Click on the Select Mode Replace select multiple hold down Ctrl The Section will appear Lime Green Click Save Selected Objects top toolbar Name Save button and click inside of the correct Section boundary to e O e To Hand Draw a Boundary Click the Create New Layer from Template button and select T f Boundary from the list Check the Boundary SHP Eoundary SHP file to turn it ON amp making it the active layer on the bottom toolbar Select Draw New Object button on the bottom toolbar Crop to Raster Draw the boundary by Left Clicking around the field hold down the Alt key
23. lerprew 21 1991 7N IQR 17 16 R1 194 27 12 AQ IRA 20 IR A1 NEN 2197 rang Crimea GPS Cirsa Dammi Gong Ger ag Connect to the GPS on the GPS Settings Tab I Connect to the GPS on the GPS Settings Tab Make Changes to the settings here and view them on the GPS Make Changes to the settings hare and view them on the GPS Settings Page Birey OT Dritput H Change Baud Amie 5700 Sel J GGA ihe Siocon Brand T oe 1 Ashnsch e GST 1 The woche sireni for GPS ane i AAS fro o PS cean pee GLA GRA AWG aid AME Yon con nee whal Ginna mim coming Wi lg citar Tes and leg oi the Manche aie A GTA airing Fit ern ell a eth FEAR Above settings are recommended if working with one of these three GPS receivers To use these options you must have the GSP Settings tab in the View GPS Data mode This means that data is STREAMING across the viewing area of the screen Then go to the GPS Config tab either the General or Garmin setting Check on the data strings you want the device to put out Set the Hz rate Data strings per second 2 1 data string every 2 seconds or 1 string every 2 seconds 1 1 data string every 1 second or 1 string per 1 second 0 2 1 data string every 0 2 seconds or 5 strings per 1 second If you want to change the baud rate check the box and adjust the rate Click the Set button If this does not work you may Nave to check the Use RTS CTS button in the GPS Settings GK Technol
24. 25 10 10 15 0 10 15 150 174 165 85 120 60 70 40 25 10 15 0 10 15 150 174 100 50 70 35 40 30 15 10 15 O 10 15 175 199 185 90 135 70 80 50 25 10 15 0 10 15 175 199 110 55 75 40 45 30 15 10 15 0 10 15 200 205 105 160 80 90 55 30 10 15 0 10 15 200 120 60 85 45 50 35 15 10 15 0 10 15 Use one of the following equations if a K O recommendation for a specific soil test value and a specific Use one of the following equations if a P O recommendation for a specific soil test value and a specifice expected yield is desired P Osp 0 700 035 Bray P ppm expected yield K O gec 1 166 0073 Soil Test K ppm expected yield P O5p 0 700 044 Olsen P ppm expected yield No phosphate fertilizer is recommended if the soil test for P is higher than 25 ppm Bray or 20 ppm Olsen No potash fertilizer is recommended if the soil test for K is 175 ppm or higher Above are the tables from the University of Minnesota with their recommended rates for fertilizing corn We will work our way through the process of converting this to a script for creating a fertilizer map from a P and K soil test value map and a yield goal map Below the tables you can see formulas that allow us to calculate P and K fertilizer rates for a specific yield goal and soil test value While these scripts calculate nutrient Ibs they aren t quite done They need to have some traps for error condition
25. 6 Save the file back into the field folder and use a simple field name so you can identify this later ex sec32sw AGP_PRF for AGPS or MainsTemp shp for use in ADMS Repeat the steps above for doing your Drainage Planning GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 185 Creating Tile Plan Tile Design The idea of tile design can be as simple or complex as you want it to be Tile plans have many factors that can influence the decision making process At this point in time our software can calculate the number of acres within a watershed We do not calculate drainage co efficient and pipe size Users need to use a pipe size calculator for this determination Always remember the most important part of the whole project is your outlet elevation reading Components that should be completed before starting a tile design Collection of RTK or LIDAR topography data Outlet elevations have been determined data collected Data has been processed into ADMS through Watershed Modeling amp Contours 1 foot Tile Templates have been built in ADMS Wetland and utility locations have been defined final verification required Permission Project permitting and the ability to do the project has been verified NUBWNE The following Tile Planning example will require the data sets shown below
26. ADMS User Manual 93 Creating a Yield Goal Map This will shift the scale values to make it more represent yield more closely Statistics 188 Yield Goal bu Acre 0 25 0 55 0 86 Zones Unitsi4c Average 202 5 Area 147 46 Acres Std Dev 9 34 Total 29665 bu Average 0 7 Area 147 46 Acres std Dev 0 05 Total 100 Units There is now an amended Yield Goal bmp To Finish Click Save Method 2 Assign New Values to Imagery os amp 1 Go into the Merge Zone Results Window Muse Zone Fiatu Load Zone Image Vie 2 Select the zone map you are using step 1 Load a Zone Map 3 Go to Soil Test Results tab E GKT Class 1 Fam Nutrient Mapping v Field Shelly21SW Aoi 2013 Zone Output HE Boundary shp MIE SH21 Zones 2012 bmp Chalks I Fall F011 rew 2a C REA 0 73 0 93 1 14 SH21 Zones 2012 Units Ac GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 94 Creating a Yield Goal Map 4 Select Enter Result Manually at Step 2 From ihe Lai baine moteri mie pelea jo pid fo tie appicahon gid Malbgi dems can be Se 44 0 0 iio 17 20 Ente 14 40 5 Choose Yield Goals amp Click OK Step 5 Using the drop down boxes next to each Zone Color Select the P Y Zone from the Soil Test Results that matches up with the Zone Zone ID Color Min Mean
27. Fink MEIL 39_NW Tile Layer Noten shp 02 222 th fo Ace Vl Bs 190 infe aig T reni GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com 192 Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 193 Creating Tile Plan Main Depths Once you have all the Points drawn amp Saved Need to add DEPTHS then LABELS 1 Make sure the Notes shp is the active layer 2 Go to the Bottom Left corner and click on DATABASE when it opens click and hold on the header and drag it up over the screen Size to your preference will be entering depths in the Note 1 column In Database click on the Gray Cell on the Left this will highlight the point on the Map Move your cursor around in the Profile area match the cursor with highlighted point Key in the Grade Depth value Repeat till finished amp go to bottom toolbar amp Save Make sure the Notes shp is the active layer Click on Change Label Settings AS on the bottom toolbar _ You now have Main Depths NOTE When finished Re Dock the Database at bottom ius T f m E ni ee a ones amd 1 OB Operatore Select By Quer EEE 1 q Y Tiln Layer Noles shp vis shp mD ERT be s A t00 Pte ope all F i E a i Grout Lie II Cursor devel 1150 53 Cure 7 AS fect bei Sorta Grace Depth 3 66 tent Below Surtace GK Technology I
28. GET ER CALCACRES GET Lempi GKT_Aren Only has 1 Database entry Note The Database of each object Lat 47381311 Lon 9635549 79 102 90 Fiakel Exempla Fk yer Bosmcary 2012 shy pasando HARERZOBEX 10 Phata Cie Selected 7 DIE Operators Select fy Quer GET INK CALCACRES GAT Length ct Armi HD SS99G8 ISIEAIE 113 253 Has multiple database entries GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 39 Drawing Layers Polygons Lines amp Points Moving Vertices or Moving Points Some Points Lines Polygons may have imperfections in one or two areas that are drawn incorrectly These objects may not need to be totally redrawn There is a tool for moving these vertices and points These instructions will show you how to do this This example will show how to remove 2 tree rows from a field boundary 1 Turn on Points Line Polygon SHP file that needs to be edited polygon in this example 2 Click on or in a single object to edit making it a Selected Object Lime Green 3 Bottom toolbar click on the Move Vertices of a Selected Object button to turn it On Note This is a Toggle On Off button 4 Move your Cursor over one of the Vertices or Point you will get a 4 Way Pointer and Left Click Note Lines and Polygons will break down to show all vertices 5 TO move one of
29. Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 150 Printing Print Print Map to Bitmap Muli Map Layout Print Map to Outback PNG and INI Print Map to Bitmap takes a Geo Referenced screen shot of the map window These maps can be taken to other software packages and allow you to have 1 map to show many pieces of data This function is designed for FIELD DATA NOT FOR Township or County viewing This does not work well on data AREAS larger than 2 or 3 miles square 1 Turn on all the data you want to see in final map 2 Layer the data in the correct order 3 Zoom in tightly on the data 220A SEF S bp pe yerino l pm XQOrvroe you want to Print ne EL an a m 4 If you are using labels New Farm SET Se make sure they are large New Fit GEES WE Sh i SE Zoras enough to read r A ar 5 Go to File Print Print EE muma Map to Bitmap ee SH 8 SE Zones grd 6 Assign a File Name Typically Field Event Ex SH 8 SE Sampling Map 135 63 S 8 SE Zones Zones l i l Lat 47 47195529 Lon 96 80032755 97 112 113 Destination GKData GkKDate GK User Marua GRT Farm SH E SE Field SHBSE Layer Norman NAIP 2005_ext tf EP arre eQageGh gt gahe File Type Average 1549 Area 58 98 Acres Std Dev 1651 Total 9138 BMP 7 Choose File Type Depends on what software you are going to Most support
30. Images NAIP Folder 7 Check on the new County NAIP tif make it the active layer in RED Su a 8 Follow the image extraction instructions Using Manual Extractions prams reg ery ea Sd a tim Gr VRT Zone Creston tem Ra Marea Mew Feat Shey BSE Consultant Users 1 Turn on your Boundary shp en Note you must be zoomed to the Su Field en 2 Go to the County Data Tab 3 Turn on a NAIP image sid or jp2 4 Click the extract from SID JP2 icon Lae 5 Several different options will appear in a list 2g C ars Ps isi pa aca LN Extract RGB Image Extract Visible Vegetation Index Extract Red Extract Red and Invert 6 Choose the appropriate extraction method 7 Go to the Field Data tab e Refresh the data tree e Open Images NAIP Folder 8 The extracted file will have an extension on it to define the extraction type ex _Red _RGB_VisVI GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 50 Extracting Images From Web Layers Starting at ADMS version 7 0 0 there is added functionality to give users access to web based background imagery In order to use these options the computer must have an active internet connection This allows the software to connect to a WMS Web Map Service server Once the connection is made a geo referenced background
31. Kies folder x Fortis is Downloads b 2013 Gra Sampie Gevkton L 2013 Grid amale Good gt Recent Places ie Dropbox L image 4 NAIP Images k Sey Drive A Yould Goa a Libraries Ostern a Music Finer nerve 3 Rename to Yield Cane a ype Wii Tyrer zl Goal Surfer 6 GRO es Ht 4 Save as Windows Hide Foiders Tif Fikes if beh nn BMP files bmp GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 92 Creating a Yield Goal Map 5 Under Field Data make the Field Data County yield goal bmp file the active CE 2013 Grid Sample layer J 4 2013 Grid Sample Gooc Boundary shp Field Field 1 Layer Yield Goal bmp LIGE Grid Point 1D grd of SYP Grid Points shp LEE Grid shp O GridPoints shp I EE Grids shp H Images NAIP Images SIS SamplePoints shp N El Soil Test Results csv aa 6 On the bottom toolbar below map window select the Surface Properties button GET Sen a POSE TESEESAS i a Select Min Yield Value Mirsemum Daig Vakie CZATA Max Yield Value Minoru Dats viele 0 DSSS Units Acre gt Bu birta had crm Acre Click Apply GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution
32. Line 24 Seeding Rate Increment 1000 will give seeding rates of 30 000 amp 31 000 with no rates between The Math is done on line 31 37 Merge All Visible Uses the null values function This script will return the value at each pixel on each map Ifthe maps overlap it will return the value of the first map turned on To assign different UNITS on line 7 default Units Ac Runs Script on all Surfaces that are turned on The Math is done on line 18 19 Useful for merging data from multiple adjacent fields Creates a new Surface named Merged Layers grd Merge All Visible Normalized Uses the null values function The script will Normalize all the sur faces that are turned on and visible This script will return the value at each pixel on each map If the maps overlap it will return the value of the first map turned on To assign different UNITS on line 7 default Units Ac Runs Script on all Surfaces that are turned on The Math is done on line 18 19 Useful for merging data from multiple adjacent fields Creates a new Surface named Merged Layer Normalized grd Min Max Lbs Ac Uses the null values function The script will take a Prescription map grd and al low you to set the Max and Min rates you will use So if you had a map that went from 0 330 Ibs of UREA with a rate at every pound 0 1 2 3 and your Spreader could only spr
33. NAIP NAJF CRS can be selected Ne acquires digital gtfo imagery ee a n EPSG 26915 NAD83 UTM15N Normal EPSG 32615 WGS84 UTMI5N EPSG 4326 WGS84 EPSG 3857 Web Mercator Image Format Some WMS servers will have options to select different image formats Some are better quality than others By de fault if image tiff is available it will automati cally be selected because of quality this for mat is always recommended but not always available as an option formats from ND WMS server a Example of different image 5 Click OK 6 The image will be saved back to the County Data folder that Web Layers is set as the root in settings with the title shown in Layer DEN un Details above 7 This server is now ready to be used within ADMS 008 color FSA wms GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 263 Downloading amp Processing USGS Imagery GLOVIS GLOVIS may not work with some internet browsers such as FireFox You may also need to have your Internet Explorer Browser up to date to the latest version and also need JAVA enabled on your browser Goto http glovis usgs gov We recommend that you read through the GLOVIS Tutorial to get a full overview of the web site The instructions listed below are for getting data into GK Technology Inc Ag Data Mapping Solution software
34. Return InF End Function GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 227 Declaring and Using Variables When we write code one of the most important features is a variable A variable is a name for an object that you are using in your script A variable can contain a number a group of letters or a complex object that contains a whole map layer For Map Math the Variables you may want to use are e A variable that stores a number without decimal points known as an Integer Declaring an integer like this tells the program that you are going to use an integer named A Dim A as Integer Declaring an integer like this tells the program that you are going to use an integer named A and sets its value 10 Dim A as Integer 10 e A variable that stores a number with decimal points known as a Single Dim A as Single Dim A as Single 0 46 Declaring like this creates a variable that stores a value from a map at a certain location Dim A as Single Rasters Yield Goal Value e A variable that allows you to access a map layer Known as a Raster Dim A as Raster Declaring like this creates a variable that stores a reference to a layer This is an object and allows you to access the Minimum Maximum Average and the value at a location Dim A as Raster Rasters Yield Goal To access the various v
35. Seat minia mi J ia Seh s 1008 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 293 Downloading amp Processing USGS LiDAR Earth Explorer Navigation is done by either Typing in an address type in City State amp Zoom amp Pan to location OR Use the Zoom amp Pan Once your location is found you must Define your area by simply left clicking on the map If you typed an address you can move the Red pin marker 1 by left click hold drag and move it s location Or Clear Coordinates and start fresh Once the area is Defined Click Data Sets tr Fo 7 Pin E 3 p 7 Ez ute Pnacthensl ere angegovi Mi Eartht p er Fila Edit Yew Favorited ooi Help 1 Enter Search Criteria ect ei fo narow your search area type m an address or pisce name enter Coordenales or click ihe map Ic deine your search area for advanced man foots were Ihe hes docuraniehon andor choose a date range Er 0 79 Epitet sina oa E Predetred Ama i pE ae el Le eee aT ee N a Let 4 IT Ge A Low Cee Ir OS i I S Lat aut 92 466 Lon 099 25 ir W 4 at 46 29 AFN Lon O80 oor Ser Ww E Laias ar Lon ee 2 aw i u Lanter i Seaich fom S10 11420 ba aan I each mans pl n GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street E
36. Twin Engine Aircraft flectance time back to the plane Aircraft Elevation 700 meters A Flight Info 30 degree Plane is equip with RTK amp Data collection PC Scan Angle Equip with special LIDAR sensing tools i High winds amp gusts cause inaccurate read Ings Flight Elevation approx 2 300 EY lt A Dis Scan Width Pass Width approx 985 ts NE Selena Flight Speed approx 100 200 mph Flight Direction _ N parallel to beach LIDAR may be an excellent topography data source in many cases Typically it is going to be a 1 time collection event in most areas and it has some limitations we need to understand It is important to have a good idea of when year the data was flown LIDAR is typically collected at times of minimum vegetation Fall Winter Spring LIDAR Facts Elevations at the top of dense vegetation cattails heavy grass amp weed patches Reads the tops of buildings and structures Reads the elevation of the surface of water or snow Accuracy in tree covered areas are always questionable density of trees amp organic matter on the ground Road ditch bottoms are always questionable due to the previous points Know the year of LiDAR collection useful for surface drainage changes or standing water Know the accuracy rating for your LIDAR data MN ND SD rated at 8 accuracy and the Red River Valley MN ND at 6 accuracy GK Technology s
37. Vertices or a Point and left click hold and move Note Holding the CTRL button and a Right Click will add a vertices Holding the ALT button and a Right Click will delete a vertices 6 Click on the Move Vertices of a Selected Object button to turn it Off 7 Repeat steps 2 6 as needed on any other object in this SHP file 8 Click Save on the bottom toolbar otf G rad a DEP BOF ES pE sc 1 p pA 737267 Lon 98 35097 0 11 80 Field Example Field Layer Bourntery 2012 shgi 822 07 b 2 4 AOR xX Move Vertices of a Selected Object Or oe Lat 47 377417 Lor 36 34583 79 90 89 Field Essenpde Field Lines Boundary 2012 2hp Bad L422 e208 X Make sure you Turn Off the Move Vertices shown below a Qasas LARER LOB GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual My Notes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com 40 Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual My Notes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com 41 Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 42 Quick Notes For Satellite Imagery Creating Boundaries and Guidelines 1 Draw a field boundary or save it from a CLU file Refer to creating boundaries section 2 Turn on a NAIP image County Da
38. Wale Tria ae kr a q i Miama Ape ae 50 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 72 Nutrient Layers Creating Prescription Maps For this section we will be combining your soil test application rates to your zone map for the purpose of creating an application map for single or multiple products It is your responsibility to understand the output maps and what the values on the maps mean 1 Start up Ag Data Mapping Solution and Select the Merge Zone Results Icon or go to the top tool bar and select the Process button and Merge Zone Results 2 Select the Correct Grower Farm and Step I Load a Zone Map Field where you created the zone maps y Gower VRT Zone Creation u 3 Select the Zone Map you will be using NewFam Rx Mapping z for this field New Field Shelly21SW Sane ie ae i Land one image Tara ne to Maps Stop 1 Load a 220A gt RiP RS A fies For Mapping me Fon Se se 2a Cas 0 548 i ia 353 cote HA Fit Say IF Layer few lg OQeehe 660 2 MEG AHR HESTIA Avaruge Ti dun 4 OP dere Sa Dev 01 Total BIO limta Use one of the following sections CSV Soil Test Results Creating Prescription Maps Manually Using Blend Groups GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Stree
39. When the email arrives click on the links to do the downloads They will connect you directly to a FTP download link from the USDA site You may be limited to the number of downloads you can do at a time due to file type file size and connection speed En ey Garin sun gt ens Pr F 2 u Ab a id 1 ish Tassen sofa Urs 205 Dune eee nn are ols EL ear 85 un ney Boel Ey brs le Oownsy L i Site Dia ergaben 6 Files Doanioad Come Ete 4 0 megabytes i man ipri are Ta Fe nee ads gou eee ET topographie jmages HDTONACE BET 2 sho 22 Click the Save button j 97 Name common _land_unit_CLU 634769_01 zip Note Example using Internet Explorer 7 LS Bey ee In newer IE 8 amp 9 choose SAVE AS From Ftp apfo usda gov Always ask before opening this type of file While files from the Internet can be useful some files can potentially harm your computer IF you do not trust the source do not open or save this file What s the risk GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 259 Downloading USDA Geospatial Data 23 Save the files into the C GKData CountyData Name of County folder as shown to the right 24 All of the downloads are zip files They must be unzipped or extracted 25 It is recommended to rename every thing and to create a file structure Similar to the example listed below This i
40. Window Dock Settings Within ADMS there are many different window configurations Depending on which unlock you have there may be different panels available to you At a minimum there will be Drawing Tools 1 Statistics 2 Layer Info 3 Layer Selection 4 and Database 5 By default the Layer Selection panel is pinned open when the software first is started 4 The fg Carte Mapprg Tan Map Wiriciow f a Minden Be i f are Setar Ta FF mo oo tk gt ne RE Maong 2 Dows 6 NE F Cet Cale Lal Lam Ta T ITE a nn Drawing Tools The drawing tools window has tools to merge polygons together to create poly polygons as interior or exterior polygons Statistics This panel will show layer statistics of the active surface layer Layer Info This breaks apart the layers that are loaded into the software in three different cate gories Drawings in Map Surfaces in Map and Images in Map In this panel layers can be cleared made active and re ordered Layer Selection This panel has the data tree in it along with the query tool and GPS Database The database gives the user access to the database in a SHP file or a attribute table in a CSV Data can be queried sorted added deleted and have math operations performed on it Docking the Windows Each of these windows will have a thumbtack icon in the top right corner If the thumbtack is clicked on the window will be permanently docked open This can be
41. box check the Replace with this Value radio button and type in the KNOWN elevation 12 Click OK and save You have now successfully adjusted your topography map to reflect the correct outlet elevation Lat 45 25354192 Lon 96 6864422 1 158 320 Feet Field Topography Demo Layer ModArea shp GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 189 Creating Tile Plan Merging Topography Our OUTLET Sample Point shp is not in the correct format needs to be a grd surface Check on the Sample Point shp Right Click Sample Point shp Create Grid From Polygon Click on Create Grid Click the Fill Null Values button 3 times Or until you get to the size you want Turn both Altitude grd and Sample Points grd must be able to see both maps SLAPS TEF a DEP I PE um Click on the Multi Layer Map Math on the top toolbar pen h Open the 2 Layer Merge Script Change Line 8 from Ibs ac to Feet for topography maps Line 23 Highlight everything behind n nte Tanan Tna Mr Ribara AA or ila AN I n 1 Select Altitude under Data Raster Lay ers and Click Add as Value Line 24 Repeat previous 2 steps assign ing the Sample Points layer bene Sai Oi Deene 2 ila DERO Daie Far Te lar Fehl Click Compile Script Run
42. creates TaskData folder Unique for each field containing a GRDOOOOO bin TaskData xml tc xls files Boundary is required to be turned on and selected from the drop down list Assign each map to its appropriate product Output resolution normally set to 8 meters Note this is raster based prescription map Select Publisher ATS Task Controller Publisher Browse Save the file back into the Field folder location for single field export Save back to FODDExp folder for multiple field export Cell Size 8 meters Value same as previous screen Cell Merge Mode Average Choose the appropriate device Note Multiple maps for the same field MUST be exported at the same time Cell Rate Method Value at Cell Centroid Task Controller Version Final Draft Version 2 Merge No on first export Yes if you want to send more fields to same card or location ISO Compliant Yes Fagecrt Pater ka FODA Dl a VAT done Cramer Com Sakai Fiulelhee Fan Fg laser Fr vo ET Tode Dreier Pakkaa Enz ET ah iaa i E AE jande moniy D Am iii ea ees mpr 4 Jampan Pinkas i Lech Leer To De Eee Publier Properties Etor 00000 TET omar a fie 006 Epin i Col Size 5 malen raw Fhe Fam F Elan Gel Raie Malta flue al Col Cerro Usa F r EL i Sahing valua gt Task Contro er Standard Verson 2 ipn ew rire nl ber re Ey Mau Me m Sims Aiia ea a Fa dom i a J i P l E ae y GK Technology
43. een cued zer I Tite Can fete oe ee od nn en ve Depressions Main amp click Save if you do not do this you will nee That Ya IE lose the original Depressions layer _ Under the Layer Info tab click on Clear Map x Creating Dump Areas 1 2 Turn on all the maps required to help Dump Area Right Click to close Polygon define the dump areas 5 Repeat step 4 to create all your Dump Areas Click New and select Dump for this field Areas 6 When finished Save from the bottom Click on the newly created Dump toolbar Dump Areas shp Overwrite Areas SHP Eli Dump ArsasSHP file to turn Yes iton and make it the active layer Select the Draw New Object ta from the bottom toolbar Left click around your Saving Images for Ditching 1 Turn on your desired layers to view while settings ditching combination listed below 2 Goto File Print Print Map to Bit A County NAIP Flow Accumulations Main map this function only works in the Map Window Ditches Hills Dump Areas 3 Location save this file into the same field folder B Watersheds Flow Accumulations Main you were working in Ditches Depressions Dump Areas 4 Name the file something simple that captures the C Topo Features Flow Accumulations Main field location ex sec32sw Ditches 5 Save this file as a BMP for most applications D May want to use the Transparency
44. may have to click on the Refresh Tree button on the bottom of this window You may notice that your new field image grd is not showing up in the Active Layer below the viewing window If not select the field from under the Field Data tab by simp ee i ly clicking on the file name one time a 0 a Sr Een Oeagehhe 48 7 S2EG 4 amp Field Shelly amp 5E Layer 200 _JUL2 ND VIR grd GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 68 Creating Zones From Imagery Manual Zone Creation ay hemat Kari being 1 Inthe zoning process the values of the ae image do NOT change unless you di m m ee change end values We are just 1 e oa a amma Z2 aaia changing the colors associated with the a ae m values These colors are used to isolate il Eee eig areas of the field that perform differ 1 ently amp m 2 Select the Thematic Color 7 button of the lower toolbar 3 The Create Color By Value Table window will open up Average 184 Area S044 Acres Sid Dew 143 Total 16656 4 Select the Source Color Table you want to use and leave the setting on Automatic 6 Adjust the number of zones by chang ing the value in the Number of Ranges If you are creating sample zones in your field it is important to keep in mind the number of samples you w
45. solar ehren bauten return For doing Imagery you will want to select mia ring Zu ren anal seen Lac Lower check box Make sure the Delete rn in U Cells is not selected Inspecting the image in the prior few steps we found that 56 was the lowest real value in the field So type in 56 in the Threshold Value box and click Apply You will notice that our Color Bar on the right side of the screen now reads from 56 to 96 confirming that the Trimming did work you will notice the image looks a little rough Use the Smoothing Filters button by selecting the drop down on the right side In most cases the 5x5 Low Pass will smooth out the rough edges Select Save Changes button on the een LI lower tool bar ET TEET SAVIT CESE The Save As window will open up Make sure the file is being saved into the correct folder under the GKData folder this should be the same location as the field boundary if you created one Free SS re er Sueli ESRD TP use the Image date as part of the name of the file This is the only way to identify the year and date of the image When finished click on the Save button Now you will be back to the Ag Data Mapping Solution window You will want to direct your self to the Field Data tab on the left side of the window and make sure you are set to the proper Grower Farm and Field You
46. www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 271 Landsat Data Processing Cutting Images by Shapefile e Mnp Winia Introduction Due to the fact that Landsat scenes are very large files 200 MB and 120 Miles it is helpful to manage them on a smaller scale This is most often done on a county basis Similar to the county data However do not confuse the two There are several advantages to doing it this way 1 2 3 It allows the software to handle more images being loaded at once Images can be managed on a county by county basis Landsat scenes that overlap UTM zones can be easily re projected so image pro cessing is more consistent Preparing the Data For Clipping This is a very important step in this process Each of the Landsat scenes are saved as GeoTiffs after they are merged together Each file will have to have it s location updat ed and re saved This is done to each scene individually i ui BR U N Turn on a boundary that is located in the scene Select the Imagery tab Turn on the Landsat scene that is going to be The Landsat scene and boundary should be close When the image lines up close to the boundary Make sure the imagery folder is set in the correct directory Settings Browse to Folder Open up the map window Make sure the correct UTM zone is selected clipped to lining up with each other With the TIF file being the
47. 1 For this example turn on the yield data points 2 On the bottom left corner of the screen click on Database tab Database 3 This will open the database of the Active Drawing Layer or the last active SHP Objects Selected 977 DB Operations Select By Query lt Elas DM LATITUDE Ree ia YOLUM SKT_IDx UID THE_HEADING EST EreuaTION H DELTA_TIME_ 47 47005995 944 47 637069 E itm ag 6094055 bby EEE 4106303 1 019 aE 9 96 65093994 3 73664999 96 79446411 43 87231064 si 97 24093628 3 63922007 1863 69622803 47 47008514 G6 06 79444122 437153511 2 36 S8094025 863 3681038 36810303 0 0072 47 47008514 96 7 94410F i 43 5486412 13115 fe 95 20094299 3 70384002 6s gaoz 0 023 fnew 4 Selection Methods A By Left Clicking on the gray cell on the left side of the table Note the Data base Row highlights and the Map Object turned Lime Green showing they have been selected B By holding down the Shift key and left clicking a row further down in the da tabase you can select groups of objects C By holding down the Ctrl key and left clicking a row and another row you can select multiple individual objects throughout the database D Using the DB Operations Select by Query you can select a Column and Query out objects gt lt gt lt on numeric columns and lt gt on character columns put in you
48. 3 Do to variables like pH differences some samples may be tested as one type and other samples tested as another For example a high pH test may have an Olsen result where a lower pH may have a Bray result ADMS cannot distinguish these differences So there are some conversion tools to update columns that may have zeros in them or create a new column if the phosphorous result needs to be a certain type for recommendations or scripts Updating Existing Columns If there is a column that has only some values reported in it It can be updated using the other Soil P column For example these results have three zones reported as Olsen Values and only one zone reported as a Bray value To report everything in P B1 a conversion must be ran before the maps 7 are created 1 Click on the Phos Convert button Sfep 5 Using the drop down boxes next to each Zone Color Select the EP gt Zone from the Soil Test Results that matches up with the Zone The Phosphorous Conversion window will appear Te Tha Unity well pe ood test comumes from Phoepotus fo convert diffenng pol baai mele 10 Gn ee Pee in al Cokin i Preaphorius repre Selec ad kon one cohen thal you woud bee lo pet F D pee One eC ale Pulp Disan Column Brr Column 1 Mahich 7 Marin 3 5 After clicking Run Conversion the missing values will be updated P Oppm P Bippm 9 0 133 5 0 If the columns have values in them
49. 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 137 Export Prescription Maps FODM Device Falcon 2 Controllers Extension Created xxxx tif Boundary not required to be turned on or selected from drop down Assign each map to its appropriate product Output resolution normally set to 6 meters Good for fields up to 1 25 miles long Note this is raster based and cannot exceed 350 x 350 pixels Select Publisher ATS Falcon Publisher Browse Save the file back into the Field folder location Filename Template FarmName FieldName CropName TaskName ProductName Cell Size 6 meters Value same as previous Screen Cell Rate Method Weight Average Requires Dealer ID 6 digit spreader ID Note Multiple maps for the same field MUST be exported at the same time If they are not you will get an error while trying to load maps in the spreader Fields are not the same size ADS farm Adam mee eas pe Fianama tempts TUSSI F Call Sine ti oa Cei Eris Kleid Value at Call Dermirzd Een Yake Che te ID Is GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 138 Export Prescription Maps FODM Device Falcon VT AGCO GTA Extension Created Multi File system creates TaskData folder Unique for each field containing a GRDOOOOO bin TaskData xml tc xls files Boundary
50. 46 0 0 The resulting table shows a strong correlation between the e 0 0 60 application map and the 46 0 0 application map This would be an indicator that these two products could fit well if blended together e Likewise there is a negative correlation between 11 52 0 and 46 0 0 amp 11 52 0 and 0 0 60 These products should not go together in a blend GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 65 Creating Zones From Imagery Qi Aap ree Average of All Layers Script Images Yield Topo Veris If multiple grd files exist for one Field E un en ma these surfaces can be merged to combine traits 1 2 9 10 Close the Map Math window Now click the Multi Layer Map Math The Map Math window opens Click the Open Existing Scripts Button Find the Average Of All Layers txt file E 2006 Wheat Wheat Eass nn 2006_APR23 423 NIR grd Suei Wheat 2006_Jun30_NDVIR grd ae DE Click Layer Info and CLEAR MAP x 7 m Wheat Yield 2006 ard E 2007 Sugarbeets Turn on JUST THE grd maps you want to pia Merge 2 200 surface rasters from Im agery Yield Topo Veris button located in the top map toolbar facet Sonipta Arme Of Aa Lager Code Werte Pubic TET i mentina As ng Man Meth uh Pubic Shared Lape Unita As Siring
51. 5 You can also select eier Coin gt Size Font and Color Emaripie Lat 6 Click Apply Changing Point Size amp Color You can also change the size and color you wish the grid points to appear Field Field 1 Layer Grid Points shp Lima or Pahi Gage 1 Make sure your active layer is the grid points A Cii Ihu 2 Select Change Draw Style on the bottom toolbar ih Lne wan i Fa 3 From the options you can select the color and size ae of the points Zn ee T i Traar tple gt Fixed Sizing Always equals that pixel size Pitt Dating Malhi gt Scaled Sizing Size changes when you Zoom in Fie Sing and out Foai Hating Then select Apply GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 102 Grid Sampling Moving Grid Points 1 Hover over the point The cursor should change to a four directional arrow 2 Click on the point you wish to move and drag it and drop it to the new desired spot 3 When done make sure you de select the Move Vertices of Selected Objects tool Field Flake 1 Layer Qasa Hke hea AEX ww 4 If the point is in the desired location make sure you save the layer Notice the label does not move with the point at this point To get the label to move with the point we need a redraw of the screen 1 Right click on the Grid Points shp name 2 Select Unload L
52. 6 MB JPEG 5 Order Products L4 5 TM L1T L1G ON DEMAND LT50290302004201PAC01 L4 5 TM E Bulk Products ix LandsatLook Natural Color Image 5 MB JPEG LandsatLook Thermal Image 5 MB JPEG LandsatLook Images with Geographic Reference 10 MB JPEG LandsatLook Images with Geographic Reference 11 MB JPEG Level 1 Product 139 MB Geotiff Bulk Products LandsatLook Natural Color Image 5 MB JPEG LandsatLook Thermal Image 3 MB JPEG LandsatLook Images with Geographic Reference 9 MB JPEG Level 1 Product 154 MB Geotiff Order Products L4 5 TM L1T L1G ON DEMAND Bulk Products 5 LandsatLook Natural Color Image 5 MB JPEG L150290302004169LGS01 L4 5 TM LandsatLook Thermal Image 3 MB JPEG LandsatLook Images with Geographic Reference 8 MB JPEG Toggle All Bulk Download Toggle All Orderable For BULK DOWNLOAD follow instructions from the USGS Under the Downloads area of the window You will click on the Download Button v Download Level 1 Product Button LandsatLook Natural Color Image 5 MB JPEG LandsatLook Thermal Image 6 MB JPEG f Hebe LandsatLook Images with Geographic Reference 11 MB JPEG NOTE Other options here g graph DO NOT work in ADMS let Level 1 Product 142 MB Geotiff GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 267 Downloading amp Processing USGS Im
53. Apply Check on the show grid _ Show Grid box Align the grid over the field using the up down side to side arrows g 10 Rotate the grid if needed by typing in a number or using the arrows in the rotate grid box 00 5 K Save Points 11 Check Save Grid amp Save asye Grid Points 12 Click Save Layers and select the location to save them to and the desired name 13 By default the grid and grid points will be stored under your field data folder for the field you are working on 3 Writing a Prescription Using Scripting 2 Merging Soil Test Results 1 l Bas Go to Merge Grid Results section on main screen or go to the top and select process gt Merge Grid Re sults Locate the field from the client farm field and select the sample points and the boundary of the field Go to the Soil Test Results tab on the top middle of the screen Soil Test Results Step 2 Click load sample results file button and search for your xls or csv file containing test re sults Step 3 Assign the appropriate columns for the Sam ple ID on your Samples and Sample ID on the test results Step 4 Check which layers you want to build maps for columns containing any null values will not work can replace these with zero values so they will merge Click Merge Tables the test results should merge with the grid Sample ID file You can now choose to build your maps with Surfer
54. Average Total and the Standard Deviation of the intersected layer in the masked layer In this exam ple it is labeled in Bu Acre Once finished click Remove Mask If you do not remove the mask you will not be able to view any other maps or objects Query Tools Layer Selection Layers Stats Raster Quen Select Areas from this Input Layer Variety Where the Layer Value is Value Equal To a 7 Use the above Mask to Intersect with Query AP Thar Ag Dala Alpin biisien biip Windia e Ee Breen epee il eer Tepe pete Tool Widma Help 221 S07 0 o Eek ee lire pe mare hisa j bilemem ati aF 109 97 204 18 157 08 MaskedRaster Bu Acre Lats ETA La LTE Fri Guer Lire YLO OLR gd Oagehhe FE 7 9 BB Layers Raster Query Select Areas from this Input Layer Vanety Where the Layer Value is Value 9 Use the above Mask to Intersect with TLD VOLIDRY GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 222 Summarize Another Layer m As you work with multiple layers of data you may want to get a Summary of how those layers interact ADMS has a function call Summarize to Another Layer This tool allows you to pull data from your Grid or Zone from your Yield or from your Soil Test Results Many combinations of things you can pull together here Ma
55. Data County Data Imagery LJ 2014 Zone Output AG 1846 09 Gi 5 0 gd 208 8 GK User Manual GKT Farm SH 8 SE ts un Lat 4747464739 Lom 96 80060847 107 112 107 Field SHBSE Layer Com Seed grd OeeEh Ft D gt gt Printing Print Batch Print Surfaces gt eeu ys A oe e her N ps pe i Layer Info x g Boundary Surfaces In Map mages m map Current Layer GK User Manual GKT Fane Nutriert Mapping Sheily Statistics 999 r ea 59 09 Acre 7 10165 65Tot al 1866705 GK User Manual GKT Farm SH 8 SE 1548 0 as iram C12 SB Ace ms Via Ace Di 106Ace uo Am S55 49 Acme 16 28 20 Acres Wa 23 Acme Ba 19849 ade D 4045 tamm 1047 Bi Acre ms O2 Aces aa aim 12254 0 1 Acres us Oi Ace iS 215 50 5 1 Acre u zen 01 Acres E ru iam is Bs Hr GK Technology uw Agnculture GK User Manual GKT Farm SH 8 SE 148 eee If you have Multiple Surface Maps to print out turn them on in the order you want them to be printed Noman NAP 200 Go to Print amp Batch Print Surfaces pre a u GK Technology w Axrwiullure GK User Manual GKT Farm SH 8 SE m See RB a DA Acree 219024 18 Actes 23748 AD Acree 2AA LT Aone TLA 0 2 Acree Is 5 0 Aces E 34200 107 Acres a 2097044 3 3 Acre me zirma DE aa Acme 440114 VA Aare ATDI 14 Actes reer oe Rar u Sn nr ac i S614 7 OM Acer m BOTEI A OS Ac
56. Data Mapping Solution To get started with Ag Data Mapping Solution you need to have some base data in place to work with You will need some Properly geo referenced piece of data Meaning that the data sets are in either Latitude Longitude or UTM projections system using WGS84 or NAD83 TO GET STARTED YOU NEED AT LEAST 1 OF THESE ITEMS County Data set for the area you are working County Data tab NAIP images USDA Geospatial DRG images USDA Geospatial Soils Maps USDA Geospatial Townships amp Sections Maps USDA Geospatial Roads Railroads amp Water ways TIGER Data Data Set to build Maps need one or more of these more is usually better Satellite Aerial Imagery Imagery tab Images USGS Images UMAC Topography from LIDAR Other Imagery sources NAIP Images County Data tab Yield data Raw Data card or shp files Field Data tab Veris data Raw Data card or shp files Field Data tab Topography from RTK Raw Data card or shp files Field Data tab Below is a Rough Outline of the Process to use this data in the field Build Client Farm Field structure in ADMS Draw lt gt Collect lt gt Extract lt gt Import Field Boundary For VRT Mapping For Topography Mapping Create Management Zones or Sample Import amp Process topography data Grids Inspect topography accuracy outlets Soil Sample Process watersheds contours Set application rates Create surface tile dra
57. Device Supported Controllers nn an 137 142 ODEON AO en er 143 144 John Deere GRX 2600 amp 2630 Controller vitae winnasannisescdesninaneiseoatansanamenenseciudaeienaans 145 PA NOTES iE EAA A EE EEEN 146 Printing Batch Multi Bitmap s sssnasnnsnsnnsnsnnsnnnnsnnnrsnnsnnnnsnnnrnnnnnnnrnenerserernnrnns 147 150 Exporting Files as KMZ for Google Earth anne eier ein 151 152 Exporting Files as KML for Google Earth seen ea REDET EIER RL 153 154 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Contents Quick Notes for Topography RTK nn ea ee EEE RE 155 Quick Notes for Topography LIDAR ne a EIER EL 156 Creating Topography amp WatershedS zusenden nn a Een ahnen 157 IMDOFENG IDOLE cnaccceseneseatesssosecceasscecusaseosdeteseeieteyscesseeansseceresentcatesszecanecsceseaeouzeaesee 158 Adjusting Levels between Multiple Point shp Files cc cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 159 Merge shp files with Z AU JUSE sic ae energie 160 161 Merge All Visible shp He nennen 162 Cleaning Elevation SHP Database ssssssssssssnssnnnnsnnnnsnrnnsnsnnennsnrnnsnrnnennnnrunsnennne 163 Creating th Topography Map vsiscasnndsoscwaseccssuetancatasemansceuecccatuassecasuuoniaatuucmerecedediaans 164 crd Te POINT seori rra Traen a ee 165 Select EMS BOUN GSV ann een 166 Cropping the Grid to a Boundary en aenne 167 Processing LIDAR LAS Files s
58. EE 2013 Zone Output a Mandaya 20 This process can now be repeated for all of the products you wish to apply 21 After the maps are built follow the instructions on the Exporting Prescriptions Section This gives you step by step instructions for each type of controller GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 121 Grid Sampling Sampling Methods Grid Sampling Methods When soil sampling it is important to make sure you take an accurate representation of the field Here are some general guidelines to follow when out sampling Credit for this information is from Agvise Laboratories http www agviselabs com soil2 php and The University of Nebraska Lincoln UNL http cropwatch unl edu web ssm soilsampling Grid Soil Sampling Grid soil sampling involves dividing whole fields into small equal sized areas or grids 1 5 acres see example The soil cores from each grid are collected either from the center point of the grid or from random cores within the grid A minimum of 8 10 cores from each grid is required to provide enough soil for all laboratory analysis to be completed Grif Soil Saming Examgie Sample Handling Soil Fertility Analysis Proper soil sample handling procedures depend on which nutrient analysis is requested Soil samples that will be analyzed for nitrate N should be kept cool or shipped to the laboratory
59. EE Re i Di En EFE Paf LEI aL neti Lene Lo iets Pa DEBE aE 8 Choose which Soil Test should be associated with which color Zone using the Pull down menu for each color With a 3 zone soil tests and a 5 zone map the remaining zones need to read No Test View Nutnent Maps 9 With all these items selected check Interpolate Output Maps and click Build Maps By NOT checking the Interpolate box you will get a 5 rate zone application map recommended for seeding maps 10 If soil test results have been edited then can be saved by clicking Save Ed ited Soil Test Results 11 Choose the View Nutrient Maps tab and view the Nutrient Map s you created for each product GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 86 Nutrient Layers Using CSV XLS Soil Test Results Sod Tes Fiss View Mient Mapes ar Load a Aone Map iw Gee VAT Ceata Load zoma Imaga 220A gt E jem Fan Ra Mapon 12 Go to Load Zone Image innia tab and turn on the map you eum would like to use for the Re application for example we will convert the N Fert Lb to Tose ef m 46 0 0 Kann ehr 13 Select the Intra Layer _ omen Math button This will run Matty ore Va the selected mathematical ZN ee function over every pixel in y a the surface
60. EMS in i Py range hee ait Oe evi ti 2 o Fae ieee mn Mii 16 e 1 i TEN i wie aaa iit nht De Fans ened hi ia er Birk i MTL eich E iha e al ie ror I Fe DOW Fa g Zur Sapa Avsrnpe 2205 Amy 108 5 Ace SI Dev 40 ED Toba Atran 7 After the top and bottom end values are sent properly the theme will need to be saved Click Save THM 8 Give the color table a name We recommend including the value range used to have it for fu ture reference This will be stored in the _DB Color Tables folder Soe ee An example of name would be Soil K 40 300 ppm That way if there were multiple Soil K themes it will be i easy to distinguish the differences Since some nutrients Sot TEC TAD THM TAB a To may be reported with different units it is also a good ee ann m idea to include them in the name eidg Be wl 9 Click Save Close out of the Thematic Raster Set Se a SH tings window The color theme is now saved and can a Fr be applied to other maps Repeat this process for ad Sen type Teas Bad Co Table THM TA al ditional nutrients bhdr rien GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 78 Nutrient Layers Color Layers By Theme Applying Color Themes Color themes can be applied easily two different ways By using the Load Fixed Thematic Table button on the bottom toolbar or thro
61. End Function GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 229 Introduction to Objects Enumerations and Collections One of the most powerful tools in programming is the ability to create objects We will start this section by creating a Vehicle Object We will use properties of that object to describe different properties of a vehicle We will use Enumerations to provide input to the you about valid choices So if we want to describe the type of engine in the vehicle we create an Enumeration with valid choices Private Enum FuelType as Integer Gasoline 0 Diesel 1 Propane 2 End Enum Now we can define an object to define the properties of the Vehicle and Functions that will return a calculat ed fuel required for a trip Private Class Vehicle Public VIN as String Public VehicleName as String Public NumberOfWheels as Integer Public FuelToUse as FuelType Public EngineSize as Single Public NeedsLicense as Boolean Public MilesPerGallon as Single Public Function HowMuchFuelDoINeed MilesToTravel as Integer as Single If MilesPerGallon lt gt 0 Then Return MilesToTravel MilesPerGallon 1 1 Else Return O End If End Function End Class To Use our new object Dim Veh As New Vehicle Dim FuelNeeded As Single Veh VIN 124562538 Veh FuelToUse FuelType Diesel Veh EngineSize 6 9 Veh MilesPerGallon 19 Veh NeedsLicense True
62. Google BMP with World E a rth KM Z X Send To Recycle Bin im mn 3 The Export Raster To KMZ options will open aa Tapon Paner Ta oe a 4 Browse to the desired export E Egri Le ori location eee ee asian 5 Optional Place KMZ in Grow er and Field folder This will export to the selected loca tion but will place the file in a Grower amp Field folder struc ture 6 Optional Edit the Grower Field and KMZ File Name if Eri a Comer Ger a tee MMT desired Far KU Te Greer ed Peet Fe ug qe cM Ae Hae Fre ald 7 Optional Embed a Color Bar in the KMZ This will show the statistical color bar on Google Earth giving the ranges of the map This can only be done with surfaces 8 When all of the desired options are selected click OK The file will be exported to the selected directory with the options that were selected 9 A program will have to be installed on the device you are using Windows Android iOS to read the KMZ file Google Earth GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Exporting Files As KMZ For Google Earth Examples 152 This is an example of the file structure that will be created when the option to Place KMZ in Grower and Field Folder is selected The KMZ file WILL NOT be recognized in ADMS i i cM Ae Meee one AO Eid a Comer fer oy tt BLT
63. KARENOBEX GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 167 Creating Topography amp Watersheds Creating the Topography Map Cropping the Grid to a Boundary After you have selected a boundary then click on the Topography Grid This will crop the raster then click the File in the data tree to make it the Save button on the layer toolbar to save current layer On the Layer Tool Bar the changes to the grid file at the bottom of the screen click the last button with a tool tip of Crop Raster to Then click the Clear Selection button Selected Polygons to remove the lime green crosshatch if needed Be inpet ed Co Jpn Se Iun a a iir p en ADF DP pe pe ree HE emi New Chea GE User Manual Sew Farm ATK pi DORSSErH ag if few Fait Shey BSE ATR 7 wa old HE re er FE Castine jep PE Comme Jan Le a O TONT Let 07 aT Lan TSN Fielt Stee iy IEE GTE Liye Marit AL TITLE ipri 2 OCS Ss Oaeehh aE U A BE EB 3 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 168 LiDAR General Info LIDAR Light Detection And Ranging WWW CSC NOAA QOV LIDAR is collected by a plane shooting a NIR Near Infra Red laser at the earth and measuring the re
64. Lita Pubic Stated Dagma Pienso Ay inter Pubic Senedd F maci a Aa Sege ere ee NIIT EIETT ODE ARO WE and click open if Iren Tina fee tee bc Ceirke uf Note the Code Window should populate with some data looking like this a O O TC a Script Compiled without errors If all is correct you should seethis 2 4 Click Compile Script Click Run Script 11 Go to the Layer Info tab on the left side iad tet wali Client AgExpo New Farm Demo F New j Field Field 2 12 Select the Map Math Output from the H 13 Click on the Save As button on the Lush ae of the screen Surfaces In Map list j 2 43 _RawData ME 2005_AUG14_NDVIG bas SE 2005_AUG14_NDWVIF oe SE 2005_AUG14_NIFugn Be WE ALTITUDE ard i bottom toolbar and call this 3 surface p an merged grd or whatever name repre sents the new object created More detailed information on Map Math Controls under the Advanced Scripting section GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Creating Zones From Imagery Coloring and Prepping Surfaces 1 You will notice there is a very distinctive Red Border along the south side of the field This is not representative of the field This is called a Border Effect There is a tool Reduce Border Effect that will help clean
65. Load Sample Results File button L 2013 Gre Sample Good E images Ley 2 NAIP imags This is where you will choose your soil ete DANE test results file a Homegnoug Both csv and xls file formats can be 50m amp Local Cini Li im po rted a HERECOVERY IE y File ame Soi Test Resuh Rowanase fies CS IK Make sure you have only one set of aren cance results per sheet on excel when loading a xis file GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Grid Sampling Creating Nutrient Layers 109 ro eS ee 5 Step 3 Assign Sample Step 2 Grid Semple Prints i Gert Leido Long uie Poiniil GET Ie Point Grid ID ae ena 1 4 eee rn a i Select Column ID that 2 1 15 S418 Bd Z Siep 3 3 1 iS 716410 Suse 3 J corresponds to the Field Saied Sampie Pori Grd I c 5716419 0045390 4 i Sample points numbers PinentiC a 45 718416 90 48209 S 5 i Er ED TEATE 36 BT G f 6 Step 3 Select Soil Test o Belec Saad Te Git O fr ee a Grid ID Tampan K 5 1 ip 735415 S 44570 2 il 12 45 717323 S045767 i i Select Column ID on the Siep 4 5 an Bh 458 16 Ta Soil Test that matches Sk un un ie An prana BAR 1 A Pot Na a 4 2 45 717325 9045305 12 F sample point numbers Germmetih 24 5 3 O73 ade 1 t3 Fat ICN ta Sh 54 AS TITRE Bas 14 T Make sure that the sam ee 12 AS ITI SE 45008 15 i
66. Mapping Solution click Properties 6 Click on the Compatibility tab 7 Check the boxes for Run this program in compatibility mode for Window XP 1 pas han proben sth ther araram and kn Sa oe Service Pack 2 Also check the box machen iha aadar vanier eis for Run this program as an administra prety mote tor J Ba Pe re er euh F r Winda AF cionan Pack 8 Click Apply When Ag Data Mapping Solution is started it will be able to ac cess the registry where the information for starting the program is stored mian ri PH ceo Fin m re n Tp ey er o agi CP egs Plan ma zeug ae p ao en i ft er GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 250 Veris Logging Hardware Setup The cable connection between the Veris box and the serial port of the PC requires hard ware handshaking so a full 9 pin serial cable is required A full 9 pin null modem adapter may also be required Once you get to the bottom of this page you can adjust the configuration in the settings window Press Any Key Press the 2 Key Press the 2 Key Press Any Key Up and Running GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 251 Veris Logging Cables DB9 F F 25 DB9 AD M F NM Both of t
67. Math is to use Excel to develop that code There are features like the ability to insert breakpoints and develop tests for viewing how a script works In Excel 2007 here is how to set up the scripting process 1 Start with a blank Booki then click the Start Button 2 Click Excel Options 3 In the window that opens click then Show Developer tab in the Ribbon 4 Click the Developer tab 5 Click Visual Basic 6 Right click on Modules and Insert a Module reer Che 1 Show arte ab A jhe ippa 1 Ges ta Biia man re amha er re an Liner li far wie ah rath ina ee Wn yning eps ra hir Use hen For Tant ge Dpi pra fu sea le at Bipr Fa 1 kjude the er shee J L i F j Srrecnaiar peor ony ef Meret eee i ERIE 1 rer mussen Darm piman Crane She ange pao wart be ue ath banie fee ie ierg g am 1 ie we aj o J Bem Ep W hp Lote a Hi Dar al In Tg a r ime tiog a JE Ei SF Prapen aT t 4 z i B HES GED jA ins Bas Erfa p yis Cae a bamo Per Wh Alan bar bruyn Jia Barz Jh Macro bian A Atha ak Euseg B Cr Li DL 7 da j H araea Sogt Es SJ Skre Cece Diech Beet mua Mies Ry heed Gece Fae eat PR Contre Terrier bere j Miata lies GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 233 Opening a Script Editor i
68. PEIRE SE 4 Lane o 3 En url ie AT ie AAT s Gimir Depths Ldt Pand Estee Saadaan i ie en ra an GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Most important part of any system is the OUTLET The second most important part is getting MAIN DEPTHS Creating Tile Plan Main Depths These instructions will show you how to drop Points to mark Pipe Depths that can be turned on and printed out at any time and used as guides for designing laterals KR WN e Starting where you have your Outlet and Main Locations set previous page Go to the Create New Layers from Templates amp select Notes Check this on and make it the active layer Select either Draw New Object SHP or Draw Multiple Points Attributed from Surface on the bottom toolbar Note will need to be clicked for each point amp is a toggle On Off button Suggest using either a Equidistance or Landmark method of marking points Example Starts at ditch shoulder the every 200 feet To get the spacing move your cursor along the Profile amp slide it out the top at the Spacing marks Click on the White cursor to mark the points marked over the top Once all marked click Save tee F gt F Ai em nl 0 ii as lt i gt ka D be i i
69. Pll uail Fo GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Importing KB GK Yield Data ea TEHETE iH Hi M Hi H a 4 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com 206 Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 207 Importing KB GK Yield Data il rm j et AgLesde Acteanced of Inseraten Tast Fie UTH Commn g una bom toe mopprg ruper md DE bE epee 4 ti E or in Rca ape ihren ln the AARE come id a OTH re a ppaki heime jire vaka Zen bee a Pi hiera a prred p F Cep Ft Aaa Er inte enal Prete Feld Eier Eisen DHA TN aS LASTS C winem hiia T Te LD Ve EL BE TO etz ON ET i Ir r Ho ERREGER m dla er Se ee Br 1377993725907 i er fa Keine Taruresa arme Konkurs puaa anaes Tees 7 Shni tro bieira Mem ST CK OM Marge Cees use dee io Seseo an er een ma GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Importing KB GK Yield Data F iter Hacir add tea LTE Ein tral LITA bartas jal Fe harpa i E Tiisel parie ey GPS Tie Ra ii DE For Gien Fis fi TUN Te i ad ine Le jal er Fir mis FF al Flag sce fer Seah Width inj fet Ti
70. Point Style 1 Select Change Draw Style on the bottom toolbar ob 2 Select you Line or Point Color and Fill color 3 Choose the size of the points e Fixed Sizing Stays the same size 3 pixels recommended e Scaled sizing changes when you zoom in and out 16 feet recom mended 4 Click Apply You will now have a custom grid to go sample with e See Using GPS Controls for in field GPS use eT GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 108 Grid Sampling Creating Nutrient Layers Creating Nutrient Layers Once you get your soil test results back from the lab Ht you can now use them to create nutrient maps of the field e This is going to be done in the Merge Grid Results window aoe 1 Once you are inside the Merge Grid Results window select the appropriate Client Farm Field 2 Select the grid points and boundary files that are associated with the field Load Data Soil Test Results u Gee z a aa 3 When the Grid Points Step 1 Load a Boundar d Grd Points RH RD OO D oad a undary an rid Poin rf J g are your active layer Client Client v switch to the Soil Test am Example Results tab on the top Field Field 3 v of the screen EE CustomGrid grd LE Grid shp WEP GrdPoints shp S SamplePoints shp 4 Click the
71. Process Imgert ih impor Tope Emon Senp Toos Window Help selection x D Bipi Chata Interlace z Ex shows a field in Norman County MN PII in den Are Enable Opben Question What area do I have for Lidar tow Gromer Seon y Bald Base Color Tate Reset Window Dock Settings New Farm Scripting x a Remove 7 Files Yori Egito intertace Hei find SHE SE E a nt Ama eit ee ane Set your Lidar Source Folder Note you can Search Sub Folders Click Run Select Search Path FA LIDAR MN UTM14 Norman _ Also Search Sub Folders Set Output Path E CountyData LIDAR Catalog Norman 12 7 2014 shp Processing 407 of 632 4 MN UTM14 J BigStone J Clay JL Grant Missing E3twp J Kittson J Lac Qui Parle gt J Lincoln J Marshall JL Pennington Pipestone N Make New Folder Cancel 7 File Process Import Yield Import Topo Epor Setup Tools Window Help Your output location will default into AS OE Sewers layeri your County Data folder E elle x0 EEFEFEEEEEFEEFFEEEEEFEEES 00 Pees ee icona 8 Grids P ear Sunday Note if you name or re name Saas EEEE LIT Caine Mormann 12 Fr NewFaem Scripting EEE P EEE EEE Surfaces In Map the Output you must keep veres SH8SE E EHERFEEFEEEEFFEEEFFEEFEEFE the shp extension Fett Data County Dara imagery EE 3 SR mma aes Bl weinen Ikone EEESEFE HE F The SHP
72. Region This data may be roads sections townships soils or county wide images NAIP Mostly data downloaded from USDA Geo Spatial website Imagery Data Location where you store satellite imagery scenes and wide area topography data Pocket PC Data Folder Location where you would have folders for GK Pocket Field Recs or Pocket VR mobile platforms Operator Name users name used for tracking processed data NOTE The name and spaces must be less that 12 characters long The beauty of ADMS is the ability to run and utilize data sets off of USB devices and your Local disk drives Example would be leaving all you Root Data grower data on the C drive and running all your County Da ta off a USB device D or a Mapped Network Drive NOTE Read Write speeds may be GREATLY reduced depending on the speed of your device GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 11 Settings Window User Interface re Cate Storage Uee interface leer Interliaoe 2 GPS Settings GPS Config UTM Zone Vers Seffings Yield Settings Det Color Table Rambow y Defam Color Table Zones Red Yellow Green w Dieisud Unts for New Layens Feet w Process PFR_LOG Files at Points to Default Pont Style Circle z Default Point Scale Mode Pixel Scale 7 Boundary Effect Fitter Distance 340 we Mirenum Profle Decth Feet 250 2 Pont Map to
73. Roads 1 pt lines Red Soils 1 pt lines Black 300 ES Norman Sections SHP Jar Norman Soils ee ES Norman Townships SHP i e Norman Water SHP Townships 2 pt lines Yellow 4 500 Water Lines 1 pt lines Blue GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 260 Using Web Based Background Layers WMS Layers Using WMS Servers WMS servers are a web based map server that can be accessed through ADMS with an active in ternet connection Most of them are state or region specific and are not available in all areas Finding WMS Links The easiest way to find new WMS links is by simply searching the web for them Here are some examples of WMS links MN Attp geoint lmic state mn us cgi bin wmsll ND Attp ndgishub nd gov ArcGIS services All Imagery MapServer WMSServer Imagery b County Data Adding WMS Links Field Data ee Select County Data so the Web Layers dropdown is visible We Layers None r From the Web Layers dropdown menu select WMS m County Data Imagery The WMS Server Parameters window will appear None Esri World Hydro Overlay This window allows different links to be saved to the data tree and utilized within ADMS Esri Shaded Relief Esri World Street Map Esri World Imagery Esri World Topo Bing Street Map Bing Aeri
74. Run Conversion Mehlich 2 lt None gt Mehlich 3 None After the phosphorous conversion has run it will create a new column of the converted soil test values And can be merged with the sample points Nutrient layers can be built off of these the same as any other column 10 9 Click Merge Tables to merge with the sample points GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual e The soil test results will now merge with the grid sample points file View Nutrient Maps GridID 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 Grid Sampling Creating Nutrient Layers Soil Test Results Latitude Longitude 45 716419 96 457857 45 716419 96 45658 45 716419 96 45528 45 716419 96 45398 45 716419 96 45269 45 716419 96 45139 45 716419 96 45009 45 716419 96 44879 45 717323 96 45787 45 717323 96 45658 45 717323 96 45528 45 717323 96 45398 45 717323 96 45269 1 45 717323 96 45139 45 717323 96 45009 1 45 717323 96 44879 7 PointID GKT_IDX pH 1 1 6 3 2 2 5 9 3 3 5 7 4 4 6 3 5 5 6 6 6 5 7 7 7 6 3 8 8 7 2 3 9 5 9 10 10 6 11 11 5 9 12 12 6 5 13 13 5 8 14 14 6 1 15 15 6 5 16 16 6 OM 4 3 5 45 3 6 32 3 37 3 4 45 41 4 42 3 8 37 3 6 P O ppm K ppm 20 21 12 15 24 16 23 40 20 12 9 9 11 11 11 15 234 2
75. Select View Nutrient Maps 8 The maps will now be visible with the correct sample points turned on Po Theme Colors ir tees Fe 10 Select the print icon at the top toolbar to batch print all the surfaces turned on eae ts DA er uimita 9 Change the label color if desired GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 117 Grid Sampling Printing Grid Nutrient Layers You should now have all the components you need from your soil test results Ge your nutrient maps your boundaries and depending on the prescription you Map vir are going to be using you may want to have a yield goal map Refer to that section in the book on how to create that map You can now print your maps be ready for the prescription writing process Printing Soil Test Result Maps Field Data County Data e Nutrient maps can be printed and overlaid with the Sei 2013 Grid Sample corresponding grid points and the soil test results et sort Sample Points shp e This has to be done individually for each nutrient map Ei 1 Go to the Grid Sample File ae 2 Check the nutrient grd file ex OM Fe 3 Select Merged Sample Points i 4 Select the ABC change label tool on the bottom toolbar below the map window Piola Fiedel 1 Layer Merged m Oageh HART ABLX o 5 Make sure labels are visible 6
76. Toolbar ei Points Single Point Drop 1 Se a a 2 Typically we like to draw this data off of either field collected data points or 1 3 meter ortho images Geo Referenced very well Zoom into the field as close as possible normally want to see the whole field At the bottom of the Data Tree Select Create New Layer From Template Select Sample Points from the list Check the Sample Points MSY SamplePoints SHP Click on the Draw a New Object button on the Bottom Toolbar Lat 47 47029098 Lon 96 7986845 138 126 12 Field SHSSE E Layer samplePoints shp as HH LARE OBE xX Left click where the point is to be placed Repeat the previous 2 steps adding all the points you need Click Save on the Bottom Toolbar Ss in ST Tia p E fa W GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Drawing Layers Polygons Lines amp Points 36 GK Drawing Tools Hand Drawing Multi Point Points Draw Multiple points There are time you may want to mark many points on a field In these cases you will NEED to have a Surface grd or Surface bmp built for the field In this example Zones ID grd nn Sa 9 You now should have your custom points that look similar to the image below Select your Grower Farm Field Check on the Surface grd ex Zones ID grd Thi
77. Wina i mn _ Dr Bl _ Process aan Dane Sve ianen Seen Tee Spee Sat Tale reden FE ee or tea D pE st er Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 70 Creating Zones From Imagery Thematic Raster Settings a The Thematic Raster Settings change how raster surfaces are displayed This window will now allow any of the values in the map to be changed Instead it changes colors and how they are rep resented To access these settings click on the Thematic Color icon on the bottom toolbar if This will open the Thematic Raster Settings window Color Chips These can be changed or modified individually to add custom colors to the map Each color chip as a min max area and coefficient of variation val ann Biia ue 2j Das E Epa mima MET Bisch k Me ep The split values can be adjusted by scroll ing over it with the mouse wheel or manu ally adjusting the zone split value This will only adjust the Max value Color Tables Different color tables can be applied to the map Average 1B4 Apen 50 54 Anres Si Dew 63 Total 10856 Range Types Allow for automatic statistical grouping of the colors by values on the map e K Means Recommended for imagery and zone creation Clusters the data in a way so each zone has the lowest coefficient of variation possible This mini mizes the variation between data groups e 2 Std Dev Recommended for imagery and zone creation Mul
78. You must have data in areas were the elevation that has NOT changed over time In this example we are using the road and the field entrance Layer Craw Options o 1 Turn on LidarImport grd and Ditch Bottom shp is Line or Paint Color 2 Make Ditch Bottom shp the Active Layer Fin Fit Cotes Line Whitin Fi Pagon 3 Click on the Change Draw Style dh Change settings like this some ER Click Apply rr race Paint Sunng Method 4 Click on the Change Label Settings AR Semen Detaowe Com are f a Change settings like this Essen u U nae Click Apply Decimal Procion Labai Henght Font E ul 5 Zoom to the area of the data to take elevation readings 6 Scroll your mouse over the SHP point Take readings RTK 905 7 LIDAR 875 3 Difference 04 00 Lat 47 469827 Lon 96 79395 875 3 Feet 7 Repeat this function several times 5 to 10 suggested Average all the Difference values This will be the amount you adjust the Elevation Data For this example the average was 30 43 Ties juniin s petor an To Adjust the SHP RTK Data aoe 1 Make Ditch Bottom shp the Active Layer ee 2 Click the Preform Math operation on a Column Diss Com i Meaty on the bottom toolbar 7 ae Seed Malh Gpenmlor 3 Choose column to amend amp Add or Subtract amp enter Value KEARELS This example Elevation amp S
79. active layer adjust the 5 image according to the field boundary Do this with the arrows located in Image Properties hihat Genuine Bu Ln I el I x 0 00 Y 000 laude Porson Zoom To This Layer Order b JB Utilities r click Update Position This will save and up date coordinates of the GeoTiff If more images will need clipping right click on the current TIF file and select unload layer Repeat the process for any additional images GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 272 Landsat Data Processing Cutting Images by Shapefile Ra u After all the images have had their coordinates updated the tiff extractor utility may be used to clip them to a shape file This example will use a county shape file Refer to downloading instructions to get it 1 Open the Map Window 2 From the county data select a shape file of the entire state containing all the counties in the state SD so a WE SD Counties shp i Fin 5D St te Maps Misc pO SD UTM 13 8 29 SD UTM 14 __ Map Window OS eee ee al Process Import Yield Import Topo Watershed Modeling Confidence Mapping Veris Files Merge Zone Results Merge Grid Results Veris Collection Merge Landsat TIFS Transfer Spatial Attributes 3 From the top of the screen select Process an
80. ad fone Creanon laa Meere SD 2 Click on the image in the Load or Se f IE lect an Image area of the ER Automated Zone tab Pertti tii ree FIEIS EES 3 Choose Red NDVI Green NDVI NIR See Notes below Red NDVI Green NDVI NIR pn ee 8 s 1 NW WV re oes Reduce Border Eert 4 Click Extract Image laumaa ina cot Bed OQeeHe BermhOOEE 5 Take note of the Arrow buttons e Use these to give the field finite placement 6 i Select the Desired N umber of Zones Desired Number of Zones 5 you want to have in your map 7 Click the Finish button ee ULE oe U i als m 7 8 Repeat 2 8 on all the images you want t cai m to Extract 7 gt NOTE On Clicking Finish a The software cut your image to a 5 Senf Zone image and created the zones us ainsa ing K Means ee 2 s nn ee ee coe BB autor Zorn Ceren c Image Extraction Suggestions Red NDVI Best images with moderate to heavy vegetation Green NDVI Best on image with light vegetation NIR Best on Bare Soil or no vegetation GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 59 Creating Zones From Imagery Manual Zone Extraction Wa BoP ge Sit gh aps Introduction Images used for zone creation will have multiple bands of data that
81. all Surfaces that are turned on The Math is done on line 20 25 Useful for merging multiple years of data Ex Yield Imagery Topo Veris Creates a new Surface named Avg All Layers grd Average of All Layers wHoles Will Normalize all the layers turned on Add them together takes a count of how many surfaces are turned on and return an Average Normalized Layer using Null Value logic This means that the areas of maps that have Holes missing data will calculate their own values To assign different UNITS on line 7 default Units Ac Runs Script on all Surfaces that are turned on The Math is done on line 22 30 Useful for merging multiple years of data Ex Yield Imagery Topo Veris Creates a new Surface named Avg All Layers Holes grd GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 241 Scripting Using GK Created Scripts CornPop max min Will give you a Corn Seeding Rate based of a Divisor amp Yield Map You must have a Yield Map or a Yield Goal map to use this script Useful for creating Corn Seeding Maps Creates a new Surface named MapMath CornSeed grd Assign Input Surface name on line 16 Add as a Value Line 19 Minimum Seed Rate Line 20 Maximum Seed Rate Line 21 Divisor value X Example Yield Goal X 1000 Seeding Rate
82. an individual field boundary skip to the Automated Zone Creation or the Manual Zone Extraction section 3 Using the Township and Section data use the zoom tools on the top tool bar to find the desired field 4 Once zoomed to the desired field boundaries can be created two dif ferent ways in the office Draw a Field Boundary Save Boundary from a CLU A ha Data ir Map Wind t 7 Be brpa ied Sa Lessa Setup Arc Inner Wiee Heip O iia SDAA ES pE se 2 p PPE q teen Seite Query aial Zoom Bartan gl Set Left CTE ad Hoi Teng Cura to farms bios Pae nibiti z IN Ham Satelitn iraga nen u Sheiiy A SE E Mac TE fee ED PE Here ur zen pE Harn HF ne D Yan hair an PE ee hir Fre i Daan bARABLONK ni Gen in Yield Aussen hai Setup Lich pnpa de Help gg FK Gem or Ra ER EIERN I fer Hr a E Ne uar en PE on har len Kat ET a A PET Faid daper Nia IL oa auh ie 8 aOR x GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 45 Creating Zones From Imagery Creating Boundaries Hand Draw a Field Boundary 1 Make sure all the correct Grower Farm Field data is selected and go to the bottom of the Data Tree window and click on Create New Layer from Template and select Boundary You will see the Boundary file you created under the Field Data tab C
83. an objects location This gives the images a position on the face of the earth Remote Sensing To gather information about an object without physically being there Most often this term is used to acquire information from aerial or satellite imagery which gives information about the field CSV Common separated value Stores data in plain text form Can be opened in Microsoft Excel and ina text file editor notepad They are primarily separated by a comma CSV files are generally used to import soil test results and yield data XLS File extension used to identify the file as a Microsoft Excel file XLS files are used when importing soil test results into the program GIS Geographic Information System is a system designed to capture store manipulate analyze manage and present all types of geographical data CIR Refers to and Image that is Color Inferred This means that there is an inferred red and green band in the image However band the orders may differ between them e g NRG amp NGR NRG An image that has an inferred red and green band in it in that order RGB Color Also referred to as a color or true color image These images only have a red green and blue band in them Since it is lacking inferred NDVI and NIR extractions cannot be done on them BW A term often seen on WMS links refers to a black and white image GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 324
84. and Left Click to undo points and Right Click to finish Save Click Save on the bottom toolbar m Turn on Boundary and select Select Mode Replace rsh off of the top toolbar 2 Click inside the Boundary pol Importing LIDAR ygon making it Lime Green 3 Turn on the LidarImport grd 1 Turn on Boundary shp active layer on the bottom toolbar 2 Click on Select Mode Replace i and select Crop co to Polygon Polygon will appear Lime Green Selected Polygon fg 3 Go to Import Topo and select 4 Click Save As on the LIDAR LAS Import rest 4s a bottom toolbar ml 4 Make sure you are checked on 5 Name LidarTopo grd igh vegetal ar Ground Tinan Ale 6 Click on Crop Null Values Cr Water f Lpa Pand TIEREN Wee J Convert Meters to Feet can Ka Create Import only area under Watersheds selected objects Bar are Poe EEE m E kai Reco _2 t 1 Make sure LidarTopo grd U put Resolutions meter FE FE ee 6 Click Select LAS Source Folder ra ot ee 2 On the Top Toolbar select 7 Choose the Correct Folder Be Process amp Watershed 8 Click OK 7 a Modeling i 3 In the Create Watershed Create Field Boundary ne ee 1 Turn on the LidarImport grd J Topo Source LidarTopo 2 Zoom to the field Units in Feet 3 Click on Create New Layer from Templates Choose Flow Density 40 usual
85. as well with Whole field RTK data collections Red Points LIDAR Control Points not RTK This Red Point is at the Road Intersection Points set by hand off the LIDAR map Black Points RTK collected using Mobile Base Note the Geo Reference CROSS should be at Road Intersection Collected by driving the center or the road east west amp north south Colored map LIDAR Topography Map 862 9 569 9 876 9 Lidarlmport iFeet GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 178 LiDAR RTK Merge Adjusting Geo Reference Moving RTK Need to decide which data set is the control for setting your Control Point In this case we are using the LIDAR as the MASTER Moving the RTK DATA Turn on data in this order 1 Black Points Ditch Bottom shp RTK Mobile Base Note the Geo Reference CROSS should be at Road Intersection Collected by driving the center or the road east west amp north south 2 Red Points LIDAR Control Points not RTK This Red Point is at the Road Intersection Points set by hand off the LIDAR map 3 Colored map LIDAR Topography Map 562 9 869 9 876 9 Lidarlmport Feet 4 Zoom into the Road intersection area Area of geo referencing 5 Use the Measure tool to get some close estimates f
86. can be utilized to create man agement zones for precision applications With the tools available in ADMS different types of imag es can be extracted in different ways This can be extracting individual bands or by using several vegetative indices These tools use the native resolution of the image and default color table Geo referencing an Image Often images especially landsat will not be perfectly geo referenced To update the position of an image a known reference layer such as a boundary is needed e Turn on the boundary e Turn on the image that needs to be aligned It needs to be the Active Layer in red at the bottom of the Map Window Notice the road light red is on the wrong side of the field boundary The image needs to be the Active Layer On the bottom toolbar select the Image Properties button u S and Te x 0 00 Pool Y 000 Use the arrows to adjust the image position From the dropdown menu different units can be selected Each click with be equal to one unit Addition ally numbers can be entered manu ally into the boxes Once satisfied with the position of the image click Update Position GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 60 oe Creating Zones From Imagery Manual Zone Extraction 4 Band Images ies echo Four band images Landsat usually have the Red Green Blue
87. data must be UNZIPPED We suggest cleaning up files so you have all the xxxx las files in a LIDAR Fie pee MDOT bebop or County folder Lie bi epr Compisieed nppect f pjr See Processing LIDAR amy EE 2 Bel ni we ie Glen piege LOAF Brewer Folder GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 282 Downloading LIDAR For North Dakota Ordering Requesting Data LIDAR data can be downloaded for a large part of North Dakota from the ND LiDAR Dis semination Mapservice To get started first navigate to their website http lidar swc nd gov For the downloading process it is recommended to use Microsoft Internet Explorer Once on the website it should look similar to the image below a i i ii iinn Tooke E eee Hawk L een ND LIDAR Dissemination Mapservice oo Na Woe upime ep iag Me Once on the website there are several steps to request LIDAR data to be downloaded 1 Select the LIDAR Data Set to be downloaded These ec are located in the top right corner of the website This example will RE use Red River 2008 2010 r 2 After selecting the data set a window will appear with a disclaimer that must be accepted to download the data Read the alee harian inn disclaimer and if you agree click I ac 3 pare ae i cept _ l kino am E Mesa Garman Reach Ahr ite Fibre
88. e r a n d C j C k aN D a ce O rd r B hin ka USDA NRCS Geospin Data EA Data Natural Resdurces Conservation Service F u iA ee a fey B Er Pager Safety Ti Ieee EU BEIETERTT RE Bu NE aaa See HR Er De N re E A Home Status Maps Help FAG ContactUs At A Mas 1 57 15 Option 1 Wait a few minutes and click a en on the Check Order link man REVIEW 3 HOW 5 REVIEW Norman County Minnesota 16 Option 2 Close the window and wait for en the Geospatial email This usually takes Ar i anything use this left a couple hours to 3 days for all the items Site STC of the order to be processed and bundled Es ae button below to place for download Go to step 21 ace Estimated tme to complete your order 5 Format ESRI Shape Projection Geographic NAD amp S3 Delivery FTP Inclusion Standard Place your order with this button 0 035 megabytes 17 Check Order will bring you to a window Last Modified 9 14 2010 11 49 12 AM Home StatusMaps Help FAQ ContactUs A AA AA where you click the GO button behind mr ORDER GENERATED your email address 18 Clicking on the Success Download Now button Link you will go directly ee to a FTP d own loa d in k fro m th e U S DA create a new one Thank You for using the Geospatial Data Gateway Please note that you cannot place duplicate Order 1464803 has been generated Please note this number as it will be needed to m
89. fhe tapers ards bettie nur toes Se LIE bia ee BAG PR ee e e e Desg rn e ra DAT e l Sanini vaa hie ie SH Fan I ef a Ae ae F 259 67 E F F Lat 47 47021153 Lon 365 7971991i Convert Point SHP to Path Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust Merge All Visible SHP s H fe Line EF Fre SHP SPER SP Serial ae Coe fees Cot zur Gore DE I Es Pepe CH a Te ges ATITUDE TTE aia F hea igi ae ibs ET Fe SHE Carta Line Fri EHF AFEN S24 P einer E Cgigen Fee CHIT nern Be Eiger Fam Cobh ia CAGE LATITUDE lt is e 710 LOL i es pa TUDE u 2 GE ei Lie Hand TE Por SSS Hirer HA Aun DATeTIWE u 5 ray a ALi FOO WEP ay iar nn rm se Bir fe Gena GE Usa Marna few Fem ATR Proceamng rat oF F Ar ru GPS Mark ota bisp Set La Chci mi Haid Drag Cura Tree E bbe Fed Shelly SSE RTK a ein d i a ai a 5 Ve Cena Cart Dia imapa p FH Caries Lee ARE Compre Jep GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 161 My Notes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 162 Creating Topography amp Watersheds Merge All Visible SHPs When multiple layers of SIMILAR elevations or SIMILAR yields need to be combined use the dt ee ee Merge All Visible shp s S
90. for measuring the similarities between different images as well as aiding in blending nutri ents The correlation matrix uses the Pearson correlation coefficient and measures the linear correlation between two variables The output value will be between 1 amp 1 The closer the value is to 1 the stronger e Correlation does not imply Causation Correlation Value Meaning oo Because two variables are similar or Less than 0 3 Not Meaningful have a strong correlation does not 0 30 5 Weak Correlation mean that they are related to each other correlation An example would be a 0 7 1 0 Strong Correlation correlation between yield and soluble salts If the salts are at a higher or toxic the correlation level in the field the yield would be low i i l er Therefore a negative correlation Using the Correlation Matrix would result x 1 Clear the Map Window so no layers are turned on Even if the layers are not vis ible but still turned on the correlation matrix will run on all of them The more lay ers that are turned on the longer it will take to calculate i IE Images 2 Turn the layers on that the correlation matrix will be EEE Traverse NAIP 2003 ext NDVIR gri calculated on AIRE Traverse NAIP 2004_ext_NDVIR grd SIE Traverse NAIP 2005_ext_NDVIR grd 3 On the bottom toolbar select Calculate Correlation ZUR Traverse NAIP 2006_ext_NDVIR gri Matrix IGE Traverse NAIP 2008_ext_NDVIR grd WIR Traverse NAIP 20
91. for every 2 5 acres is not recommended if the goal is to develop a resource of nutrient maps that can be used with confidence over several years Credit for the above information ts given to UNL http cropwatch unl edu web ssm soilsampling GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 122 Grid Sampling Sampling Methods Sampling Pattern and Depth An offset grid pattern is recommended as shown in the figure below This will provide more in formation at a lower cost than a regular grid pattern Individual cores should be collected in a radius of 8 10 feet of the grid point to a depth of 8 inches The grid point should represent the central position of a composited sample Collect samples within the 8 10 foot radius randomly in order to avoid systematic patterns such as starter or preplant bands Conduct a general fertil ity analysis on the samples including soil organic matter pH phosphorus potassium and other nutrients of interest Frequency As already mentioned a nutrient map derived from a grid sampled field can last a long time If variable rate application of fertilizer or lime occurs this will have the potential to change nutri ent levels or soil PH over time Soil phosphorus levels will not change drastically with single var liable rate applications We suggest that grid samples be collected every five years for phospho rus Li
92. has been selected click the print button on the top toolbar The maps will print with the correct ir jaj u A 1 u iow labels for each nutrient GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 116 Grid Sampling Printing Grid Nutrient Layers If existing nutrient maps exist with a merged sample points file this same printing function can be used 2013 Grid Sample 1 Open Merge Grid Results 2 Under the Load Data tab select Boundary Merged Sample Points Nutrient layers that will be printed 3 After these layers are all turned on go to the Soil Test Results tab Soil Test Results 4 The merged sample points will automatically be visible at the top of the window under Grid Sample Points The nutrient columns should be visible pa fndID Latitude Longitude Pointl D pH OM P O ppm K ppm Zn ppm Salti GKT_IDA d 1 1 45 7161922 9645 87048 1 6 30000019 4 20 3899999 2 45 71641922 96 45658112 2 5 000001 35 21 i A5 716922 964552012 3 569999981 45 12 A 1 AR TIRAIGI GRARYORTI A BANAT 759990990 1A 5 Proceed to Step 4 Click Use Without ST Results Step 4 6 Under Soil Test layers the nutrient maps that were turned on will ly OM automatically have a check mark in front of them _ _ __ View Mutnent Maps W Zn ppm 7
93. highlight Lime Green in the map window 4 Click on the Drawing Tools tab on the Right side 5 Click Add Selected Polygons in the Exterior Polygons area If a incorrect objects selected click Clear Polygon Collections 6 Click on the row tabs in the Database that contain interior poly gons this will highlight the whole row and the object will highlight Lime Green in the map window 7 Click the Add Selected Polygons in the Interior Polygons ar ea 8 If you select the incorrect object click Clear Polygon Collec tions E 9 Once the Multi Polygon Builder windows are populated correct F ly Go to the Destination Layer drop down and Select the SHP loca tion you want to save the Merged Boundary poly polygon Note you may want to save the new object to a NEW LAYER CED Cee s H Prom ha fal MA Fragt Buide Erem Folyo erp F Mate pes Fee i thet Pek gee gt fF rior wire bland hl ikama db 10 With the correct Layer click Merge Interior and Exterior Polygons to E Poly Polygon in Exterior Polygons area 11 Notice the Database has gone to just ONE object in the table eins Ome ome ee ee E be bet vied Fence nl u oe 12 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT THESE OBJECTS ARE DRAWN amp LISTED CORRECTLY 13 1If all is correct click Save under the Draw Polygons area deal
94. hl i Layer Info oo d x Unload Layer i 44 mbine 2 s Er Zoom to This Layer Order Es Appearance GE Create Grid PI Eu Save As XX Send To Recycle Bin 1 Start by going to Layer Info amp Clear Map This is to verify that only the desired layers are selected since multiple layers can be merged at one time with this tool Drawings In Map et ee a Convert Point SHP to Path Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust Merge All Visible SHP s y 2 Next turn on all layers to be merged word of warning do not turn on any back ground drawings such as roads sections and etc They are shapefiles and will cause an error on the file merge ES ATE 3 Right click on any of the files to be merged and select Utilities gt Merge All Visi ble shp s i i enpu i biai Deak T a bly Piikit FE 4 This will bring up a Save As window Make sure to create a new amp identifying name for this object such as Merged File ner kirpa fare oe eer RP pi ap 5 There will now be a new file in the Data Tree named Merged lade foided Continue creating the topo map er sehn gt i A m Faj F en bs Br cc me lara het New Che GE User Mangal es Fem ATK A CH a Feki Sr SEI ur Carter Oaia lauern GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halst
95. immediately If samples are stored in a warm area for extended periods of time the nitrate level in the sam ple will increase Warm temperatures during shipping or storage increase the activity of microbes in the soil sample This microbial activity CAUSES 40 10 mil oses in sach grin the release of additional nitrate N in the soil sample bag If this happens the laboratory analysis for nitrogen will be incorrectly high due to improper sample handling Soil samples that will be analyzed for all other nutrients are not affected by temperature and do not need special handling Credit for the above information is given to Agvise Laboratories http www agviselabs com soil2 php Grid Sampling A well done nutrient map derived from a grid sample can be a valuable resource for many years Consequently the density should be adequate to provide confidence in the accuracy of the maps developed from the data We suggest analyzing one sample per acre which is composited from five cores collected in a tight radius about the sample point Figure 3 This density will result in a map that will be good for many years 10 to 20 years for soil organic matter and cation ex change capacity five to ten years for pH and four to five years for phosphorus potassium and zinc On fields in which variability is expected to be low a sampling density of two to two and one half acres per sample may be acceptable Grid sampling at densities coarser than one sam ple
96. in GK desktop software XML Extensible Markup Language A markup language that defines a set of rules These can be both hu man and machine readable Textual data format and is widely used to represent data structures SID Compressed image that is created using the multi resolution seamless image database This is com monly used to partition large geo referenced raster images A common SID image is ortho imagery JP2 Compressed images with the metadata with XML embedded data Geo referenced images can be opened and displayed correctly on the earth s surface JPEG Joint Photographic Experts Group Common image compression method Compression can be ad justed to select between size and quality of the image Some of the original image quality is usually lost in the compression and cannot be restored JPEG images can also support millions of different colors BMP Bitmap Image File Raster image files that can be edited saved geo referenced and used within the software Often times they work well because they are compatible with other software packages and contain a higher resolution than a JPEG TIFF Tag Image File Format A common format for exchanging raster graphics images between applica tion programs including those used for scanner images TIFF files can be composed of multiple of single bands and be georeferenced There are many different types of TIFF file formats and not all or supported within the software Ofte
97. is required to be turned on and selected from the drop down list Assign each map to its appropriate product Output resolution normally set to 8 meters Note this is raster based prescription map Select Publisher ATS Task Controller Publisher Browse Save the file back into the Field folder location Cell Size 8 meters Value same as previous screen Cell Merge Mode Average Choose the appropriate device Note Multiple maps for the same field MUST be exported at the same time Cell Rate Method Value at Cell Centroid Task Controller Version Final Draft Version 1 Merge No on first export Yes if you want to send more fields to same card ISO Compliant No a Fipo Raters 15 PODM Tle Famke aa ee OAT Gyra Crim fe Fg laser CesT dahl llamiy nr 4 Jampan Pinkas i Lech Leer To De Eee ied Lea 46 2 Eianama fernpians ek 506 Call Siza i Trt Foti j Cei Eris Mami Waua m Call Centred Daak Fitr Velo Saki HA i Task Controller Vor Foie Dead Veron ip LPA L Alas Fi D Cosgplam M rire mii ber re lH gah m ia es ioe cea a Dif um fi Em Ar U U GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 139 Export Prescription Maps FODM Device Topcon X30 Massey Ferguson C 3000 Extension Created Multi File system creates TaskData folder Unique for each field conta
98. is returned to be viewed in the Map Window There are two main types of WMS layers that are handled in ADMS 1 Built in ADMS WMS links e These links will be standard within the software The user has no ability to change add or remove them Examples would be Google amp Bing Maps and cover a bigger geography in cluding the United States and Canada 2 Local Specialty WMS links e WMS links that the software user can change or may have special access to These may be limited to a specific state or region The links will be stored in the county data folder and visible in the data tree Using ADMS Web Layers 1 Turn ona layer to be used as reference layer This will bring ADMS to the field level instead of loading the entire country e g boundary or surface of the field Field Shelly 8SE lt Field Data County Data Imagery Wi 2 Select the County Data tab Field Data County Data Imagery Web Layers None wn SHE MN Counties E ae er Hydro Overlay 3 From the Web Layers drop down menu H E MN Grant Esri Shaded Relief there will be a list of available layers to select 4 7159 MN Noman manera ee is H NDCass Esri World Topo gt ND Tril Bing Street Map 4 Select on the layer to be used as the back ground image After the desired layer is se Oa s Bing Aerial Map lected from the list it will load on the back of oo ae all layers that are currently loaded in ADMS Google Sa
99. layers you need to draw in your tile lines amp zoom to the desired area 2 Click on the Create Layer for Templates button 3 Choose the correct tile size 4 Check the tile size in the field data Eo o A X 5 Click on the Draw Layer i O eh el 6 Draw in a tile line a z 7 Repeat 5 amp 6 until done with this tile size amp save A 8 Go to step 2 for the next tile size ET Return to Map Window Turn on pipe sizes mu wpne pes lt a Click on the Database tab EEE ae Click on column header GKT Length FT Bottom of the window Total Feet of Pipe Mu Fun Dramaga Planung me Fa Grant Meirose 31 i A a pa gt E gt ry Sm f a i i OQeeinhie ibhGR ei Ox x 280 853 at 25 er Lan a TR GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 197 ADMS AGPS Export Introduction These instructions will walk you through sending complete plans out to AGPS con troller These files will allow you to utilize Control Points Background Images Steering amp PTL The information below requires that you have collected created the following T av e Control Points or Points file that contains oo i DL Control Points e Tile plan 4 8 10 amp so on created that is De ee projected to match Control Points
100. load a new script select the folder icon a hiap Math O Si ka dl Recent Soaps Puc Shared Lavs Name Aa Sining Man Maih Quant Pubis Stared LayerUnts As Stange ba acre Pubic Shared DeainalPrecson As ege Pubic Shane Funcion MasnF uncioni As Singie oat rer Seti ir eke Fal ea ae Sie ae eee Compal Meer Cow Coble for eect Fimis Linie See ne Diesen Cage lie a ee GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 119 Grid Sampling Using Scripts To Write Prescriptions 6 Now is the point where you change values select your input maps give additional nutrient credits and select the product output map Each script may be slightly or completely differ ent For this the Corn NPKSZ AgviseBroadcast script will be used 7 Scroll down in the Map Math window until you get to the spot where you assign surface names 8 Make sure the a names in red are the same as the nutrient layers in your data tree 9 If you do not have one of the test results you can use the apostrophe in front of the name to comment it out You can see this in Green ex NST Rasters Soil N 6 inch Value 10 Make sure these are not required for the product calculations 34 an para a Assign Soil Test Results Surface Names below gt This is why we use F rd a 37 NST Rasteraf Soil N 6 inch Value the common
101. mathematical functions on the active layer Correlation Matrix Runs Correlation analysis on all loaded surfaces Crop Null Values After cropping some raster s you may have Blank Pixels left in the Surface Crop Null Values will remove these Blank Pixels and Save the object o Bat Ss Web Layers Toolbar zu T Save Save As When working with web layers both buttons do the same thing They allow the layer to be saved back to Field Data el Ue Bal Bal Extract Layer This button gives two options Extract Image 1 Extract the RGB image and save it back to Field Data Se 2 Extract the RBG image as TIF file and extract the VIS VI as a GRD surface Both of these layers will be saved back to Field Data Choose Cell Size This option appears after the above save options are used Different resolutions can be chosen for the final image extracted sur face GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 27 Bottom Layer Toolbar Multi Band Image Buttons TIF amp BMP passiko Seubh00E EF Multi Band Image SID amp JP2 Bez cade O Y om bio Image Properties Allows the geo referencing of an image to be adjusted x Multi Band Layer Display Select which bands of light and what order they are displayed Equalize Image Display Lighten or equalize the ban
102. rings pel et ee ee TEE He A 4 Once the PDF opens SAVE this back to your C GKData Imagery LIDAR County Name folder This will require you to Create some new folders Douglas in this example D fi I 73 Isp Hs i j pg pagai cores AU i e TAE SENPA MEERA ie me a ki is ETECO 5 Browse navigate this map to find your rough field location 6 Take note of the Tile Numbers that it will take to cover the area you want to download Suggest writing these s down on a piece of paper For our example here Tile s 2726 32 12 amp 2726 32 13 7 Go back to your FTP File Explorer Window amp Open the laz folder directory 8 Choose highlight the Tile you want to download amp Right Click amp Copy To Folder Note Save these back to your C GKData Imagery LiDAR County Name folder Douglas Download all the tile s you need for your project before going to the next step li git Te ra fhe mi lig drili hiar H h LAF Pe biel 6 _ fe Pe dt Dias g ET rhe 14 ay F TT j l T L Copy fo Feige Bi u GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 289 Downloading LIDAR MN DNR FTP Site 9 Choose highlight the laszip exe amp unziplas bat files amp Right Click amp Copy To Folder Note Save these back to your C GKData Imagery LiDAR C
103. that you want to use with the given Nutrient Soil Test Column Product Name iv 82 00 000 305 2nS04 Check the boxes Use In Group for all the products you want and fill in the Dropdowns for that Nutrient Select what order you want these prod ucts built Ex 1 11 52 0 2 0 0 60 3 46 0 0 This will account for the Ni trogen coming from the 11 52 0 and subtract it from the 46 0 0 Save As New Blend Group GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 88 Nutrient Layers Enforcing Min and Max Rates There are times when product application maps may need an minimum or maximum rate en forced This is easily accomplished through the Merge Zone Results window when the application maps are created To utilize this tool there the values have to be assigned in the fertilizer product database F 2 Karim Tae Amem heip Setting Up Min amp Max Fertakmen F CH ple 1 Go to Setup gt Fertilizers 2 This opens the database where fertilizer products can Ir mann be added removed or edited ey Leuk 3 On the left select the fertilizer product After the product is selected enter the Minimum and ef MAT TEL nei ENE Maximum App Rate on the H N Cone bottom of the window ig These values will be en en forced when the product maps are created When the desi
104. up these edges Knowledge of the field is the factor that will tell you if you need to use this tool or not 2 This field has some obvious Border Effects so select the Reduce Border Effect button Take note this will not work if the Boundary is not selected 3 Once you click on the Reduce Border Effect button the software will reach in x meters perpendicular to the Border and pull that value out to the border 4 Once the new colored image shows up move your mouse over the image You will notice there is a number at the bottom cen ter of the screen labeled 1 that is chang ing aS you move the mouse That value is the pixel value of that location on the map note the Color Bar on the right side of the screen The higher the value of the pixel the greater the vegetation 5 You will notice the box around the area labeled 2 That little bit of red on the edge is most likely bleeding of non crop influence from the original satellite image The pixel values in this area are 43 to 50 in this red area 6 Looking at the area labeled 3 Moving your cursor around over this area we find out the lowest values in the reddish area is 56 These are all Actual or true field val ues 7 Once you have inspected the image you must decide if there is anything that needs to be cleaned up or Trimmed On this image it is fairly clear that this value does not represent what is happening in the field So
105. useful for certain types of da ta processing and allow for easier access to some of the toolbars Once pinned open the map win dow and toolbars will automatically resize et K Unpinned Pinned GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 19 Window Dock Settings These panels can also be docked inside each other or moved to a different location This gives the software users may options to fit their preferences To dock or move a panel first open and pin everything you want open permanently Next click on the panel you wish to move For this example the statistics window will be used and get docked under the Layer Info Panel This allows the user to see all the layers that are loaded and allow for easy visibility to layer statistics e Click on Layer Info to open it followed by the thumbtack to dock it open i e Click on the Statistics to open the window over top of the Layer Info _ e Left click on the window header to make a four way crosshair cursor appear e Hold and drag the window out of the side to where you want it In this example will want to dock it under the Layer Info so drag it to the bottom of layer info Once there it will show a preview of it snapping in place e Once you see it snapping in place let go of the cursor It will then be docked in place Sutera Im Map images In
106. using the arrows until can be done by using your key you are satisfied with the Im board or using the number pad alignment of the grid that appears when you click on the The grid can also be rotated To do this you can use the up amp down arrows on the Common Grid Sizes Rotate Grid box or you can enter a value s with your keyboard 442 7 X 442 7 i 5 2 3 466 7 X 466 7 Increment Allows for Rotate Grid Increment smaller movements of the 0 000 1 grid rotation as 1 0 1 or 0 01 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 100 Grid Sampling Setting Up A Grid Bound the Grid to this Layer Saving Your Grid Zum BE E e When the grid is in the ideal position X Grid Size Y Grid Size 330 0 3330 0 e Click Save Layers Grid Area 0 0 Acres Rotate Grid Increment Align Grid 0 000 1 l E Save the Points amp Grids Show Gid 1 Check Save Points amp Save Grid Save Points 2 Once they are checked on click Save Save Grid Layers a Fe i 3 Choose the location of where e9 b GkData User Manual Client Erampie Fort 1 poa operes New ode you want to save the layers and ee g r a i their names u Dowload EE Desitin E 2013 Grd Sampie Good 5 mages By aiit miii as base ine It will be defaulted to your Field Bouman sip
107. wa zu a mia ae ee ee ee COMIN CHANG COMAN M 132263 251 ana 100 9 m 2924 2 22 mass 281 403 1004 J4L45267 1827 3 ai PERPE E 51 05 a4 162711600 2 a ad 1122 53 dal 405 04 an JAIE 5 120 1322649 re 4 FECE ey A03 The newly created shp file has 4 new columns in it A column for RecordCount Min Avg Max of the 2014 Corn Yield for each Sample Grid GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 224 Summarize Another Layer Summarize Grids Second Product Summary of our First product 2014 Corn Yield shp is done now doing 11 52 0 grd Turn on your Grid Yield Polygons and your 11 52 0 grd for the second run Right Click on the Grid Yield shp Utilities Summarize Another Layer Fie Docs moon hot Tope Ewon Sep Toole Window Hal aver E s OF P oe a DNP NT PAC sn 0 pr pe Rd RER Select By Polygon Set Lett Click Points to form a polygon Ragiht Click to finah xorg eR a r td ee ee ee i i itt ur zi Ter u zz i Drawings In Map Kalkan r 1 gr Images In Map aa FSA Curreni Layer Unnioad Layer Zoom te This Layer Conver Andi SHP io Path i en Merge SHP Files with 7 Adjust 7 ne nF Send To Recycle Bin Marge AH Vile HP s m 2 0 60 ore Adjust Geo Rirterence nd apart Post Fie to Local Projection ie a ONset Points By Heading ME nao 9 BuNer Selected hems 24 0858 BT Ti ae
108. want to add to Existing data Connect GPS GPS Mark Quick Grid Guide Settings 1 Go to the GPS Mark ee GPS Mark une 2 Click Connect GPS 3 For Topography collection check Start Logging Heading NOTE if Logging is ON you WILL NOT be able to tu Diff Age GK Switch Box Joystick Interface Aaa ee Gl a Log Attribute 1 Log Attribute 2 K23754 10 34 0 Starter on or off Layers or Data Marking Data GPS Not Connected 1 Go to the Mark tab Mark Quick Grid Guide 2 For New Shape File Create Layer From Template 4 i 3 For Existing SHP files Click Save To Layer Client Field 4 CI ick ii Sta rt y GK User Manual Satellite Images SH8SE E i Layer Boundary 3 SHP 5 Pause will allow you to drive around un drivable are er save To Layer 3 as Continue button will appear 6 Click on Stop once you have reached your finish 1 Start 3 Stop p O n t i Offset Marking Position to the 7 The object will automatically Save Let Cemer Right 8 Repeat steps 1 6 drawing in all the Interior amp Exterior Feet 30 Boundaries for this field 9 To view acres make sure the object is the Active Layer Double Click on the object or click on the Database tab for acres 10 For fields with no interior boundaries you are finished 11 For Interior Boundaries go back two pages E
109. we are going to Trim the image On the bottom tool bar click on the Trim End Values Ka button labeled 4 66 Aa Wire V ipe Ag uuu mappag onnen gt pup WingoR ij Ta nn e lt S be Doom brpetYetd emp Tmpe eet Zt Jook Window tip Br 7 me amanda nn he or BE Sy DI ne see POR RS oe Leyen S os Nase nwt Mi Imeume FEE wuu ax m ELTETT tt W ipe Ag ue mapparg onnen pep Wo i E 73 J De Dros bepetYett homl beet fee Teoh Windew tiis eet SOE SS DPI pe me SPOR Nea Deas amp O En w ipe Ag Ue mapper onnen neh yim sa E a A oe De Doom beet ett ewer Inpe S M y Hee annan ima 7 rs Fite Deta aunty pata gery Surfaces in Map awe ut T 4 L UOA RRV Tetit 25 TIF n finat AL tD AZ TF i 5 5 a Rae Tritt gt ote rt et te D a8 FNR Lt GANOLI Lon EEE TE WEIS Ret NDA La grt it Whey SSE Layer 2007 JUL2 MOVE GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 67 8 10 Looking at the image that has been created 11 12 13 Make sure that in the File name box you 14 iter Creating Zones From Imagery Coloring and Prepping Surfaces Tr Speer a heiir a e priere fee pka i m T Feu Cen med cafe ee Ta Poe The Apply Threshold window will open
110. za Geet bar irira eee Peet oon pec fer u melecher ome cm the eee bee cl Take note you can only download 50 tiles in one er Arte I SE fein download 6 Once you have defined your area for down load a Data Download window will open 7 ADMS can use either the Bare Earth LA Sete Domi Files or the Raw LAS Files we recommend Bare Earth files Tiea Seen 70 Take note the Raw LAS file has more data like building high med low vegetation noise and ground hits Vs Bare earth just having ground hits only Finally enter a valid email address The site will bundle all the tiles into one download link and send you an email to download Note This can take 1 min up to 1 day for email response Ti ot oe LA fipa Begori Avante for Denice M I S hleveage Pla Tadi er i J Porte titm a za E Tulime if E l i LALER Hits Aegis Mierna Lire For mon information about th LOAA data peu we ea E a Ne a Bare Earth LAS De 71S MBE hipaa A LEN date BE LAS p TN vou date requect wel be amaban for dowsinad for S daya Click Save when the download window opens In saving the files we suggest you save the files back to your C GKData Imagery LIDAR folder It is recommended to Save all your files back to a LIDAR folder to keep things clear If you are working with more than a couple counties of data you may want to create County folders within the LIDAR folder Once saved there the
111. 0 3 Ow Note The Save is a Save As process so you will have the option to Re Name Dil Seamer Geter By Chee ie 34 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com a x u SLOE OE a DISIE pE se o p Ae Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 35 Drawing Layers Polygons Lines amp Points GK Drawing Tools Hand Drawing Lines amp Points Lines 1 Typically we like to draw this data off of either field collected data points or 1 3 meter ortho images Geo Referenced very well 2 Zoom into the field as close as possible all parts of the field must be visible ar the 3 At the bottom of the Data Tree Select Create New Layer From Template ay ik 4 Select Tile Line from the list 5 Check the Tile Line JF Tile Line shp 6 Click on the Draw a New Object button on the Bottom Toolbar Lat dP iiil oer eB Be a feid See Lapeer Te Lore site OSe eiill bee i Rix w 7 Inthe Map Window area follow the instructions at the top Drawing Tool Selected Left Click each Point to Define the New Object Right Click to Finish Note if you make a mistake while drawing Hold Down the Alt Key and Left Click to undo last point 8 For the Polygon amp Line tool Right Click to finish the object 9 Repeat the previous 3 steps adding all the lines you need 10 Click Save on the Bottom
112. 04 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 166 Creating Topography amp Watersheds Creating the Topography Map Select the Boundary Check the box next to the field boundary to turn it on Then using the selection tools on the main menu select the boundary to be used to crop the image es TSAO a De pe eee o pe 1 Check the Boundary button in the data tree JE i mec User Mana a all lei RTK Prope flew Pett Shei BSE ATK ow i 2 Make sure the Active Layer addres line say Boundary shp 3 Make sure the Select Mode Bann Replace 5 button is selected or CEEI Feit Shoby ISEGTE Lagen Bounta ayi turned on al ug OG a a fil bal b4828 2 OBtx 4 Place the mouse cursor inside the ll field boundary and left click 5 Take note of the lime green cross hatching indicates that the boundary has Field Boundary Selected been selected rt Fma hpan Setup Teh poet Mmd Hip s Note The crosshatching will disappear E TUAAS OE d BPP IE NE s o a on the next redraw or movement of the H images on the screen leaving a lime oe r iaa green boundary showing it is selected ee GK Tech does not recommend using lime green for a color setting for any other layers for this reason few Fie Shey SSE ATK R old zi FE Mares aL TLE pd Lat oT aT Lan eh PH Feit She ly AES TK Lage Boundary eg Stu az r
113. 09_ext_NDVIR grd WBE Traverse NAIP 2010_ext_NDVIR grd m 4 The utility will run and display a window with a table in it showing AO m hv A i N PAE ag NUMAR ma OAR AN ea NO DER u OVF Een the CO rrelation values Teraa ATF AED ei REICH I BE 718 22 a Ta E7 cE Transen ills EF Toren fi F i Trier AF A ed A 0 310 130 670 EE oo Os mrene Zen ja oc am If desired this table can be reaa HAI He ER 1 13 LEE CH m ar DEE nn ie an i ir em saved as a CSV file by clicking ane gt arm nis nu 1 Save in the top left corner Foren p ma han a peop conden rei meanmna a cooler beth SI aj Soe ee cote ee a omenon beeen 4 on OSH CT OT a RT eet re Tay Ch 2 ie treme conard bo bet mh iong corrects 1 CORRELATI Di aT MPL AL Te feces prn wis we Cees ewer d eer art alates gan do reel meen Pal cise cess dag rm the a Correia Rio I i Get a in ng More ees Vp at ee E m a zum 4 Ne ae Pe e ee Oe a ROE 1 OU Be ee lo ba in H Wien Pune COHEN oF pied of eben ae ie ie ee To pi a Bir l be A Sede pa ia eee Ge ile reed a i ope are Huhh J z ACi ka ha kere Se e aia Are ari E GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 64 Correlation Matrix Explained Q amp This example was done on 3 years of corn yield and an image from each year e The yield maps are 2008 2009 and 2010 e The image ma
114. 2 if Siemmarine Another Layer Ree ORR X eng This will open Summarize Layer Window This tool will add database fields to the Source Layer for Count Min Mean and Max Then from the Layer of Data to Summarize it will go through each area calculating Count Choose Use Raster Min Mean and Max of the data Under Raster Layer of Data to Summa en rize choose 11 52 0 grd for this exam ear ace p le Drawing Layer of Data to Summarize Database Column to Summarize Click Run Raster Layer of Data to Summarize Make sure the Grid Yield shp is the active layer Click Save As Re Name to something different Ex Grid Yield 11 52 0 shp NOTE the dbf file can be opened into Ex cel l 2014 2014 2014 2014 PointID a GKT_IDX GKT_Length GKT_Area eos eae a Du 11 52 OCNT 11 52 0MIN 11 52 0AVG 11 52 0MAX gt 21 1322 69 2 51 402 100 9 152 25946 222 4 1063 124 1438 167 7749 236 5499 2 22 1322 68 2 51 402 100 4 141 945267 182 7 1128 71 7697754 117 812057 169 502457 3 23 1322 69 2 51 405 100 8 162 71 1609 225 8 1094 40 63 5545654 158 121368 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 225 Getting Started With Map Math This section begins a topic that seems to strike fear in the hearts of nearly every ADMS user While it does expose you to new concepts the use of scripting to
115. 4 www gktechinc com
116. 4 you will need to re project this data to display it with NAIP data or other raster data Close Map Window and set yourself to the correct UTM In this example that is Zone 14 Turn on the Raster to Re project and right click Utilities gt Re Project to This UTM Zone SS a7 7 8 SS The dialog box below will appear The data is currently in Zone 15 so enter 15 in the box and click Apply gS ReProject Raster Enter The Zone that the data ts curently projected The current project is in Zone 14 EE Touran 15 o Linear Loe amp Room To The WD Norman Maur ahnen ae tl ee i Topo Merged af 2 Laien pl daste u TIEI WainrshaL ava ep Cipp A aH Trees Lag Valie EM appini j were hi Es lend fe Aecyehe Bin insem taij dau t Titia Layer Mat of etica Tha UTM Zune Bess Fe Beco penga ieee ee eet Sep deen toe Re reale Conor Folypor me heart i a Pa Tr er be pe re pe u p HH p gt fad x F nn ee Een mim i The resulting image will now be rotated and scaled to fit in Zone 14 Then make sure the re project Surface is the active layer and Save the layer GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 177 LiDAR RTK Merge Collecting RTK Data to use with LIDAR ih We are going to use an example where LIDAR topography is 5 years old and the field has had some sur
117. 42 Quick Notes for GPS IN FIELEN ee een ne 243 IN Field QUICK Mark POINTS ve ara ee 244 In Field Lines amp Boundaries sssesuennnnonunnnnnunnnnnnn nenn nn nun nn nenn nn nun san nenn nun nenn nenn nnnn nen 245 Setup INSELUCLION Se ne een en 246 GK VR Control Quick Start Een ee een een 247 248 RENT ADI SAS AGMINSUAlO orisirisi sred erre EEEE Eee ee ehe 249 Veris Logging Hardware Se engen 250 CADDIES Tr sigusnes aut eedesmitentaeoeesnidusancnecsarautonies seteiiaunesedenaeaesieediencaseeeetens 251 SO Ware S ED een ee een 252 253 ROR Wel ee ee men 254 Downloading USDA Geospatial Data nn an na nr Rene 255 259 Setting Up Web Based Background Layers WMS z22uuusunneeonnnnnnnnn nun nun nnnnnnnnen nun nn 260 262 Downloading and Processing USGS Imagery GLOVIS DOWMIOGGIAG Image Ve ea ee een 263 268 Landsat Data PILOTEN Ge ee ern 269 Landsat Data Processing Merging ImagesS zereeeennonnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 2 0 Landsat Data Processing Cutting Images by Shape File ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 1 273 Landsat Data Processing Cutting to Trade Territory cccccceccccctseeeeensenneeenneees 2 4 275 Using Satshot Website for Downloading TIMAGESy ccccccccrecccccrnnececnnrseeeeeuruseessnnnnneesnees 276 279 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Contents Downloading LIDAR Data International Water
118. 5 rauen 27 457172273 DE Daru 16 i5 ple results file has the Te a iu y CANIT in Tesi frais A EXACT same numbering Sec Mo Fel Na ren FEN Tas Sampi D County system as the points reg BET Exemple Field 1 WH Erf 564002 Example Fad 2 hing DR E4900 Example Fia 4 p You can temporarily rall BSN Example Feks 4 T change or delete any val M ib ENH Example Field 5 WN ue or row in the soil test sini SS ee cee i3 um results they will not be changed on the original file A column with any null values cannot be merged or mapped Loading Equations Directl From MS Excel e You can bring equations directly in from Excel if from recommendations already on the spreadsheets e Instead of selecting the nutrient select the column name If a value in the sample results is null it can be FI N3 Ib changed to 0 to merge ee which contain the correctly ra equation to create the nn map for ex 11 52 0 7 Choose which nutrients pe e The software will read you want to build maps for the value in the column and not the whole equation You can select multiple items at once 8 When all the desired nutrients are selected click Merge Tables Merge Tables GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 110 Grid Sampling Creating Nutrient Layers Phosphorous Conversion Using CSV XLS Soil Test Results Phosphoro
119. 5 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 262 Using Web Based Background Layers WMS Layers On the left side of the window the different layers that are El MnGeo WMS service aerial photography available on this server will populate Depending on the server Regional they may range from one to many a Statewide In this MN example there are different categories that break Keen the images up into categories Regional Statewide and Twin Aland Cities metro 2003 color FSA 2006 color 40 county Common acronyms that are used with these layers are 2006 color FSA partial CIR Color Inferred this layer contains a NIR RED amp GREEN band 2008 color FSA Hillshade This is a elevation derived shaded relief map 2008 color FSA Color RGB These will have layers with the RED GREEN amp on BLUE bands Em 013 color FSA BW Black amp White layers A description of the layer may be available in the Abstract like this 2008 layer CRS Coordinate Reference System is Layer Details how the image is projected By default the Title 2008 color FSA Abstract WMS layer will be projected in the UTM 3 zone that is active If the layer is not visi Name fsa 008 This data set contains 4 u ble and should be it could be in an uncom Queryable No Opaque Yes infrared imagery from the mon projection system and a different National Agricultural Imagery Vee eee ay Program
120. 6 Click Save Moving BMP Files to Other Devices oe a a In most cases you will be moving files with removable storage drives In ADMS click Explore this Folder icon QJ You are now looking inside the Field Folder in Windows File Explorer Using our example highlight both sec32sw bmp and sec32sw bpw Copy these two items select Edit Copy from the toolbar Paste them onto the removable storage and take them to your other devices AGPS APEX SMS Now ready to take the removable storage to other PC or device GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 184 Quick Notes For Drainage Planning Drainage Window Viewing Data Drainage Window 1 When ADMS starts Click on Drainage Window 2 Check your LidarImport grd you can un check this layer now 3 Turn on your desired layers to do ditch planning a County NAIP Flow Accumulations LidarTopo b Watersheds Flow Accumulations Depressions Deen etd oes rr Profile Lines Profile Bar Right Side of Map Window 1 Click on Profile on the top toolbar 2 The first time it will ask you what Raster to calculate the Profile off of LidarImport s 3 Surface Drainage Start at the lowest point of the Depression Mi 4 Left click to lay out your drainage profile line notice the numbers
121. 7 Soil P Olsen ppm By looking at the map by itself it would appear that a majority of the area is lacking in phosphorous However after looing at the color bar it is clear that the Phosphorus values are adequate for this field A color theme is applied to this map that tells the software any values 3 or below are bad red and 20 and above are good purple it is easy to visually see that the Soil P Olsen values are adequate in this field since it is all purple GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 76 Nutrient Layers Color Layers By Theme Creating Color Themes Before color themes can be used they first must be created In order to create color themes to be used in ADMS you ll need a map to use as a template For the following examples nutrient maps will be used nm GF Soil K grd 1 Turn on the map that will be used for a template GE Soil N 0 24 inch grd 2 Open the Thematic Coloring on the bottom toolbar 3 Once the Thematic Raster Settings window is open choose the color table that will be used as the base for the color theme from the Source Color Table dropdown menu Tem Fasie thoru 4 Next look at the Minimum and Maxi mum Values They will by default be 18 A i Bm Sa the Min and Max values that exist on Bi me tet Parse Caan the map To set the range for the mathe an 6 qu ca
122. 97 229 194 229 197 293 1012 266 325 256 290 302 254 24 236 Zn ppm 1 39 1 4 1 3 1 42 1 1 1 51 1 42 1 62 1 45 1 69 1 53 1 18 1 3 1 59 1 41 1 72 112 0 76 0 35 0 73 0 35 1 35 0 57 0 19 0 73 0 26 0 13 0 42 0 24 0 51 GrowerlD Flid ID 1st sample ID County Twp 9 After the two tables are merged you can choose to Grid with Surfer Kriging This ts optional If you are going to use Kriging you must have the demo version of Surfer 8 installed The software by default will use inverse distance you DO NOT need surfer to do this and leave the box unchecked 10 Select Build Maps Qtr 11 sect No Acres pH BpH OM GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 113 Grid Sampling Creating Nutrient Layers Common Name Mapping e If this is the first time you have done this you will be asked to assign a name to your nutrient This is so that all nutrient output maps share a common name among all of the fields you load test results for e DO NOT use the field name as part of your name e Make sure and fill in all the boxes Full Name Units and Decimal Precision e These names will stay this way This keeps them the same when you are using scripting to write the prescription iho intertmahen biiow will be usad lo crmaho mow kiyar whan iala wiih lhs short namo m
123. 9850858660000000008885080868880017 NOT EDIT Ci DE ABOVE THIS 1 INE DEZ ZZ ZZ Zn SS SE U SE SE SE EI SE I I EZ 13 Typically do a 3x3 Smooth Filter iz Loop throught the Available Rasters as Soon as we find on that isn t null and export it 14 Save the Merged Layers grd Suggest re naming Merged RTK Lidar grd 15 Ready for Watershed or Drainage Planning Browse Set Output Directory E Gk Data GKDista GK User Manual GKT Farm Tie Pian Color Table for Output Rainbow GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 182 My Notes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 183 Quick Notes For Drainage Planning Map Window Adjust Depressions Main Depressions 1 2 ne 8 Click on the Save AS icon on the bottom tool bar Rename to Map Window Open Depressions set as the active layer select jew Trim End Values Apply Threshold select Lower amp Delete Cells we suggest starting Threshold Value at 0 05 Click Apply Look at new Depressions inspect the map if satisfied go to 7 pa a geen m Era If you want to trim more repeat 3 amp 4 If you went too far Clear 1m sises sheena baen tcen vaunt Map and DO NOT SAVE CHAGES to Depressions grd
124. 998779 10 1 OoOo o 97 22767639 4 18305588 809 88000488 278 5 9 69999981 16 Troug h 97 22766876 49 18308258 809 90997314 278 3999939 9 39999962 17 And distance from Record Count 19667 ColumniD Min Mean Max Weighted M peak to trough of 80 ft x 37 22420211 809 5 Feet L5Len 0 Foot Section Layer Merged Field 18 shp 1 haa Be x In this case that peak to trough measurement is about 80 feet So an offset of 40 feet would be about right GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 174 Applying The Offset The tool to adjust for this is called Offset re 5 x a wis Merged Field 18 shol Points by Heading and it is on the Utility Ei Warten X Users 7 Zoom to This Layer menu on the right click of a shapefile in the FE earance gt data tree ii A gt i s y Convert Point SHP to Path After clicking on Offset Points by Heading Save As t Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust X Send To Recycle Bin Merge All Visible SHP s the dialog below appears Adjust Geo Reference Export Point File to Local Projection In the Variable Heading Field box select Heading Change the offset distance to au Dar 8 feet Since the direction we want to offset the distance is in the direction of travel leave the box labeled Invert the Heading Value uncheck
125. ADMS User Manual 200 ADMS AGPS Export 12 Choose a folder to put these files into Consider sending the files back to the Default C FODDExp amp create a New Folder named the Field Name Note This folder must be EMPTY this pro cess will not work if there is any data in the folder Click Finish You will get files similar to ONE of these SHBSE TilePlan bmp 2 SHSSE TiePlan bow A SHESE TikePianCTL SHASE TiiePlan DRW T SHASE TikePlan FRG Left Self Extracting Right Files to Folder 13 Copy the xxxx exe or the files over to a USB device to take to the tile plow Open New folder B Local Dice CH Using files in the Tile Plow 1 Insert USB 2 Double Click on the xxxx exe file 3 All the files are now created in the C amw data folder SHESE Tide b pw I SHASE Tike CTL l SHESE Tike ORW SHESE Tike fB i Commuter fee Local Disk Ch a Lend Disk Er GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 201 Processing Yield Data As we make our transformation from a package specifically designed for drainage maps we will be counting on help from some external tools to extract from proprietary data sources and filter data Though this arrangement may seem clumsy it is the process we have used in house to create yield maps for quite some time The tools we
126. BMP 8 Choose Image Resolution Settings N Suggest trying to keep your Resolutions in that 1 to 2 Meter range no greater than 5 0mb in size Some software amp Controllers are limited on what file size you can send them Adjust values by moving between Map Window Multiple amp Ground Resolution 9 Click OK 10 For these files to work you will have to move both the image file and the world file bmp amp bpw or jpg amp jgw or tif amp tfw GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 151 Exporting Files As KMZ For Google Earth Q Google Earth allows images to be opened within the desktop software or on a mobile version such as Android or iOS This file is called a KMZ file Zipped Keyhole Markup Language The single file contains both the geo referencing file and the image which will be displayed as an image overlay in Google Earth Once exported the KMZ file can simply be opened and Google Earth will zoom to its location Only images 0 000000 Field Data County Deke Imagery and surfaces are supported in this MIGE Zones 2014 grd I Zones 20 55 Unload Layer export Zoom To This Layer Order gt 1 Turn on the layer that will be exported N ee ES Appearance gt 2 Right click on the file select Save As gt
127. Bitmap Multiplier 1 y Mamun Frofie Depth Feet 6 00413 Default Puel Forni Sire J T a Deiau Word Point Size w Default Frage ResolutiordMeters 3 Above are optional settings not the software defaults Default Color Table color table used for most functions in the software Default Color Table Zones color table used only in Auto Zone amp Extract Image to Zone Default Units for New Layers Units that will be used as default in creating GRD files Process PFR_LOG Files as Method by which App Log GPS data is collected Default Point Style Is the shape of Data Points circle square triangle cross hair Default Point Scale Mode the explanation below will using 5 as the value Pixel Scale zooming in and out on a data point it would always be 5 PIXELS wide World Scale data points would be 5 Feet wide Zoom in points getting larger Zoom out points getting smaller Boundary Effect Filter Distance how many METERS in the Boundary Effect Filter reaches Only applies to use in Auto Zone amp Extract Image to Zone tools Print Map to Bitmap Multiplier 1 1tol ratio to the pixels on the PC display screen 2 will double the resolution making the files 4 times larger Default Pixel Point Size set the points to Pixel size attached to Default Point Scale Mode Default World Point Size set the points to Foot size attached to Default Point Scale Mode Default Image Resoluti
128. C 134616 000 A 4726 4243 N 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213 A7E GPVTG 290 13 T M 0 00 N 0 0 K A 04 GPGGA 19461 7 000 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M 25 5 M 0000 6B SGPRMC 194617 000 A 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213 A 7F GPVTG 290 13 T M 0 00 N 0 0 K A 04 S GPGGA 194618 000 4726 4245 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M 25 5 M 0000 64 GPGSA A 3 26 05 18 15 4 9 3 3 3 6 36 S GPGSV 3 1 12 21 70 298 17 15 61 124 37 18 49 254 29 26 41 060 31 70 GPGSV 3 2 12 29 30 182 06 20 315 18 05 15 067 22 22 14 251 21 72 SGPGSV 3 3 12 16 12 298 16 27 11 323 09 09 035 20 08 08 032 78 SGPRMC 194618 000 A 4726 4243 N 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213 A 70 SGPVTG 290 13 T M 0 00 N 0 0 K A 04 SGPGGA 194619 000 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M 25 5 M 0000 65 SGPRMC 194619 000 A 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213 A 71 GPVTG 290 13 T M 0 00 N 0 0 K A 04 SGPGGA 194620 000 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M 25 5 M 0000 GF SGPRMC 194620 000 A 4726 4243 N 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213 A 7B SGPVTG 290 13 T M 0 00 N 0 0 K A 04 SGPGGA 194621 000 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M 25 5 M DDOO 6GE SGPRMC 1 GPS Port This is the COM serial communication port the GPS is connected to To find out what COM port your device is connect use the Find GPS button or open Device Manager and look under Ports COM amp LPT Baud Rate Set
129. Catalog will be in your PRE LOA Coton Noman 12 7204 st FEE E E County Data folder is ai ek EFEFFFEFEFFR BE LIDAR CntaiogO 0 2014 mar haiin WE LIDAR Entaing 10 8 2014 Marob LAZ a You may want turn on Labels for the SHP file using the ABC button wi Norman County Bounden shp Be i F n ae Lat 7577904 Lor 95 92111 j a Das amp OSB Fr LEARRA GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 297 My Notes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 298 Glossary GIS Acronym for Geographic Information System is a system designed to capture store manipulate ana lyze manage and present all types of geographical data Projection A method by which the curved three dimensional surface of the earth is portrayed on a two dimensional flat surface This generally requires a mathematical transformation of the earth s lines of longitude and latitude onto a plane Every map projection distorts distance area shape direction or some combination thereof Spherical Coordinate System A coordinate system that uses positions of latitude and longitude to define locations of points on the surface of the earth Cartesian Coordinate System Defined as a flat coordinate system placed on the surface of the Ear
130. Connect GPS top button GK Switch Bex Joyabck terface Marking Lines amp Boundaries ia GPS Log Attribute 1 Log Attribute 2 5 Go to the GPS tab DK23754 v 10 34 0Stare v 6 Go to the Mark tab Mark pecans cea SEE 7 Select a Destination ex Boundary 8 Move to the location in the field where you want to start collecting data 1 Start 9 Click 1 Start to begin collecting your line or boundary 10 Click 3 Stop when you get to the end of the line or 5t0p boundary 11 Repeat previous 2 steps until you finished collecting the _ es m Query GPS lines or boundaries GPS Not Connected 12 When finished with the field Stop GPS and close the GPS Mark Quick Guide Gnd software and start over at the beginning at Step 1 D Cheri Fam Faid GAUE GAT Fam Grid Samples Layer Boundaty SHP Layer yoe Polygon Save ToLayer Boundary tw 1 Start 2 Pause 3 Stop Offset Marking Position to the Lef i Center 1 0 0048 Feal Righi GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 246 Quick Notes For GPS Setup Instructions Before starting to use the GPS functions in Ag Data Mapping Solutions you must find out what your GPS is putting out for information Some systems require a NULL MODEM Trimbles GPS Port Your PC GPS Settings Baud Rate Baud Rate Find out what the baud ra
131. County Mosaic by NRCS e TIGER 2010 Streets RESESkage a PP E ni 8 Once checked click Continue button i H Se oer mr nae O 9 In the How window select the FTP Mand ayers na See Be FOUR ORDERA nin Rae button ut TON It may ask about File Type ESRI Shape Select Format ESRI Shape ESRI File GeoDataBase It may ask about projection e e y hymna HIIRED DOLLARE iodo 0S Oe bad DVI a a Urges mishe Br daia layari Geographic NAD 83 or WGS 84 i O Ni eel tly Selec i AR lieet Protected blodi Ce Select Projection Geographic NADS3 AutoUTM UTM Zone 14 NADSS State Plane Minnesota North NAD83 10 Click Continue button GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 257 te jr Downloading USDA Geospatial Data S he Sopa wis 7 Chaka Rn ze ja i n u get a 7 Pe gt Anz EEE CES gg 11 Type in the required fields A download d isostscitissniusices sin tie Dms Se WHAI link will be emailed to you so usea m valid email address This is a govern ment site so you will not get spam by entering your information 12 Recommended Put a check mark in the man contin Eval Save Contact Data box on the Left side fmm iD of the screen Address 13 Click the Continue button E Fax 1 A g Rev j ew O rd
132. Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 240 Scripting Using GK Created Scripts Apply Liner Values Allows the user to enter an AVERAGE rate you would like applied on a field Then assign a Low Rate and a High Rate indicating how much you want to go down amp up from the Average rate NOTE Input layer should be a layer that represents PRODUCTION or YIELD of a field Assign Input Surface name on line 14 Add as Object Line 15 Average Rate to apply example 120 Ibs acre wheat seed Line 16 Low Rate example 30 create a low rate of 84 Ibs acre Line 17 High Rate example 20 create a high rate of 144 Ibs acre Example Note VRT would go from 84 to 144 and the average would be ROUGHLY 120 The average is usually off a little based on the math being done in a linear equation and the spatial data is not The Math is done on line 37 50 do not edit To assign different UNITS on line 60 default Ibs acre Useful for creating fertility maps and seeding maps GK Technology Inc recommends Zone Soil Testing and assigning rates to zones Creates a new Surface named MapMath ApplyLinear grd Average of All Layers Will Normalize all the layers turned on Add them together takes a count of how many surfaces are turned on and return an Average Normalized Layer using If in Field logic To assign different UNITS on line 7 default Units Ac Runs Script on
133. Decompose a selected PolyPolygon to its Component Polygons To use this button select a PolyPolygon then click the button Suggest doing a Save As and rename the drawing layer This will save the Polygon in it s component state a Move Vertices of Selected Object Is a TOGGLE on off button that allows you to move the Vertices of Polygons and Lines Object must be selected before using this button Draw a Circle Once selected left click and hold down in the center of the object and drag to the desired diameter and release to create a circle polygon Drawing Properties Double clicking on an object opens the properties of that Lem ae Intra Layer Math Allows use of simple mathematical functions on a column of the data _ base 2 lt Delete Selected Objects Once an object of this layer is selected this will delete the selected objects Changes must be saved to be made permanent GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 25 Bottom Layer Toolbar Surfaces Toolbar ART a a SHES aes Se ee eee Change Color Theme Changes the color pallet used on the selected layer Thematic Color Opens a window to view image statistics adjust color themes number of zones and adjust zone sizes automatically or manually Load Fixed Thematic Table Applies a color theme that has be
134. Export Selected Rasters File Name use the Field Name BONO U On the data card the SHP SHX DBF must be put in a folder named RX on the root of the data card or USB drive Note Suggest using the Shape Contour method for exporting to the 20 20 Era LOFT Fetes Pag i tee 2 Appii tars pe wy lap Bappi WS Rasta 1 hp Eje pee Peal lip Mob Eesaia SCH EHP ENGER Na jee CEM MET a zs E Oris EMO Den Creme Elend 3 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com 130 Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 131 Export Prescription Maps Shape Grids Raven Viper amp Envizio Pro Controllers Export will create a Shape file which exists as a xxx shp xxx shx xxx dbf files Note All 3 files must be sent out to the spreader SHP SHX DBF Boundary not required to be turned on for this export 1 Select all the files to export 2 Select one layer as master 3 Note the Precision Column for exporting low rate products like Micro Nutrients change the 0 to a value of 1 or 2 1 digit after the decimal point or 2 digits after the decimal point 4 Adjust your Output Resolution Viper Pro amp Viper 4 are not limited on Polygons Recommend keeping pol ygon count less than 30 000 Viper Original is LIMITED to a Maximum of 4 000 Polygons Envizio Pro is LIMITED to 1 500 Polygons Cell Merge Mode normally set
135. FuelNeeded Veh HowMuchFuelDoINeed 100 Hundreds of objects could be filled out and added to a Collection of Vehicles that could describe anything from forklifts to tractors to semi trucks to cars Dim VC as New Collection VC Add Veh We don t see you needing to create collections but you will be accessing one collection so we showed one GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 230 Raster Object and the Raster Collection So now that you are an expert with objects after going through the vehicle example how are objects and enumerations used for scripting within Ag Data Mapping Solution Below is a class called Raster Public Class Raster Public Name As String Public ShortName As String Public Value As Single Public Min As Single Public Max As Single Public Mean As Single Public StandardDev As Single End Class When the map math window opens it adds a Raster object for each raster layer that is open in the map window It adds those Raster objects to a collection called Rasters Let s say that you have a layer loaded with a short name of 2005 Corn Yield When you want to access that layer as an object you can use the tools on the Map Math form to add it but this is what is accomplished Dim YG As Raster YG Rasters 2005 Corn Yield Or Dim YG As Raster Rasters 2005 Corn Yield Now that
136. Harman Mir JO AOE ALUE ge WM Norman NAP TEH RAGE GREEN gni F Norman har 7004 FM PID grt WB Herman NAP po PGE VM pe MM homan iia Font TW Nomen Hi 2004 FED gd WE ioma Har 24 pon ge ME Harman HAE Dood en gd n TE Si engen Li DJ Mee imegm LJ Tenens Haki ii a la Pe isa oo mi Son ee Tippa ehe bec peed obec ne hhi Fe ie Br ba ee ae Omen iie F marana Lam ara Thee Hure eel etter oi U Piatt fnedy BEE Layer Bounctary wg J HE a Sion oa ae Qaseh hbO eBe Ol va ae byer Same het Be the a ots Tn te Oat xa m 3 Using Intra Layer Math button Looks Correct go to step 4 meae ee o Aad Pe ika n 7 P Norman NAIP 2004_RGB_RED RED Looks Incorrect don t save changes amp ae go to next map or a new map Camii by Pi niert wo Pere nc isst 4 Using Intra Layer Math button i a ER ER ee wahr Add the surface by the New Value 5 Select Save As and give the new surface a name Example Norman NAIP 2004 Inverted grd GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 63 Correlation Matrix oa Introduction Within ADMS there is a tool called the Correlation Matrix This tool is used to measure Similarities and differences between multiple layers that are turned on This tool can be used on any surface including imagery yield and prescription maps It is helpful
137. Imagery we refer to colorization and zone creation We will be working in the New Map Window but many of these tools will carry across into other windows in Ag Data Mapping Solution button 1 Start up Ag Data Mapping Solution and select the Map Window 2 When the Map Window opens select the desired Grower Farm and Field If they do not exist click on the New buttons to the left of the name An Input Required window will open up in the middle of the screen to enter the new name do so and click Apply Now you have your field selected Aa Dehn Viren Mung Window we file beget ed Pop bpot fete Jea pert hmm He x orr OF SPP rio PPR GK User Manual i l i il z Fi SHESE E Ka Uri a TT Lae ee alt SA Layer Boundary sho 2a CEE OSG amp eech BARENOBSEX GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 44 Creating Zones From Imagery Creating Boundaries 1 Select the County Data tab in the Layer Control area on the left side of the window Open up the County folder you want and turn on a NAIP file a Township file a Section file and a CLU file if you have one 2 If you already have a boundary cre ated or have a CLU and do NOT want to create
138. Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 141 Export Prescription Maps FODM Device Ag Leader PF3000 Insight amp New Leader Extension Created xxxx tgt Boundary is required to be turned on and selected from the drop down list Assign each map to its appropriate product Output resolution normally set to 8 meters Note this is raster based prescription map Note Corn Seed Maps Your Select Publisher Ag Leader TGT Publisher CornSeed grd map may need to be written K Seed Acre Browse Save the file back into the Field folder location Meaning if you want 32 000 Filename Template Product Name sds your map should be 32 Cell Size 26 FEET Note the meters to feet change Cell Rate Method Weight Average Choose the appropriate device New Leader use the PF3000 Note Multiple maps for the same field should be exported at the same time This may be a slow export depending on field size Move xxxx tgt files to the ROOT of the Data card for application a Fapecrt Ratteri t POCA Thea Fkt ia Tap Tpu ae ame RT ira Creme Lon ee uh ir R be lamir TuT Pabhishm a a Mey Call Morya Hoes Fat Shay SY Eau a COD Ea lies runder s ee Mi ooo Henn Kan ampion Prot ia Lach Leer T gt ie Ion TE Hamu AH Pek 0080 Tre Fertig Far Ir Filename Template Producti 2 Cesar Cell Size feet n E
139. Kriging or Inverse Distance which is default Kriging smooth s the maps out and requires demo of Surfer 8 Click the Build Maps button i Baht Niera Click on the View Nutrient Maps tab to preview the created nutrient maps Your nutrient maps will be automatically stored under a Grid Sample Folder under Field Data with the year of the growing season set in settings user interface 2 in front of it 1 Go to Field Data check on all of the layers you will be using in the script Click on the Map Math button on the top toolbar nz 2 Open the desired script you want to use zum 3 Assign all the selected nutrient layers in the scripting window gt Compile Script gt Run Script 4 Click the output layers and Save As gt Rename as the created product gt Repeat Steps for all products GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 97 Grid Sampling Setting Up A Grid In this section we will discuss grid sampling We will explain how to lay out your grid take the Samples create nutrient maps set yield goals and combine them all to create your prescription Creating a Boundary e Refer to the section in the bookK Drawing Layers Shapefiles Vector Data Polygons Lines amp Points e You can create a boundary with GPS in field recommended hand draw it or from a CLU FSA file W
140. LES AVER MACS F Ita N Cmi hate i tele TG Shame 30 First Previous lexi ner te ther pagor name to show a iret of daia ses Use pma Sei Preiser Miiat hati Data Set Search Ai AVHAH gt Catal Reference fies Can Dinaha Cane E Digas Eiaon J E gii Line Grape LJ igasi Mapa LJ p E Fore Carun Wiese jaha Fein HOM JEC Add a Land Corm ande Lo Lands COM LJ E Liige Lepacy a Lande MLC LIGA af LISA E NASA LPRAAC Colochwn GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Le EE Maie Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 295 Downloading amp Processing USGS LiDAR Earth Explorer By Clicking the Save button the download scene window opens Click the download button to download Scene ID 484370 Download Close Click Download ei ATS ae Dh e E EarthEgpioner File Edit View Faiiertes Tools Hal CRNAN Erg i BO AMES RIVER NFC oe a T eisen Daie R i kimm SE yogect G0 JAMES AEA NACA F el N N i Click Save amp Save As Judy tae Do you want to open or save 0 James River MACS F 2010 000406 ZIP 50 3 ME thom deier usg go Open Ge m Cancel Save Save ds Save antl Gen In saving the files we suggest you save the files back to your C GKData Imagery LiDAR folder It is recommended to save all your files back to
141. Large Boundary s mager LELE b Cam 7 Go to Layer Info amp Clear Map Pas d Pism hihi Deal b USA Lii RETTEN 8 Turn on the Field Boundary shp you may want to re draw at this di MN Nomun time E M Wel inima uyon amasl ooy osma DARADE Eee Mew Chani Tope Tio 1 Mew Foe Lidar import Mew F Test Field 9 Left Click inside Field Boundary it will turn Lime Green tay Cnn Data ers 10 Turn on LidarImport grd eio brcman 11 Click Crop Raster to Selected Polygon on the Bottom Toolbar Just this Layer pJ TEF 1ga To 12 Click Save As on the Bottom Toolbar 45 10673 Lederimp rt Feer WT 13 Rename and click Save We suggest renaming to LidarTopo Lidar Field grd GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 172 Creating Topography amp Watersheds Creating the Topography Map Running the Watershed Modeling Routine Open into the Map Window e Select the desired Client Farm and Field e Turn on the Altitude grd or Lidar grd for the field e Top Tool Bar select Process and Watershed Modeling 1 In the Select Topography Source drop down select the layer that was created in the Grid Points method on the previous page 2 In the Elevation Unit drop dow
142. Lee ARTE i Jin the rest of the Tile Area Fakt Tasi Emid Lave Boten t ehe ET E rE baasu om a Fic Piece imeod Yell Dapon Impert Tepe Detehes Teh Waie Heip zz EEE ine Tas owe Se Pe te hire pe see 2 To Import LIDAR you must turn on the Lia euer Topo The been Boundary and SELECT it New Fare Liar import acs The Boundary will become LIME GREEN Mew Find Test Fiai zer BEE 2 unnnin si dame ll 3 Go to the Menu Bar amp click on Import ma cana Select Lidar LAS File apm a 0 a 6 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 171 Processing LIDAR LAS Files 4 Import LAS Files Adjust your settings to Default should be correct Check Ground Check Water Check Convert Meters to Feet Check Import only area under selected objects Default is 1 meter should adjust Output Resolution 2 meters Resolution settings 40ac to 2500ac 2 meter 2501ac to 9000ac 3 meter 5 Click on the Select LAS Source Folder Ube ur et E Lore fapt I Browse to the Folder containing the LAS files ADIE HJE imar Should be in C GKData Imagery LIDAR OR C GKData Imagery LIDAR countyname r nn Line Plight Fr a hy gui ur tra 6 Click OK and the LiDAR tiles will be processed to the Selected Boundary
143. Locate your farm on a county NAIP image Unload 2 Right click on the sid file you have turned j Order j on Zoom To The Layer 3 Select Extract Current View SID JP2 ta 4 Select Save this will save it to Field Da my Setir 3 ta and will by in Images NAIP m W Biad Curen View ESN Tonnara YAN a Extract From TE L Piymoasth Send Vo Recycie Bin YA eS pees Petes Toe 5 Draw a boundary around the test area Refer to Creating Zones From Boundaries 6 Once the boundary is drawn Save Changes mj 7 With boundary as the active layer select inside so the green hatching appears 8 Under Field Data make the Field Farmyard Layer Boundary shp NAIP image the active layer 9 The bottom toolbar will change to display the SNG and VI buttons 3 w 10 For most NAIP images select the RED under SNG or RGB VI under the VI button If the image has an NIR band it can be selected instead under the SNG button 11 This map will now be used as the test prescription e Rates will be imputed into it to represent the product that is going to be applied e This will be exported as a prescription to the controller that will be applying the product GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 125 Making A Test Prescription www a m Mnp Where To quickly modify the values of t
144. MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 61 Creating Zones From Imagery Manual Zone Extraction Individual Band Extraction All multi band images can have each band extracted out individually Commonly the red green blue and NIR bands will be used By using the following process each band can be analyzed by itself 1 Turn on the field boundary and select inside it 2 Turn on the image to be extracted and make the active layer 3 On the bottom toolbar select the single band extraction icon i 4 Select the band to extract 2 GREEN 3 BLUE The extracted surface will be saved under Field Data in the Images folder The extracted surface will have an extension of the extracted band _NIR GREEN RED that was chosen Images we GIF 2011_JUN28 NDVIR grd MIBE Norman NAIP 2004_RGB_BLUE grd MEE Norman NAIP 2004_RGB_GREEN ard fd Norman NAIP 2004_RGB_RED grd Individual Band Extraction Changing Band Order ADMS gives different options to change band orders of images This can be useful for choosing how the im ages are extracted and which bands are available for extraction When the band orders are changed the op tions in the single band extraction icon on the bottom toolbar dynamically change with it To access these options 1 Make sure the desired image is the active layer 2 Select the multi band layer display icon on the bottom toolbar a Te o
145. Manual 280 Downloading LiDAR International Water Institute One source for importing LIDAR data for the Red River Valley of the North is the International Water Institute NOTE All of this LIDAR data is in UTM 14 http is rrbdin org lidardownload index html ee Bares Gsernationarwiatertnsttute inne 1 To select areas for download a few methods listed below 1 Use the zooming panning tools to find you location 2 Use the Address or Place line and type in a city name 3 Select by County by clicking on the Red Flag button 4 Select by Township and Range on the layered image button 2 Once you get close to the area you want to be in there should be a Green haze This means there is data available To turn off the Green mask click on E the Layers Button 3 Remove the Check from the Lidar Data item GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 281 Downloading LiDAR International Water Institute 4 Get zoomed to the area you want to down load Lise Ceraeniiac 5 Click on the Data Download Button Draw a box around the area for Checks Ihe pee Ey Frog r m i see Haan Downloading make sure you cover all the amkmrfeon imi Dea oben cn She rung fe mei ie area you want to work with i ats dete
146. Map Let kn Fa Ds FE NETEDE ng apa Like oe EA had dh fe BE a Cae Loe mE wre oF ze ee O47 OF Shrimp x r _J After docking now all the lay aa wg ers are visible that are cur rently turned on within ADMS Bearlacars ih Mg er SEPA NOVA gt imt jap Jeh Winde Hy sx impra in Map en Sahih i 5 FR BERYT MNF ged f H SEF t AeA gc mE a Ata NOMA g Current Layar ao A wer ont GU 2007 Er Sr get WD H Frenin en ta Eza D Tann Lader Lat TIEFE Ley ML ZT re a4 BEE HN Tr LERE AL Br 1 17 bapi J The histogram is easily visible for the surface layer turned on in the map window GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 20 Window Dock Settings Resetting Window Dock Settings Sometimes when working with different windows one will disappear What actually happens is a panel will get moved behind the main window and it can t be accessed Also if the windows are in a configuration that you aren t happy with they can be reset e CLOSE THE MAP WINDOW This is a very important step If the map window is open the set tings will not work e Go to the to toolbar above the startup window select Tools Reset Window Dock Settings Packet Dara Biere Bart Cumrmert Lugs Enatie pire an BER KEN Fark fence cy Fies Wedd dem Fa e Click Reset Window Dock Settin
147. Max Area CoVar WO 073 0813 0857 39 42 2 E o85s7 096 097 226 26 3 D o7 0978 1001 467 15 6 Assign yield values to each of the 2 E 1 001 1 027 nN OEE 5 E 1055 1083 1 135 270 15 7 Type in the yield value in the Yield Goal column under Soil Test Re sults to correspond with the correct Zone ID and color Soil Test Res Zone Yield Goal vi 150 2 180 3 190 J4 200 J 220 8 Select Interpolate Output Maps then the Build Maps button Interpolate Output Maps _ Enforce Product Min and Max Rates 9 Go to the View Nutrients Maps tab to see your Yield Goals grd maps 150 185 220 Yield Goal Bu Acre GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual My Notes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com 95 Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 96 Quick Notes For Grid Sampling 1 Setting Up a Grid kJ 1 Go to Map Window or Log and Sample Select the field from desired client farm and field Turn on field boundary and any de sired background map County NAIP Go to GPS mark in the top right hand corner of Layer Selection Select Grid Select your field boundary from the Bound the Grid to this Layer dropdown Select the desired X and Y dimensions of the field grids Click
148. N Fen cb asnere 14 For this math we will select Ama Ama WR Ace gauaul m PE t a BAER ER a M amp C ERS un Divide by the Value and Su Operator Value 0 46 te Gore VRT Zon Creaton click OK m gt gt R 15 The map is now converted to LBS of Urea 46 0 0 16 Go to the bottom tool bar and Save As 46 0 0 grd 293 08 Faid Sheh NIN Laver 444i gri mus Gaza RB 70 7 BAR EEE N SETEN runs GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual gt 87 Nutrient Layers Using Blend Groups top of the Nutrient Layers window Step 2 Select Load Sample Results File a These soil tests are normally exported from Advisor Gold software as Prescription with Recs as CSV Comma Separated Value We can accept files from many other sources as long as they are in a CSV format Step 3 Select the Column that contains the Zone ID select the appropriate column to reflect the Zone ID Color Usually Sample ID Choose a Product Blend Group to use If you do not see the desired Blend Group you need to create one Choose the preferred Product Blend Group The Product Calculations Window at the bottom of the screen will show the amounts of each product that corresponds to the Zone ID s These values are in LBS of product Urea 46 0 0 not Nitrogen Select the desired Product Layers With
149. ON LSLeng Line Segment Length distance from your last click to cursor LS Bear Line Segment Bearing degrees for your last click to the cursor Total Len Total Length length of line or polygon drawn from first click to cursor FP Bear is First Point Bearing in Degrees Value on the RIGHT is the distance across the Map Window East to West Lat 47 472229 Lon 96 79926 LS Len 653 Foot LS Bear 2 3 Tot Len 6 337 Foo FP Bear 2 1 57 Miles Field 2006 Wheat Layer Boundary shp This line tells you what layer you are actively working on and what layer the buttons will affect or change GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 24 Bottom Layer Toolbar Drawings Buttons 4 x x dh Change Draw Style Changes the line and point attributes color sizes and fill pang fr Thematic Draw Settings Opens a new window which allows the user to change color themes adjust the number of color ranges view statistics of the color ranges and fill and size the points and lines _ Change Label Settings Allows the user to view data from the objects data table in the Aa viewing window as a label Also allows label size font and color adjustment SHP or sup or SHP Draw New Object Once selected you may draw a polygon line or point left clicking to draw and right clicking to end lines and polygons
150. OS Pra Oe we Gew User M iW 6 From there you can use the Thematic m Pat Vens Dame Draw Settings to set the color for the er points This is just for appearance The data created for creating zones will be in surfaces which we will describe on the next page mete Dian Bez BRERNOBEX eEI7 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 219 Processing Veris Data Surfacing Veris DAT SHP Files In this section you will be creating surfaces from shapefiles and combining surfaces to create a single map for defining zones 7 Right click on the Veris Points shapefile in the data tree Choose Create Grid Create Grid from Points The dialog to the right will ap pear 8 Under Source Database Column select the Surface item Then click Create Grid 9 Once that process completes change the Source Database Column to Deep and Click Create Grid again r M The Ag Date Mappng Sosten Korwahe Vern Fone i Fie Proves Apart Yin Ampmet Inge Export Setup Josh Window Help 0x Data Query Catibente LMFT RE Dp ne s op eh d 10 Then switch to the Calibrate tab Select the surface and Deep layers in the dialog boxes Choose the weighting value for how much you would like each layer to influence the new output layer By default the values are set at 60 Sur
151. Oh cp APEC OVE E E HR ELEN L IF i L ADRA Del a apee ENET kara jpe TF Ha dr Ay Hide Foren 8 Click OK 9 The file will by default be saved back to the Field Data and be placed in Images Webmaps If desired the TIF file can be renamed in this window 10 Click Save 11 The image can also be saved by using the buttons on the bottom toolbar a enact Image cher EOR erat YET UO FP BR BP a ann fart ey 11 If a surface was extracted it will _ have the extraction type as an perom j extension on the file name Such mrm In as _RED MIT er Fedia Eoun pata vragen IE I Google Satellite_RED grd JET boaden orp Lo images W Goegi Saite RED grd L Webhrnapi wl Z GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 53 Extracting Images From Web Layers Using Custom WMS Web Map Service Layers Saving amp Extracting Images There are many different WMS layers that may be added into ADMS as an additional layer and be utilized within the software Often these layers are state or region specific and require some setup before they can be used To set up WMS layers refer to that section in the book e Once the WMS layers have been properly set up they will show up as an additional layer in the data tree just like a SID or TIF file e The example on the ri
152. P205 0 Calculate the Product Pounds PProdPounds P205 ProductPConc Calculate how much N comes with the P NFromP PProdPounds ProductPConc Send the Value to the Map Return PProdPounds End Function Private Shared Function CalcPotashUofMRec KST as Single YieldGoal as Single ProductKConc as Single as Single Check To See If it Is Less Than 175 ppm If KST lt 175 Then K20 1 166 0073 KST YieldGoal Else It was over 175 ppm so apply O K20 0 End If If K20 lt 0 then K20 0 Send the Value to the Map Return K20 ProductKConc End Function GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 236 Script Written Using Functions The main purpose of using functions is to break code into smaller bite size modules that allow you to better follow what is going on in the script You can see below that it does simplify the code greatly Dim P205 As Single Dim K20 As Single Dim MakeMap As Output Dim NitrogenSoilTest as Single 40 Dim ExpYield As Single Rasters 2005 Corn Yield Value Dim OlsenPST As Single Rasters P_OLSEN Value Dim KST As Single Rasters K_UNSPEC Value MakeMap Output N If InField Then Select Case MakeMap Case Output N Return CalcNitrogenNDSURec EXPYIELD NitrogenSoilTest OLSENPST MinimumApp MaximumApp A NProductNConc PProductNConc PProductPConc MinPApp MaxPApp
153. PL BE geleent 1 tt R e Be er aey aps ata ERRED IE Mere Fam Cera Fer Ei EI EY Mee Fifi Field T Fertlzer Maps Frei Ds Condy Data imam E 20g A 5631 o Sudarea Im hing Ber 1 woo T ed Hr PURE Bourdet she Erd judy 1 PO PT gal m 18 77 Kr m AT fh ga im gi m PUD pom gel Ee DE tthe u Bru I EEE Erz et images tm Map L Currani Laer x Fali alij Fai Os Ferikze Mapa Liser Baunden LlJ org 11 924 Pier yl Layer tet Lah a Pane Lori Se 1 nt ee a a rn Te mn on nen Lopate GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 128 Export Prescription Maps Shape Grids Ag Leader Insight amp Integra Controllers Export will create a Shape file which exists as a xxx shp xxx shx xxx dbf files Note All 3 files must be sent out to the spreader SHP SHX DBF Boundary not required to be turned on for this export 1 Select all the files to export 2 Select one layer as master 3 Note the Precision Column for exporting low rate products like Micro Nutrients change the 0 to a value of 1 or 2 1 digit after the decimal point or 2 digits after the decimal point 4 Adjust your Output Resolution Recommend 6 or 8 meter Note Corn Seed Maps Your 5 Cell Merge Mode normally se
154. Printed map that will get sized down Simply pinning open the Drawing Tools will resize the map window Basically make the Map window viewing area something near a Square viewing area Note the shape of the eels window on ie Left Now look at the zul out on the Ran u g E t Urawings in Map tor SH 8 SE a ai fe az ze 27am 1 14 20858 occcill gt BE PS HN ee TI GK Teshnelgay Resized Map window Printed map Upper Selection i sf DP AS F D ee Layer info Layers Statistics Query GPS Mark Or GK User Manual us KT Farm U er SH 8 SE SESSSSSL SESE SEE ES ij syag E amp BESBBRn mas num eal eV Fe oe 293 0553 Ar iowa 8 05 Acus GK Technology yA for ark ultiure Color Bar Shows Min amp Max values of the surface The Acres on the Color Chips MAY NOT add to field total acres more Colors than Chips Statistics Shows the Average Acres Standard Deviation Total Product Units GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Print Map Batch Print Surfaces Print Map to Bitmap Prnt Map to Clipboerd Multi Map Layout Print Map to Outback PNG and IN Layer Selection Layers Statistics Query GPS Mark New Grower CLIENTEN Po New Farm KT Farm v New Field SH 3 SE y Field
155. S or Yield Editor and perhaps ur merged multiple combines The Yield data is either in a SHP or CSV file format This 4i format is NOT ready for making management zones or use in scripts You must have all en your Yield Data for the field merged into one Shape File or CSV For Analysis 1 Turn on the Yield shp or Yield csv example will be using Yield shp 2 Right Click on the Yield shp 3 Choose Create Grid and Create Grid from Polygons 4 Click Create Grid button stop at any step here for visual analysis Use the Fill Null Values button to fill in areas that don t have Yield Data Use the Low Pass button to smooth out the data Suggest 2 or 3 clicks 5 Once filled Turn on the Boundary shp Left Click in map to Select it 6 Click on the Yield grd file name to make it the active layer 7 On the bottom toolbar click Crop Raster to Selected Polygon WW Th Ag Dala ttapapinng Satasen Map Windom iJ Im Bean potra kyser feat Soup Tou Windows Hele 8 Save the Yield grd file m XOP 2 Ceranamrertgg ss In hir Dery i Lae SS ere TE Pusat F wiz Leser Piatt weg OQgehhls deste a a GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 215 Create Grid from Points Yield Data This format is NOT ready for making management zo
156. SHP file with elevation data and a field boundary Place this data in the Field Folder using Windows Explorer or export it to this location with other software Then in Ag Data Mapping Solution open a new map window and check the file to display it cE Bi Frees ppan Setup EZES ed u eeu Kar fo ATK Proms 7 Jf few Fai Shey G5E ATR m i iM LL i K s Fink Shely ISEATK Lige Marged TETTE gt BARY Ea x X GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 165 Creating Topography amp Watersheds Creating the Topography Map Grid the Points Cee Gd Right click on the shapefile that you just turned on ae a and click Create Grid gt Create Grid from e 7 LLA Points ee In the dropdown box labeled Source Database Column select the column that contains the elevation data In this case it is labeled Altitude A progress bar will run as the new layer is created The new file will be created in the same directory as the point SHP file with the name of the database column the last three letters will be grd Refresh the tree and check fhe box to display the new grid fers ATK Processing fiw Fai Shely BSE ATI ol okt EE arr wy PU Merges aL TLD gee Lat E7 a Lin BEE Fielt Shoby ASESATK Layer Merged iip 2N CSSS Oaeaehs ART 2 13 GK Technology Inc 2
157. SOG Shewenne Are un ra tat ANTO Wate Ei era Ct GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 283 Downloading LIDAR For North Dakota Ordering 3 After accepting the disclaimer the data outlines will appear on the map This is a good indicator of where the data is available and if the LIDAR Data Set has to be adjusted 4 Using the navigation tools on the top left corner of the website locate the area to down load the LIDAR from To identify what each of the tools do mouse over them and it will display what each one does E a ase o Obere Y a fee Pa TELA Leite dhim hate a 4 O28 bc 62 An Eu 5 If the township and range is known it can be entered in the box to the right of the navi gation tools and by clicking GoTo will zoom into that area Note After zooming in the Township and Section ID s will appear on the map to help identify an area 6 If the Lat and Lon are known for a point they may also be entered in by going to the bottom of the page CH irre toe drum the mu En J prey hae eet am Los de te ore te ma d PESE rsk GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 284 Downloading LIDAR For North Dakota Ordering 7 After zooming in the area has to b
158. Script u F Saari P ortasha i DEF Gare U Tia Morgad pa tA Zar de N lepers gi Click on Map Math Output hegre JA 0 a amp save As Topo Merged grd or whatever name See fits Click back to Map Window amp Layer Info 1534 MET 118 Tope Merged iFeet GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 190 To create wetland or utility setbacks you must first draw a boundary around the Wetland Creating Tile Plan Setbacks Buffer Selected Items 1 Turn on the Field Data layers needed to define a wetland or utility 2 Select Wet Area from the Create Layer from Template list 3 Zoom in to the area of interest 4 Check on Wet Area shp 5 Bottom Toolbar click Draw New Object SHP button Draw a boundary around the Wetland Once Finished Save Clear Map 1 Check on Wet Area shp wit errors pace 2 Click inside the Polygon making it 1 za ond une Selected Object Ei Merge ll Visite SHP 3 Right Click on the Wet Area shp and be en San es wens Buffer Selected Items Unies Offer Points By Hesding Te Save As Buffer Selected Items 4 Name the file to be created example Setback 100foot shp 5 Adjust the Buffer Distance ex 100 feet ENGND eta GNDete OK User Manual GKT Ferment Motoes 3 6 Click
159. Select the corresponding nutrient out of Source Database Column 7 Click Apply The point labels should now be the same as the test results This can now be printed Repeat from the top of the page as needed for the de sired nutrients GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 118 Grid Sampling Using Scripting To Write Prescriptions Writing a Prescription From Nutrient Maps Using Scriptin et Map Winco Once you have all of the desired nutrient maps created you are ready to create the fertilizer prescription using the scripting method You can use an existing prescription or create your own by following the instructions in the Getting Started With Map Math Section County Data Imagery JG 2013 Grid Sample ur Merged Sample Points shp Field Data 1 Under Layer Info select Clear Map so there are no loaded layers in the map widow er gr 2 Select all the input layers that will be used to EN mar create the prescription WIE Soil K grd IGE Soil OM grd 3 On the top toolbar select the Multi Layer AR Soil P Olsen grd WE Soil PH grd Map Math button GE Soil Salts grd IGE Soil Zn grd E VBE Yield Goal grd lm 4 Load the script that you wish to use If you have used some recently they will be in the Recent Scripts dropdown 5 If you are going to
160. TI ty Deming This will open the Landsat Merge Utility Scenes will be merged individually one at a time Lariat Merge Unity O step 1 Browse to the folder containing the source Tif files to Merge ihe source Til files to Marga e 1 Select Browse a 29 30 J LC80290302012161L6N01 dea ern an SI 2 Select the Folder containing the extracted images Click OK 3 The band orders will automatically be populated The order will be determined by which satellite it came from Click Merge Images Merge images 4 Repeat for additional scenes 5 The images will automatically be named and be saved in the same location as the source folder Example 2002_JUN28_2930_L5_4235 TIFF NOTE It is recommended saving the original tar gz file This will always allow you to go back if image processing ever changes Landsat 8 5 3 4 6 Step A Sed Source Tid tiles for sach Landsat 5 amp 7 4 2 3 5 Step 2 Select Source Tif files for each output channel CREDE age Perl har i EETL TE CARS Pipe Gear Chea LoS ee a CRETE ie Se Sarre LCR Se LGA H TEF Tis Gage Apts Chace LERNT INTERN Bi TE Output Image Red Channel LT50290302002179LG501_B4 TIF Output Image Green Channel 1 TSA 1 PS GSM LA TIF Output Image Blue Channel LT50290302002179LG501_B3 TIF Output Image Alpha Channel LTS0290302002179LG501_B5 TIF GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244
161. TNSMUUUG nee ae een 280 281 ND LIDAR JD ISSCIMIMAL One 282 284 ND LIDAR Dissemination Using FileZilla ccc eccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 285 286 Minnesota DNR FTP Download sun EG ana anna dann 287 289 lowa LIDAR Daldwtcnissatiapnustbicesesavidy aebrdndustpeagbuddiaciadayoasmaiboaceustieriesadnnenndas ine 290 291 Downloading amp Processing USGS LIDAR Earth Explorer ccccccccccccceeccceceeeeeneeeueeeeeennes 292 295 LIDAR AS Catalog Creation LAS amp LAZ nee een 296 P WOU Se E E E a an En A EER 297 Glossary EIS ea 298 301 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual File Storage amp Structure Layout When you open up ADMS you will find that every window has Grower Farm Field as drop downs in the upper left corner This is how to select the field and files to be used Also the names located in these drop downs are going to print on the side of most of the maps Ag Data Mapping Solution software is based on a very simple folder file format When you go to Windows Explorer to look at your files and folders the names displayed on the folders in the GKData folder are the same seen in Ag Data Mapping Solution You can name rename and create folders in either ADMS or Windows Explorer you may get errors in both windows if you have files open in the folders you are re naming Below is an example of how to build the file str
162. This allows the image to be either Extracted as a TIF or Extracted as a TIF amp Extracted as a RGB VI surface If the image is a CIR Color Inferred use the second extraction method by right clicking on Layer Info Extract as a Color Image e Choose the output resolution of the extracted image 1 2 meters Cellsze is adequate for most fields e Click OK Choose Cell Size of Output Raster e The file will automatically be named and saved back to Field Da ta in a Images Webmaps e Click Save 0 5 Meter 1 0 Meter e If the Extract image button is used and an RGB VI surface is extracted it will have the ex Saa ia ype TIERE Grower Folder GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 56 Creating Guide Lines for Extracting Imagery Landsat As you may know if you have ever worked with Landsat data it is low resolution 30 meter raw data The geo referencing is ok at best So you must use the tools in the software to align the data Clicking between images can be time consuming but it is very accurate If you are going to be extracting many images on a field using Landsat data Suggest looking at using Guide Lines 1 Turn on Field Boundary 2 Turn on a NAIP image that has all the details you would want to highlight Prefer to use extracted NAIP tif files se
163. This example will show the statisti cal color bar if Embed a Color Bar in the KMZ is checked on ae et fia Mee Doreen A LFI Eeid a ee be i pee AL ooole aar a i ogle artt Google earth lt gt ee GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 153 Google Earth along with some other software packages will allow vector files to be opened within different desktop and mobile applications The file type that is used has the extension KML which stands for keyhole markup language Vector files such as points lines and polygons can be saved to one or multiple KML files for viewing in these applications Exporting KML Files For Google Earth Saving Vector Files As KML Files Field Data County Data This example will use a tile plan as an example 1 Turn on the SHP file that you wish to save as a KML 2 Right click on the file select Save As gt KML File Field Data County Data Image 3 After selecting KML File a window will appear saying that it has been successfully saved and the path where it was saved to These files will get saved to the same location as the SHP file they were saved Unload Layer 10 inch c Zoom to This Layer Order DSP Control I Appearance COS Litt Statii gp Create Grid from a SE i Merged lelte 4 Click OK
164. Wium amp dermuial i Piui 5 rajabur al LF Bu Domninade Par E Ko i lex b Mtn wy Fine i igi a Merdhihi E Cernan d Mendy IE iisa Peek a E tusks an i Eee Heimmi Gacy feo Drei Cee p h Fer Demi Porsing Oley Ewer Gha Hi BHi irg Bon Hiii Erierbrg irra aeg IF oper Tr The extractor utility will cut an image out for each county that the Landsat scene covers and then creates and mym HN JL 0 SG ein Tre Ei Lites Eheb Tare Enten hang Mm Sat Hr Deere Tee Reach Cam re Oley Sah eli ise Mia places them ina folder structure When all the files are finished being pro cessed Process Complete will be displayed at the bot tom of the window A file structure will appear in the directory that the output image folder was pointed at Inside each of the counties will have a folder containing the extracted Landsat tiff images Additional Notes If only certain areas need to be processed the function Create Only Selected Items can be used To utilize this function the polygon s must first be selected before the Tif Extractor is opened nh po i 1 With the polygon as the active layer use the selection tools on the top toolbar 2 Select the polygons to be extracted 3 Open the Tif Extractor 4 Follow the process above and puta check in Create On ly Selected Items Drawing Layer SD Counties v COUNTY v Create Only Selected Items GK Technology I
165. Ya My if tH Hm ER ve You can see above we have used the Yield Editor Utilities to clean nearly 4000 errant points from the yield data set And we have adjusted the flow delay by two seconds to precisely align a ditch crossing in the data The last step is to export the data to a field folder in Ag Data mu 777 Mapping Solution To the right are the proper settings to create the CSV that Ag Data Mapping Solution is expecting All Output fields except the Hefe Senke UTM fields should be selected After setting the export options as they are shown to the right check the box labeled Save as Default Configuration and then click Save Config GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 204 Processing Yield Data Browse to the proper field a Espert ae folder for the data and click igi pe 4 smiten hath uate Save am _ i ppr p e RA Daja tan lags HIF Tha fiia a ery You now have a properly cleaned yield data set that you can use bring up in Ag Data Mapping Solution and set a thematic color table for dis playing points Fee pate ST erharar Hiri Sart H pe Cone Sept d Ven ety Hue Folden T OFS NPE am EES wom me om me ea p ge Be A Karen Fahd a a ss Mem fam North Guariar e Mew Fat Z All Fics f Perky Dor
166. a LIDAR folder to keep things clear If you are working with more than a couple counties of data you may want to create County folders within the LIDAR folder Jolie I Local Disk 09 gt GData Imagery gt Liat File ame SITE ARCE F JOID OOAD PIP D H Save an ypt Comprened zogen Folder AP Once saved there the data must be UNZIPPED We suggest cleaning up files so you have all the xxxx las files in a LIDAR or County folder Once unzipped all the las files should be in one folder not many separate folders See Processing LIDAR For additional and more detailed instruction visit the Earth Explorer tutorial by clicking Help in the right corner of the screen iii Or you can visit the page directly at https Ita cr usgs gov ee_help GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 296 LiDAR LAS Catalog Creation LAS amp LAZ LIDAR data is some very powerful amp useful data This data can be hard to index and catalog what data you have and what you are missing because files need to be pro cessed into ADMS or you need to know Tile s you are looking for The Create LAS Catalog tool with create a SHP polygon around all the Lidar Tiles LAS or LAZ in a folder and label them based on the File Name Using LAS Catalog Tool Go to Tools and Create LAS Catalog 123 Fie
167. a 5 rate zone application map consider for seeding maps oe fie 10 pot Vield impotlppe Fit ies Teoh Window MH View Nuthent Maps Load Zone Image Soil Test Results Stop 2 Load Sure Fenk Fie Lino Mhe Sop dnan besss waned u sah Zare Caio Select Se Step 5 Tone tom the Sod Ten Fema tren matches up mth te Zune Par Luna Dade Mew cere Onor a Sard Grup f Demsa 7 Zar 0 E Win Mey Maw Enter Feet arust w t t Step Sdwa the ee ha cortars te lone Ler d K Stap 4 rayas Dard Wa Saree Died Sot Taa Funar Set Ton ayer 46 0 0 11 52 0 0 0 60 1 160 87 40 2 0 0 0 3 215 58 28 4 0 0 0 5 g0 29 17 Using the drop down boxes next to each Zone Color Select the Step 5 Zone from the Soil Test Results that matches up with the Zone PhosConvet Create New Group Choose a Blend Gro F 0 0 60 Color Min Mean Max Area CoVar 11 52 0 0 0 60 05465 0 8185 0 8825 65 8 18 46 0 0 0 60 46 0 0 11 52 0 0 0 60 0 0 0 90S 2nSO4 0 8825 0 9585 1 0077 27 1 37 pHs 1 0933 1 1337 1 179 45 9 21 46 0 0 18 46 0 0 0 60 21 0 0 24S 2nSO4 5 1 179 1 2279 1 3832 24 0 27 46 0 0 18 46 0 0 0 60 82 0 0 11 52 0 0 0 60 0 0 0 90S ZnSO4 82 0 0 11 52 0 0 0 60 21 0 0 24S ZnSO4 Interpolate Output Maps Save Editec Enforce Product Min and Max Rates Load Zone Image Sod Tes Resulls View Nutnent Maps Stop Step 5 alin sit ernten ann Genug tee run Correan Cane hen Gaus Qhoeme 2 Sari G
168. a aes DLS U 2004 Com e Example gt CB 2005 Beets Need Zones on for samplin n ay 2006 Vihest ae Boundary shp LJ Confidence 2009 LJ Images E layer Merged Eggrd Norman MUP 2005 ent ti Norman NAP 2005 ed FRED ord mre lt ii T Tappa I grid LJ Topography More data is not a bad thing use what you like Connect GPS 4 Go to the GPS tab GPS Mark Quick Guide Gnd Use Viliniows 5 Connect GPS Wi Sn Selings Lecaton 6 Your cursor will show you your location on the screen to the Right Side GK Smtch Bax LELLO rl Lag Log Attribute 1 Log Attribute 2 GPS OF Somen Options Fan fhe tan to Hei eteron Cure i GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com 243 Load Data GPS Navigate Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 244 Quick Notes For GPS In Field QM Points Starting New Data Collection 1 Open Map Window or Log and Sample 2 Select the Grower Farm and Field you want to work with GPS y 3 Turn on the Map that you want to work with aa oaasi Diosas ns Use Yr ndawn Selings Location Connect GPS GPS 4 Go to the GPS tab 5 Connect GPS fie geile s0100 im 7 If you want to mark other Points Go to the Quick tab 6 To Collect Topo Start Log gt Log Path This is your Topo Collection Joystick Interface
169. ab to display will be the GPS tab GPS port and connection information is displayed in the Preferences tab of the main program Click Connect GPS When GPS Status is good to go the Status bars will be green Select Prescriptions Use the drop down boxes to select the Grower Farm and Field When you have the proper field the data available for that field will be displayed in the tree Prescription files can either be grd or bmp files Check the box next to the file to load it Depending on the application you may be loading more than one file Also a file may be inside a folder If it is you will need to click the sign next to the folder to open it The toolbar on the bottom of the data tree has a few tools used for maintenance The last button a red X on the toolbar is a button to clear the map between fields Start Controller Below is the interface for tying a map to a channel on a controller In this case the controller only has one channel Maps that have been loaded show up in the drop down box that currently is displaying None Assign the map to be applied to the controller channel doing the application You can add other information about the application in the App ID box You can also select Spray Spread Seed Other to add additional information to the file name that contains the as applied data Check the box next to Connect to start the controller Then click the Run tab to display the ta
170. ad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 163 Creating Topography amp Watersheds Cleaning Elevation Data Database Tab In most cases I wait till all my data sets are merged before cleaning it makes for only 1 2 the work In some cases you may need to clean the data up before merging but this is rare Before getting going understand that not all RTK Data collection equipment collects data the same way Some will log Quality information and some will just log Lat Lon Elevation A good system will log additional Quality information Turn on your complete data collection for the field again all the data should be in 1 SHP file nd Oe Vener Bi den Lz fae lpr Ved Paen bpi Sup Took jno Mim Map Lee bART am Orr EL a Ex pa Bm hE Sm zu 2 Click on the Database tab Bottom Left we ee ee Biene the data table will open up Vee thie GX User Maru fe fee ATK Prommssung 3 By clicking on the column names you will be able to sort the data ascending or descend ing This is very useful for deleting unwanted data By clicking on the gray area to the left side of the rows you will be able to select objects within the active layer By using the Shift key you can select multiple rows of data You can also use the Ctrl key to select multiple points few Fait Shel S5E ATK A oid Fehl Dhala Camara ben ele an Geil
171. ad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 286 Downloading LiDAR For North Dakota FileZilla After connecting the files should be visible on the right side Of Remote site temp 1545402285890 the screen and will show up as zip files 7 Using the Local site window on the left browse to the loca LJ B06045370 2i p tion where the zip files will be saved to 4 B06045372 zip J B06065370 zip Loca J B06065372 zip site C GEData User Manual Lidar l ei User Manual i DB HJ Client u di Lidar 8 After connecting to the remote site and browsing to the location on the local computer select the zip LIDAR files to download Filename 9 After the files are selected Right Click Select Download B06045370 zip j 1 B06045372 zip Dra k Hrn ti gear ee Fl 1 606065370 zip 4 IM m nn 10 The files will start to transfer and the progress can Selected 4 files Total size 90 487 052 bytes be viewed on the bottom window Server Local file i sweoW lidar swe nd gov u CA GEData User Manual L dar B06065372 z p 00 00 43 elapsed 00 01 11 left 8 773 140 bytes 195 0 KiB s It is recommended that before proceeding install 7 zip on your computer http www 7 Zip or 11 After the files have finished downloading browse to the location where they were saved 12 Select all of them 13 Right Click and Go 7 zi
172. ag Ocet ami zargis Hes i s ra 2 Coe n Mar Was m Eee Fena Merah mA i Dam oma un 0 WARS im J00 Stap 3 207 Losa 1m Pi a8 Pr Select te Oian ha 539 t1130 13 on my 7 a2 rn tte Zone nm 12273 m gt oS 1 rougie Ota Man Seve Eed Sod Tes Fate Ertorce Pusiat Mer out Mes Putre Supt Yan GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 74 Nutrient Layers Common Name Mapping Database Load Zone Image Sod Tasi Results View Nutnent Maps Stop 2 Lamb Sepie Ferds Fie Liy he drop dren borns ned to cech Zum Calor Seiect the S Zin tan ow Sad Tot Fond Pad matches iai wth We Zra Tee Cornen Zune Come Mar Mes Mar Aau ves RED ON NOTE REE ri est Marshy os Ham Hamm s a wo cms mm tm X 7 In iea ino a 23 02 117 1 178 53 2 17 125 SE OMe 27 d ktere aspa Mee Sare Ecthet Sai Tot Hents S Tost Layers u Ag te Etra Protest Mr wut Mar Aass Bir Vane Above you see a standard Zone Nutrient mapping box 1 When building a map for a Soil Test Layer or Product the first time it will ask for information about that column Fill in all the blanks 2 This information is stored in a database and used to create the maps from that column from then on This is the name it will always use
173. agery GLOVIS You should come to the Downloads Bar at the bottom of the window Click Save As Do you want to open or save LT50290302010281PAC01 tar gz 142 MB from edelpdsftp cr usgs gov eis Save as Open Save Save and open This will open you into a Save As window Save these files back to your C GKData Imagery LandsatScene Ex 2829 Save As Gis u GKData Imagery 2829 Filename 1 150280797000223EDC00 tar gz Save as type GZ File Browse Folders Leave the file names as they are DO NOT CHANGE Click Save For the scenes that were submitted You will receive an email in the next day or two Follow through the instructions on Download and you will get the files in the correct location GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 268 Downloading amp Processing USGS Imagery GLOVIS As you get things downloaded you will end up with a folder looking something like this Next follow the unzipping and extraction processing instructions on the next couple pages GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 269 Landsat Data Processing Introduction Within ADMS there are different types of data that can be used for site specific field management Among this data is sat
174. al Map Bing Hybrid Map Google Map Google Satellite Google Labels Google Terrain Yahoo Map Yahoo Satellite Yahoo Hybrid Open Street Map WMS Sem HHS an 1 Marna lit Cite AT I Cigi TA Tiir ikke HELE v Kr GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 261 Using Web Based Background Layers WMS Layers The following example will use the MN WMS server link 1 Enter the WMS server link where it says Server 2 Click Connect x Some servers need special authentication which may require a login name and password If this is the case enter it before connecting iioa Linge m AR pect ec sco pen um cee ee Lunge Fat j After successful connection to Bava WMM aa CGD iat Maran Cine Dota WAART BO Joker FEA or Lite the server the window will Senei Derai populate with different op T r Min MTG were iaaa roten tions the layers are viewed Gine Hame htp gem inc ar mr a and saved are Are Different options may be available or lacking depending LE u Tite on which server is being ac Ampere i Tie ANY cele FEA cessed gt Tram Cie ee ran Kiss Hat riha j iar IE e i er Aio Dhim Ta HAJA Lanira SO boogie FRA rs ak Fret ia G Fa Hr 0 AEA coir FA rm DOE oe FSA HIH condos FE H coke Fih Jitbreis FEA MFA ho himpr hg Caarrje GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 85
175. al pay Oe deed be Mia Next Login or Register Orpen ares of yeor Shopping Cart Ba Damian spe USGS ae oF to pace order for Mined Yor Sig i ein yout LIEBT ane nd ae era cil aaa sai nn i Ui r 5 Pad dae i heehee Me GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 266 Downloading amp Processing USGS Imagery GLOVIS You are now in the Item Basket Pending Scenes window of the USGS Items in Available Products that has a Level 1 Product must be downloaded here amp now This is done by click on the download ICON Items in Available Products that show Order Products must have a Check Mark in the ORDER column Check all items like this and Click Apply at the bottom Or Check all the Bulk Download buttons amp click apply Note Items that are NOT available for download will go to the Bulk Download Available items must De downloaded now Do not Go to Item Basket button until you have downloaded all available images re quested Once all are downloaded Click the button Files may take 12 to 48 hours to be bundled for downloading Pending Scenes Entity Id Collection Order Bulk Download Available Products Bulk Products LandsatLook Natural Color Image 5 MB JPEG LT50290302010233EDC00 L4 5 TM LT50290302010217EDCOO L4 5 TM Buzz LandsatLook Thermal Image
176. all these items selected check es te a Maps and click j aiene Sores Pe BCD 1 Sie roomie Oman Ort w aoaaa isn 100688 ites wu wer a ml Build Maps by NOT checking the Interpolate box you will get a 5 rate zone application map recommended for seeding maps Select the View Nutrient Maps tab and confirm the maps have all the correct rates Select the Soil Test Results tab onte Bea Soil Test Results View Nutrie dis nites ck ts earl Zire ls Using the drop Step 2 Slop at ta Gh iota cmon P Load Sample Results File Zone ID Color Min Mean Max Enter Result Manually NO TEST WM 05 5 08185 0 8825 NO TEST WN 0355 0385 1 0077 Step 3 NO TEST mr 10548 1 0933 Select the Column that NO TEST BE 1093 11337 1 17 contains the Zone ID NO TEST 1175 12279 1 3832 Ref No 10493126 GrowerID 25 Fld ID 1st8 Sample ID null 110680 GREEN DH gt Create Blend Group d Select the Create New Group button directly below the View Nutrient Maps tab Select Load Soil Test Result File and choose a soil test to use Locate the Soil Test CSV Comma Sepa rated Value file you re using for your soil test this table layout and column names must be standard for all tests On the Soil Test Column pull down Jr menus Be choose a Pin EI Dow the Soil Test Column from the soil test
177. alues you would use a period after the variable name A Min A Max A Mean A StandardDev and A Value would all return numbers e A variable that stores a letter or a series of letters known as a String Dim A as String Dim A as String Wheat Yield e A variable that stores True or False information known as a Boolean Dim A as Boolean Dim A as Boolean False GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 228 Introduction to Functions A function is a segment of code that takes input data as arguments performs a specific function and returns a result In the example below the portions of the function are defined The function name is made by the person writing the function Other than a few reserved key words that are used in Visual Basic you can name the function whatever you like For the arguments you can use as many different variables as you like You should define what type of data the argument is single integer string etc For the return type you should provide what type of data the number coming back will be Single Integer Boolean Then write in the code you want to calculate your function and finally use the Return to return the value back to the code that called the function MS OO T Function myFunction j As Integer As Double myFunction 3 87 j _ Process Return myFunction
178. amp north south 2 Red Points RTK Control Points not LIDAR This Red Point is at the Road Intersection Second point set at a Physical mark a stake driven in the ground in this example 3 Colored map LIDAR Topography Map Road Intersection needs to be aligned with RTK CROSS 862 9 869 9 876 9 Lidarlmport Feet 4 Zoom into the Road intersection area Area of geo referencing 5 Use the Measure tool to get some close estimates for how much to move the shp est 50 north and 30 east The movement will be made in METERS so divide the values by 3 2808 est 15 24 meters north and 9 14 meters east 6 Make LidarImport grd your active layer 7 Click the Surface Properties button on the bottom toolbar gt X Aemolu cn 8 Write down the Northing Easting values so you know your starting Y Resoluson point Mp r Dina Arnim Dinin Vaha Paleo Deis Wake 9 Use the Arrows to Adjust Geo Reference till the data lines up perfectly Then pan around the field to confirm alignment Confirm Units Feet Confirm Decimal Precision 1 10 Click Save GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 180 LiDAR RTK Merge Adjusting Elevation amp Merging Rasters The LiDAR and RTK are aligned on a X Y axis We need to adjust the Z axis
179. and an Inferred band in the image The bands can be extracted out individually or a vegetative index like NDVIR or NDVIG can be used Using NDVI 1 Turn on a field boundary 2 Select inside the boundary so it turns green 3 Turn on the image to be extracted IMi 2002 JuLs_2828_17 423518 Make sure it is the active layer 4 On the bottom toolbar select the Vegetative Index icon 5 Choose either the Red NDVI or Green NDVI option 6 Go to Field Data u 7 Refresh the data tree 8 The extracted surface will be automatically saved in a folder called Images Seen En zu ounan rshp o NDVIR grd 3 Band Images Three band images most commonly have the Red Green and Blue RGB bands in the image Each of the bands can be extracted out individually or the RGB vegetative index RGB VI can be used The visible vegetation index will enhance the vegetation the field Using Visible VI 1 Turn on a field boundary 2 Select inside the boundary so it turns green 3 Turn on the image to be extracted Make sure it is the active layer 4 On the bottom toolbar select the Vegetative Index icon 5 Click RGB VI Field Shelly 8SE Layer Norman NAIP 2004_RGB tif Visible VI Extraction 6 The extracted image will be saved in the Field Da ta tab under the folder Images NAIP with the ex tension _VISVI RGB NAIP Image GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad
180. and does not affect processing Qe A Whinghber NNeighbor Selects the value of the nearest point and does not consider the value of neighboring cells NNei Bere og og 100 Bilinear Linear interpolation is done in one direction and then again in another direction grea gm pg 100 Cubic Takes 16 pixels into account and generally has a smoother appearance than Bilinear or NNeighbor interpolation Cubic 100 Transparency Settings Both Images and surfaces can have their transparency adjusted for visual purposes The number is in a Percentage 100 Note Windows 7 there are issues with the transparency settings for surfaces Therefore if layering with an image the image should be brought to the front and it s transparency should be adjusted GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 29 Drawing Layers Polygons Lines amp Points In Ag Data Mapping Solution there are 4 ways to create add Drawing Lay er Data Drawing Layer Data can consist of Boundaries A B Lines Tile Lines Sample Points Sample Grids As Applied Maps some Application Maps amp many more files All the below examples are using the Map Window Some other windows may not have the same functionality 1 Import from Another Source 2 Extract Drawing Layers from a Mass Collection FSA CLU Field Boundarie
181. ant it If you don t have a Complete Field grd you will need to create or have a boundary shp that will represent this Right Click on the Boundary shp Create Grid and Create Grid from Polygons Do settings like Picture to Right gt Create Grid Turn both Yield grd and CompleteField grd may be Boundary grd Click on the Multi Layer Map Math on the top We 3 b pa Pp toolbar Open 2 Layer Merge Yield Hole Script Recere Scepter 2 wyar ldqrpe Yini Hiie re Pht bb Te ee Te kaii Ahja HETA fete ee ee ee ee E in Haya T Den Holes Vali ina Aasiaa Complete Pied Dia Vale mie iher ee re rt y ee ee rg Line 24 Highlight or delete everything after Ini i ESFE m 3 2299292929 gt DOM Edt blowin Linn eeeeeccceseeee Select Yield under Data Raster Pr Tn Layers and Click Add as Value Line 25 Repeat previous 2 steps a Dae per assigning the CompleteField grd Ex est ae Line 27 Assign value for the Holes Click Compile Script ew Per Demno Fann Mew Feii Field 1 Topo Run Script Fisi Chaat a Casey Chaim mney Click back to Map Window amp Layer Info ee Fo 0 E birti Fe E T Se Click on Map Math Output Save As Yield Merged grd or whatever cs act ir E name fits i aa GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Hals
182. ant to pull Swe TH Lome Tha Lain te se 5 Next select the Range Type you want to use These are mathematical ranges based on the inputs and num ber of ranges selected Typically for Satellite imagery you will want to use 2 Std Dev or K Means E Average 184 Aron 5O H Acres Std ew 163 Toat 10958 E tes bare od Sorgen ies Va i 7 x ET on es Tada mn rt mee iR L weg rhea Sess De E E Aa pm zn ye oa ee eS Sol J fl Tue Br li hi mii Se Diy i65 ikra m gum irm Hires ue ip i Ba a 1 2 i Hd Des Frami Ser i Mahi TEIE Ton ET ee Caef o Wia pia F ah I a Forme lige ai E B wan 7 ao Mia al Average 124 Arer 50 54 Acres GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Creating Zones From Imagery Manual Zone Creation 6 The statistical methods may not give you the exact zones you are looking for You may want to adjust the zones manu ally 7 TO manually adjust a zone place your mouse over a color chip and Scroll your mouse wheel This will adjust the Lower value of the range 8 Repeat this process to adjust all the zones you want to change Note adjusting the highest value does nothing you are moving the top value of the color chip 9 If the map in the preview window is ac ceptable click on the Apply button This will
183. apping Solution ADMS User Manual What Is A Null Value If there is one point that trips up many scripts it is the concept of a null value or NullVal which is how it is referred to as a script Simply put a data raster layer in a square and if the raster layer has been trimmed to a field boundary the cells that are not in the area of the raster that is inside the field boundary are set to a unique number known as a Null Value This number is the largest number that can be stored in a single 1 70141E 38 cell In a script you can test to see if the value of a certain cell is null by this test If A NullVal then The Input is Null Output a Null Return NullVal Else It isn t null so do the math End If In Ag Data Mapping Solution Version 3333 and later there is also a check you can run that will test all layers and if any are null it will tell you If InField True then All layers have data Else One or More Layers are Null End If To make the image on the lower right this script was used If Infield Then Return Rasters 0 0 60 Value Else Return O End If A Normal Raster Layer Trimmed to Boundary A Raster Layer with Null Values set to Zero Red Side Note The InField call is a function in the Script Public Shared Function InField As Boolean Dim InF As Boolean True For Each R As Raster In Rasters If R Value NullVal Then InF False Return InF End If Next R
184. asssccanecernsnunsmntidasnncateen a a aAa 168 171 Ped TTNG LAZA ENT ACTO ee S EEE 169 Running the Watershed Modeling Routine ssssssssssssssnnsrrsnsnrsrrnrsrrnnrnrrrrnrrrrnrrrrerene 172 Apply the Point Offset anna anne ann 173 175 Re Project the Raster a a ee e ran 176 LIDARSRIR Merga masse en e EENE Aaea 177 181 Pr TOTEN essen 182 OUICK Notes for Drainage Pa ee EEE TREE 183 184 Creating Tile Plans Overview of Tile Planning and PrOJE Cena 185 186 Crea OUEL PO rear 187 Adjusting Elevation With Mod Area s sssssssssssssrssrnnsrennrnrsnrnrsrrnnrrrnnrrrsnrnrrrrnrrrennne 188 Merge Topography grd TMCS vcanccecescicacnssuavanannivatendeatentuniauasatatanataieseseenntvanasiunasaen des 189 Creating Tile Plan Setbacks Buffer Select Items ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeegeenes 190 DD SSIGMING MIGING ccceccsuezccencachicatessyedstsatmeccnsanetetenessascesesssocenrasaess tes szeseardeacseanbssedaness 191 Adding Main Depth Points essen nee aneignen 192 193 Pattern Design amp Guide Lines nase nennen 194 Calculating Tie SZ ee a A EE ARE 195 OFAN TUG PIAI rrenean E nee 196 Exporting Tile Plan tO AGPS Pipe PrO are ee 197 200 Processing Yield Data Processing through Yield EGON een ee 201 204 Processing KB GK Yield Data nssessssnsnssnrnnnnnnnnnnunnnrunnnennennnneunnnrunsnenneunnnnnns 205 210 Cleaning Yield In ADMG san ee 209 211 Normalizing amp Merging Yield ssssesnssesnnnnnnsrrnnsrrsrenrnrrnnnrrnnrnrenenrrrennrne
185. ast Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Downloading amp Processing USGS LiDAR Earth Explorer From the list of options Check the LIDAR box Click on the Results button at the bottom of the page 294 2 EarthEsplorer E S File Edit View Fgvontes Jools Help 2 Sect Your Data Selis This will bring you to 4 Search Results Check the boxes for the data setis you want to search When dene sefectr data satis cick the Additonal Click open the Show Results Controls at the top Criena or Results buttons below Click the plus sagen Suggest Check the Add All Results Bulk Download This step must be done on all pages of results Click the View Item Basket button erie mager OR Click the Download button amp download 1 by 1 7 Earthiplorer a o mm e File Fo Wen Favonizs fools Heip eS ae ee ia 4 Search Results fu Ser bed mom Mhan or dalt sal bo Search eae O he Gropicwn io See The Search mes for oach specii ata set Hide Result Controls a SOW AA Fams From Cusen Page Show Al Aiwai Fro Carer Page i id All Recut Feom Current Page to Give Downed Compare Browse Map Osveriay w A Scones w Niela Set LOAR w i haing 4 14o ar LIDAR Enti iD Sp ARES ANER NACE F J010 A Carter 12 WOY 10 ate 50 pect SO DAE RIVER kos 7018 Jed vl EG LIDAR Entity Ib 50 A
186. at EM eto Ce Fra i Sch CEC 7 40 meq PET rej ai Eu Aee ira Sol K 40 300 ppm Sod OM 1 6 Soil P Bray 3 35 ppm Sod P Oisen 3 20 pm 1 To change or edit an entry click in the ColorByValueTheme area for the name you wish to be change This example will be pH After clicking on None by the pH entry the options or pH layers are populated on the right side of the window 2 In the Color By Value Table dropdown menu choose the desired theme i After the theme is chosen click Save at the top of the widow Repeat for additional layers Exit out of the Common Name Mapping database Color By Value Table Soil pH 5 8 en GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 80 Nutrient Layers Creating Nutrient Layers Manually 9 Select the View Nutrient Maps tab You now have Nutrient Maps for each product you desire Load Zone Image Sol Test Resis View Nubian Mains l a p m 4 a ig ie af P Fr CHES 26 54 BY 11 82 0 LbsiAcne L_ Ede Asia 148 EI eres Did Dres Hiii gim PFG Lia H u FA Lay NOTE In this example if the rates were entered in LBS of Product 11 52 0 46 0 0 you are done Go to Map Window for printing and exporting GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mappin
187. at the bottom of the screen Fi Elev cursor Line Lenath Rise Fall Cut Fill profile arade Actual Grade 060 7 Feet Length 1 073 Foot Drop 0 48 Foot Crop Cutl 05 Foot Grade 0 045 at 5 Check Show Grade Line eye 6 Check either Left to Right or Right to Left 7 Use the Profile slider bar to adjust the location of the Profile Line 8 Change your Grade to change the grade of the Profile Line Moving up and down on the vertical line will give your location and cut information Ei Ground Lewel 1161 34 Cursor Level 1155 36 Cursor 5 98 Feet Below Surface i Grade Depth 5 44 Feet Below Surface re Note on the Profile Top Line Soil Surface Above the Yellow Middle Line 2 Foot Minimum for Drain Tile Between Yellow amp Green Bottom Line 6 Foot Maximum for Drain Tile Between Green amp Orange Saving Profile Lines Profile Bar Right Side of Map Window i J 1 Click on the Create New Plan button or session Open an Existing Plan Once per field 2 Create a profile you want to save click 7 Add Current Profile to Plan a Repeat 1 amp 2 to layout your Drainage Plan 3 Click on the al Save Profile Layers to File button to save the file 4 Repeat your Profile Lines section and Save Profile Lines until you have all the Ditches created for the field make sure you 5 Click on the Mill and select Export AGPS Profiles or 2D Shape
188. ata if both numbers are at 1 I throw a wet towel across the inner four discs if I am on pavement If you are in the field just drop it in the ground If the wet towel does not work take it outside and drop it in the ground and run it to clean the discs You can now close this dialog box and open a Veris Logging Window On the Set up tab Click Start GPS and Start Veris Then buttons should turn from red to green and if you click on the Run tab you should see values in the Veris display as well as the GPS interface box If you are using a USB to serial converter you should note the USB port that you are using and use that port every time If you plug it into a different port your com port numbers will change bising aed rendarce Alien 35 Te z Farm a l ern LIEST STE her hae m PE J TE dag GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 254 WOON QU RW N HM Veris Logging Items on the Run tab Lrkectnin hads I hn sonne be we ot timla a wer CE Tae pe ple po pre biai mg ehd Giada ya a 7 Light Bar Display Start Stop GPS Button Map Scaling Toolbar Start Stop Veris Button Start Stop Log to File Button Open an Existing Log File Create Boundary Button from Logged Data Create Topo Shapefile f
189. atellite imagery A surface is a geographic representa tion of a set of continuous data such as elevation or geological boundaries a spatial distribution which associates a single value with each position in a plane usually associated with continuous attributes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 300 Glossary MID MapInfo interchange format always paired with MIF MIF Maplnfo interchange format always pared with MID SHP A vector data storage format for storing the location shape and attributes of geographic features A shape file is stored in a set of related files and contains one feature class Shapefiles can be used to represent lines points or polygons Often times you will see shape files as field boundaries sample points yield points elevation and in tile planning Shapefiles have at a minimum of three files asso ciated with them to make them functional These are a SHP SHX and DBF The SHP file contains the primary geographic reference data in the file SHX file is the index portion of the file DBF is the data base file The shapefiles attributes are stored in database format and have a columnar structure for each attribute CSV Coma Separated Value files can be used as many things similar to and Excel file If the CSV file con tains Latitude and Longitude columns it can be used as a Points Vector file
190. ating Topography amp Watersheds Adjusting levels between multiple Point SHP files ee z e Many times there is a need to combine data tke bryettdProtwe bipen Sey Tov ETET f from multiple SHP files to make one dataset for u ee EWR f I oe Stan Query GPS Mark surfacing ge l Chem GR User Manua Hl IN In the example to the right we have turned m Fais Shelly BSE ATK i i i on two shapefiles and changed the color of one W u of them to blue In order to make this into one Paanan Comarna mn II i I SHP file for surfacing the two files must be i eee il merged Ka a7 ae ion S a If the two files were collected by different EUER Fink Sony AEETI Aer machinery or from different base points there es may be a need to adjust one of the files up or down to match the other And there may also be some bad points to filter out of the data Essentially what we are looking to do is find areas where the point files overlap each other Then find points very close in elevation to each other and check the elevation values between them The arrow points to the areas that over lap between these two shapefiles To add Labels to Points e Select Combine2 shp in this example making it the Active Layer e On the bottom toolbar click the ABC Change Label Settings Button e Inthe Labels window change the Source Database Column to the colum
191. ation on a Column Multiply by the Actual Yield Example 65 bu 8 Go to the bottom toolbar Click Thematic Draw Seis a ee Chr fines fates Settings Adjust setting like Thematic eo wwe ji if S Pr p nN a as Eu ce Mapping Mn Sa aaa TE Tajna 9 Click on the Save button on the bottom toolbar Caden 6 katte Nomi SLA paia p Ee ios Oma ee om pow CINTAT Mid Onia ieee Shae ae u Demm hemen J _ Dai of F ur The Ag Data Mapping Eai Shute en M Wendt oo i z EE Precem Ira Yield beget Tope Pepe Setup Took Winder Hap gt i z e mee LP PSS SPP Shae a ee m 2 a tapers State Query aps i HET i ii Co hos ET Purtat onia Carey fata nape m EEE Ey mensie pep anil y z w Thi yo mn by Liye EF Coria E Oier TE Hare App a Ereni Snl 4 gt uni b Convert Point SHP to Path u Gener Eiry Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust SE tes fend To Bari Bin Adjust Geo Reference Export Point File to Local Projection Offset Points By Heading Buffer Selected Items Upload this Field to AgrilmaGIS ummarize ka A Lor TREE Paii Wandea Layer Combine 1 hiarmsaikred shp Me OQseEh bEAYs AmEx GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 214 Create Grid from Polygon Yield Data You have now cleaned up your Yield Data in either ADM
192. automatically save these settings to the desired image 10 If you are going to be using Ag Data Mapping Solution to find the zones for Sampling you are done If you are using a PDA or exporting to another program you will want to save this image in another format 11 To save this image in a new format Right Click on the file name you want to Save select Save As 12 For GK Technology s PDA software Pocket Field Recs export the file as a BMP 13 When the Create a BMP File win dow opens save the file in a location where you can easily access it for transfer We suggest using the Field Name as part of this File name 14 You are now finished with manual zone creation L Feld d_ Zen tee j iy Wy Face Perei je teste i en Coren Sp Lonel Dih Ei O TDA LI Bere Tee Gj Dee Faprr EJ d MOAN Ders D a kag P haette W Wy hate Piai el A ae ie Alan irae GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com 69 Raa Toiy Ranges brm hin Mii imi cv ru IE taii o Miar of Ranges dan aa 47 x Tua Cha Tia A i i Eea TO inie OSRE anii me i 1 11 im 4 fi es re iz 45 9 Lae Se 1547 TMi i Tie Kara ae See Chery bima qm irra Are sir a E Sibel Des Frm Stee ee Tifa See ee g Vis Tiaj CC s a E i Ir im ia El Aer ae IH Aft 50 H Funes F ine ag use peppng Joruman gt jump
193. ayer 3 Check on the GridPoints shp File The labels should be moved so they are next to your points GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 103 Grid Sampling Creating Custom Grid Points Creating a Custom Grid If you have followed the previous steps you will have a grid polygon file that shows the grid squares This is the file we will be using for this portion of creating a custom grid If you have not done this go back and follow the instructions on how to create the grid polygon file 1 Check the grid polygon shape file under Field Data County Data Imagery Field Data Lz Boundary shp Vi CGrd sho SEE GridPoints shp 2 Right Click on the File 3 Go to Create Grid 4 Select Create Grid urea aji From Polygons w O Unload Layer 200m fo Tha Layer Orde ABB Create Grid vE Cene Grid From Poiygens Waie t Cenei nmam Peni ave Ai na Ei ME Sent To Recycle Bin Canam 5 Select PointID in the Source Database Column 6 Select the output resolution 7 2 Meters recommended 8 7 Choose a Color Table Example Rainbow 9 8 Click the Create Grid Button GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 104 Grid Sampl
194. b 3 The Select Band Order window will appear 4 Band Image Manual Settings Channel Data Type Red Display NIR Display GREEN i iciae Hand Copley 4 The Channel and Channel Data Type will appear the same in the Manual Set 3 Band Image hier of Eee 1 tings as it does on the SNG extraction button on the bottom toolbar Manual Settings GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 62 Inverting Surface Values Manually At times you will find Surfaces that may have values that are inverted from other data sets Generally you want to have Low values in poor producing areas and High values in better producing areas You can use inverted Color Tables to give you an appear ance Inverting the Values will allow you to merge this surface with Yield and other images To invert the surface click the Lf Invert button and you are done The process of invert Surface values does the following 1 Look at your Color Bar 80 91 4 102 6 114 125 2 2 Add your Min Value Max Value New Value Norman NAIP 2004_RGB_RED RED 80 125 2 205 2 men TNF OF SR RR Liye ae we os Er z Ser Gwe SENT ren form E Firid Dale Ciner ria banyer Lad Te ey 2004 Gast U Mor gt El ee LJ en TES Pounder shp LJ imagen E UNa NEV Pgd IM Naut m MM
195. b that will show a sum mary of what is happening with the controller and the GPS Click the globe on the toolbar to zoom out to the whole field See the Ag Data Mapping Solution help file for assis tance with the other buttons L t 48 402 7783 Len BE eT T7 A 6 373 407 a7 E 667 454 71 Spe 1 Hascd ny 0 Altituche BA SR Sabellites 6 Hoo 13 PDOP 33 VOOr 20 Log File ID Conner GPS Hari ogg GPS Caw oliy Lig hiHar Load Mapa Tonini Flur Bine ec er a Farm Piira Fe Eu ru Bl 2006 Wheat Yiald sin E 22 00 gc re gr E San 15 20 NOV gu fa0 a 2x Load Minas Conirelter Haiti Opi Age IC Dry Sera Oe A Ina Samia one Raven 505 441 ifn thy cae Ties home l Hori Ta a gt eel HI GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 249 Run ADMS As Administrator Creating a Shortcut for ADMS to run with Administrative Privileges 1 Right click on your desktop select New Shortcut What mern would you Mine in create a parici foe 2 Click Browse then browse to 3 C Thik wid hele yot bp nerie hodoh te bore H Rish pp fies folder tempidemn 0 ProgramFiles GKTechnology dis AgDataViewer AgDataViewer exe Typ thi eatoni ieten O 3 Click Next Cech Newt to core 4 Name the shortcut Ag Data Mapping Solution 5 Right click on your new shortcut to Ag Data
196. ber of Pixels not feet size preference is relative to your Screen Resolution Outside Line Width is in number of Pixels wide Line Color set to your color preference think about background map colors contrast is good Fill Color set to your color preference think about background map colors contrast is good For these settings to take affect The Map Window or Log amp Sample window must be closed and re opened if you are trying to adjust these settings with these windows open GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 16 Settings Window GPS Config a9 Settings Data Storage User Interface User Interface 2 GPS Settings GPS Config UTM Zone Veris Settings Yield Settings Port Settings Data i jons GPSPot COM3 v Party None v ne Baud Rate 4800 v C Use RTS CTS 60 Data Bits 8 v Find GPS Swm One gg 000 2 Be oe 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213 A 7D 13 SGPGGA 134816 G00 472 4248 09650 0512W 04 3 3 263 5 M 25 5 M 0000 6A SGPRMC 194616 000 A 4726 42 nd ATE SGPVTG 290 13 T M 0 00 N 0 GPGG A 1461 0 47264248 N O90 0512 10423 2635 M 25 5 M 0000 6B SGPRMC 194617 000 A 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213 A 7F SGPVTG 290 13 T M 0 00 N 0 0 K A 04 SGPGGA 194618 000 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M 25 5 M 0000 64 SGPGSA A 3 26 05 18 15 4 9 3 3 3 636
197. cesses can be repeated as many times as necessary to combine all of the files Notice the mains have been added into this file GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 155 Quick Notes For Topography RTK Importing Topography Data RTK Open into Map Window Import Select the file type you want to import ex JD GS2 Select the folder location Select Card Path _ nn Check all the files to Import RER FE Click Process Selected Files All the files will go to the Client Farm Field structure just like you had them in the GS2 Display PTEN a Creating Boundary 1 Select the desired Client Farm and Field 2 Turn on the elevation points first then the county NAIP 3 To Create Boundary from CLU turn on the County CLU shp and make sure it s the active layer 4 Click on the Select Mode Replace f button and click inside of the correct CLU boundary to select multiple hold down Ctrl 5 The boundary will appear Lime Green Crop to Raster 6 Click Save Selected Objects top toolbar Name Save 1 Turn on Boundary and select a a ee Select Mode Replace p 3 To Hand Draw a Boundary Click the Create New Layer from off of the top toolbar Template button and select Boundary from the list 2 Click inside the Boundary pol 4 Check th
198. con tec verted 5 Click Run Conversion Mehlich 2 lt None gt Mehlich 3 lt None gt After the phosphorous conversion has run it will create a new column of the converted soil test values Nutrient layers can be built off of these the same as any other on column 10 9 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 85 Nutrient Layers Using CSV XLS Soil Test Results ee 5 Select the Soil Test Layers you wish see 10 TEST to create a Nutrient map for This can ee OTE contains the Zone ID NO TEST be one layer for a single product Sample ID v application or many layers for multi Step 4 product application Ue 7 Ad ID 1st 8 Sect No 7 Acres Ref No GrowerID 25 F 6 Put a check mark in front of the prod 10885125 oul N 7 OM 10493127 null 1 ucts of the Soil Test Layers you would ni 0499120 ut like to make maps for By selecting the u soil test results you will produce a zone EI PBT pom Ie V Kppm soil test map Capon Table Columns in Agvisor Gold are in Ti sib Lbs of N P K not Urea MAP or YC DAP Potash and will need to be con verted 7 You can use values as LBS of Nutrient and convert later using steps 11 14 or change the values in the Soil Test Re sults table ele Genen AAD Sail Cap S013 eR fh
199. create new layers is the most powerful feature of this package Once you have an understanding of how to use this tool there is almost nothing you can t do There are several topics that need to be covered for you to get an understanding of what Map Math does and how to use it e How to Declare and use variables e An explanation of the Map Layers and the numbers behind them e An introduction to Object Based programming e An introduction to Visual Basic functions enumerations variables and a topic Known as control flow functions e There are only about 5 different Visual Basic functions that are useful in Map Math e The If Then Else End If statement e The Select Case Case Case Else End Select statement e The Enum End Enum Statement e The System Math functions e Creating and using you own Functions The code that you write will be used to go through every pixel in the map using values from other maps to create an output map There are several internal functions that will give you access to data from the maps that you have loaded Also map layers can be accessed as an object to use other features that describe the map layers Now that we ve defined what we need to know let s dive in Come on in the water is fine And no matter what you might think now no one has ever drowned learning to write code GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data M
200. cres Std Dev 50 52 Sni 3065 Std Dev 50 52 Total 902029 i Pepan un Fr 30003 30062 9685 30122 30181 9685 30241 2011 Osceola NAIP_ext_NIR NIR 2011 Osceola NAIP_ext_NIR NIR e There are other ways of creating test prescription maps Refer to the Nutrient Layers section of the book and Creating Prescription Maps Manually These outline how to enter in target rates based on each zone GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 126 Making A Test Prescription in i as Using a mod area to add a zero rate A mod area can be used to add additional rates into the map such as a zero rate This will give you more control to see what is happening at a specific location in the yard It is done the same as a test strip 1 Create a new layer from template This is located at the bottom of the Field Data tab 2 Once ModArea is selected make sure it is checked on and it is the active layer Field Farmyard Layer ModArea shp 3 On the bottom toolbar select the Draw a New Object icon 4 On the map draw the area where the new rate is going to be Left click to drop a point right click to close the polygon 5 When ModArea is completed Save Changes LF 6 With the ModArea as the active layer click inside the polygon on the map window so it turns green 7 Select the test grd map in Field Da
201. d Extract Tif by Drawing a en mport Flexi Coil PRE File 4 The tif extractor tool will open This utility will clip the _ Landsat scene by the shape file that is loaded Addi tionally it will create a folder structure which is named by the database column that is selected 5 Select the drawing layer that will be used for clipping 6 Select the database column to which the output folder s will be named So with the attribute column selected as COUNTY it will create a folder for each county that u Bii 7 the Landsat TIF covers and put it in that Attribute Column COUNTY fiebach fo Ide F E Create Only Selected tems Tif Extractor This Tool is for extracting multiple images from a single TIF image using a drawing layer with Attributes to name the Output Tiles An example of this would be to have a SHP file of counties loaded choose an attribute column of the County name Select a Landsat Image as the input image The output will be a series of fers with the County Names and the extracted images will be in those folder 7 Browse to the folder containing the imag es select either one or multiple files Click OK 8 Browse to the Output Image Folder This gt is where all the clipped images will be saved neun ben 9 The desired output files may be re projected to a different UTM zone To do this put a check by Re Project output files to Zone and select the de
202. d Polygons For the file structure for a given controller see the previous pages All controllers will support the following instructions This function only supports 1 product per SHP file Export will create a Shape file which exists as a xxx shp xxx shx xxx dbf files Note All 3 files must be sent out to the spreader SHP SHX DBF Boundary not required to be turned on for this export 1 Check on the Product grd to export Lo on only export 1 at a time Ex 46 0 0 Minimum Value 190 MSE Maximum Value 280 oa Range Type Manual Equal Area 2 Click on the Thematic Color button fA 3 Adjust the number of ranges to 8 to 12 2SdDev Equa interval oooo0oc oc 0 oc oo 7 oooococec cco eo 2 98 Stretch K Means i Eg 4 Range Type Equal Interval g 5 Source Color table Preference Rainbow 6 Click Apply Average 238 5 Area 58 65 Acres Std Dev 30 57 Total 13988 Lbs To x Unioad Layer Filters 7 Right Click on the File name 46 0 0 grd Click Utilities amp Create Contour Polygons a Zoom Te This Layer Tam End Values Order b insert Null Value 8 This will open the Contour Generation Window Shiites DUST intra Layer Math Crop Null Areas 4 Re Project to This UTM Zone 9 Choose your Rate Selection suggest Mean E Appen j iii aoa fal Save As p Create Contour P
203. d ieee Cohr Temitory 17 Browse to the Output Folder 18 Select Run 19 A folder will be created in the Output Folder with the name entered in the database column __W Imagery 29 30 5D Counties re with Burn New folder F3 Name J seso 20 When the images are turned on they will cover the specified area as long as it is part of the Landsat scene eee GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 276 Using Satshot Website for Downloading Imagery There are many Satellites and Imagery providers out there GK is fortunate to have a working re lationship with Agri ImaGIS or Satshot Satshot has access to Landsat RapidEye Geovantage Airbus Planet Labs imagery sources To download Satshot data using GK ADMS you must setup an account with Satshot first Please note the Minimum Browser Requirements below amp follow the Satshot instructions for setting up a new account https www satshot com IMAPCENTER Sign Up IELOUD BASED GIS MAPPING Download lutorial Mapcenter 3 Microsoft Internet Explorer 10 not 11 Once you have your Account setup and Credits purchased you are done on the Satshot web page At the bottom of the My Account page you will see your credits and a Log Out button Log Out Fuy Credis Transact Now that yo
204. d BMP file cle DZ x JPG World Saves the file as a geo referenced JPG file Choose Cell Size of Output Raster e Choose the output resolution of the extracted image 1 2 meters is 0 5 Meter adequate for most fields i e Click OK i 1 0 Meter e The file will automatically be named and saved back to Field Data in a Images Webmaps e Click Save e Ifa surface was extracted it will have the extension of the extraction type on the end of the file name _NIR _NDVI a ETER 2013 cir FSA_NIR grd Grower Folder a Wet maps GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 55 Extracting Images From Web Layers Using Custom WMS Web Map Service Layers Saving amp Extracting Images 3 Using the Bottom Toolbar Baret Ri aul Vil a e Make the WMS layer active by clicking on it It will show up in red below the Map Window Field MN Layer 2013 cir FsAwms e There are 3 buttons that will allow the image to be saved to a new layer 1 The Save amp Save As buttons LE e When a web layer is active hese buttons do the same thing and save the image to a new layer The Save amp Save As buttons will only save the image as a TIF file It will not create any surfaces 2 The Extract Image button e Only use this options on RGB or true color images e
205. down 2 Right click on the file name in the data tree and select Utilities and Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust 3 The Merge and Create Z SHP File window is now open Select the two input layers using the dropdown arrows on Drawing Layer 1 and 2 4 Once you have selected the input layer the X Column From DBF should say LONGI TUDE and the Y Column From DBF should say LATITUDE If the X and Y are empty and you do not find these pieces of infor mation under the dropdown arrows select the Use XY From SHP box This will apply the Lat Lon from the given object imbedded into the code of the object 5 Next select the dropdown arrow under the Z Column From DBF There should be a piece of data about Elevation or Altitude 6 Next in the Adjust Z By box enter the value for the object you want to adjust up or down You should only enter a value for one object either Drawing 1 or 2 7 Browse to the desired output location and save the file as a new and identifying name such as Merged_Topo 8 Click the Run button and this will merge these two SHP files together Continue to creating the topo map 2 hein x Unload Layer 160 339 27 E Zoom to This Layer Order Fs Appearance GF Create Grid a BE Merge ond Come 2 SHP Fi E Te apra pE Swath Poggi ar Fara SHP Hen tu Fart Z SH Me hehe Kampi 0 dagon rohr beween
206. ds of light being displayed Reset Color Adjustment Move the color bands back to their original settings Darken Adjusts the brightness of the displayed image darker Brighten Adjusts the brightness of the displayed image brighter _ Single Band Extraction Lets individual bands be extracted from an image These are the bands that are adjusted in the Multi Band Layer Display Visual Index Applies different vegetative indices depending on the type of image and bands available For RGB images the option will be RGB VI Red Green Blue Vegetative Index If the image is CIR or has an inferred band there will be a RNDVI and GNDVI option ki kioo pr Ena m Extract From SID JP2 This is a consultants package only option To use this button must SELECT a boundary first This button will give a list of differ ent extraction types and after extraction they will be saved back to Field Da ta This button eliminates the need to extract a TIF from SID JP2 first Extract RGB Image Extract Visible Vegetation Index Extract Red Extract Red and Invert GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 28 Bottom Layer Toolbar Images Re Sample Display Modes Both images and surfaces can have their appearance adjusted by changing the re sample modes on the bottom toolbar This affects only how the data is displayed
207. e Boundary SHP file to turn it ON amp ygon making it Lime Green make sure it is the active layer on the bottom toolbar 3 Turn on ElevationRTK grd 5 Select Draw New Object button on the bottom toolbar and select Crop Raster to 6 Draw the boundary by Left Clicking around the field hold down the Selected Polygon PJ Alt key and Left Click to undo points and Right Click to finish A Gide Save onthe 7 Click Save on the bottom toolbar bottom toolbar I 5 Clear Map Cleaning Up Elevations r Map i 1 Turn on the Elevation Points CSV or SHP Create 2 Click on the Database Bottom Left Corner Watersheds 3 Click on GPS Status Header descending Click again ascending a 4 Look at the Data and select points to delete if needed ee Evan RTK grd is checked on delete VDOP amp HDOP greater than 3 GPSAccV greater than 13 2 On the Top Toolbar select 5 Click on the Delete Selected Objects X on the bottom toolbar Process amp Watershed 6 Click Save or Save As on the bottom toolbar If Save As Modeling rename EX Topo Cleaned 2008 shp 3 Inthe Create Watershed 7 Go to Layer Info amp CLEAR MAP X Layers Topo Source Elevation RTK Units in Feet Flow Density 40 usually 4 Click Create Watershed Layers auto saved Create Grid Map 1 Check on the Elevation shp Point file 2
208. e This will effect the measure tools and how lines in drawing layers are calculated Above Below Grade Units changes the units in the Drainage Window Profile area only giv ing you option of seeing your cut in Feet or Inches Zone Results Folder Name is the folder name created when writing creating new maps in the Merge Zone Results window Grid Results Folder Name is the folder name created when writing creating new maps in the Merge Grid Results window Current Season adds the year to the folder name in Merge Grid Results amp Merge Zone Re sults windows when writing creating new maps Start Search for Sample Results in Field Folder Check start in Field folder you are working No check Start search in last folder GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 13 Settings Window GPS Settings Br Settings Data Storage User Interface User Interface 2 GPS Settings GPS Config UTM Zone Veris Settings Yield Settings Port Settings aa Data Logging Options GPS Port COM3 v Panty None v Swath Width Baud Rate 4800 v Use RTS CTS 60 Data Bis Find GPS SGPRMC 194615 000 A 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 0 00 290 13 071213 A 7D GPVTG 290 13 T M 0 00 N 0 0 K A 04 GPGGA 194616 000 4726 4249 N 09650 0512 W 1 04 3 3 263 5 M 25 5 M 0000 6A SGPRM
209. e SEETEE E pst m aa ar gairt EOL LErocee i rT eei es ee ur BH Paste Ctrl I i Ro orto Directory oom Tki TEE m F i T Phi E rm umm BET SF Blog with Windows Live T E mail with Windows Live j SUR z a Translate with Bing If you prefer to navigate like you are in Windows File Explorer All Accelerators Using the Command Bar go to Page amp Open FTP Site in ze ie nun Windows Explorer f Send Page by E mail Using the Menu bar go to View amp Open FTP Site in me ON al al Windows Ex p lorer Edit with Microsoft Word Compatibility View Compatibility View Settings PAE pH amp Zoom b owt eo AS Text Size r Style a pol nis i ae Encoding m I i I i I im fl ig Ai iia a Fre fou Pr l Caret Browsing F Properties gt View Source Open FTP Site in Windows Explorer GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 288 Downloading LIDAR MN DNR FTP Site You are now ready to Download data from the MN DNR LiDAR Site 1 Click on the county folder directory 2 Click on the county name folder directory you want to download 3 Click on the tile_index_map pdf edlen bem faded j di la x tan ate we u ug ver pep i 1 i I Eki Pi nangiti egal p Mia ai TA him WE B is UDAR Das REACHFE Fuad bhi Aji a take ine
210. e division of a specified number by another specified number Overloaded Returns the logarithm of a specified number Returns the base 10 logarithm of a specified number Overloaded Returns the larger of two specified numbers Overloaded Returns the smaller of two numbers Returns a specified number raised to the specified power Overloaded Rounds a value to the nearest integer or specified number of decimal places Overloaded Returns a value indicating the sign of a number Returns the sine of the specified angle Returns the hyperbolic sine of the specified angle Returns the square root of a specified number Returns the tangent of the specified angle Returns the hyperbolic tangent of the specified angle Overloaded Calculates the integral part of a number 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 239 Scripting Using GK Created Scripts The instructions in Using GK Created Scripts will walk you through some of the most common scripts used in Ag Data Mapping Solution There are MANY more script that can be used or created The idea below will tell you a little about the script and what it does and what data you have to enter Reminders Here are some Scripting Terms to remember as you are reading through the scripting instructions below Null Value essentially areas in a surface that have Pixels with no Data Val
211. e extents of the processing should go the whole window or just a certain layer Compiles the script and displays errors and the line numbers of those errors Runs the script and creates a new raster layer called Map Math Output GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 238 Ceiling O O 7 2 DivRem IEEERemainder Log z O O x _ O 3 O 6 W J 5 a Y 5 Y a ret an Tanh Truncate GK Technology Inc System Math Functions Description Overloaded Returns the absolute value of a specified number Returns the angle whose cosine is the specified number Returns the angle whose sine is the specified number Returns the angle whose tangent is the specified number Returns the angle whose tangent is the quotient of two specified numbers Produces the full product of two 32 bit numbers Overloaded Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to the specified number Returns the cosine of the specified angle Returns the hyperbolic cosine of the specified angle Overloaded Calculates the quotient of two numbers and also returns the remainder in an output pa rameter Returns e raised to the specified power Overloaded Returns the largest integer less than or equal to the specified number Returns the remainder resulting from th
212. e previous page Details Like ditches sandy knob amp veins salty spots clay knobs Click on the Create Layer from Templates below the data tree Choose Guide Lines Check the Guide Lines shp file Click on the SHP button on the bottom toolbar Draw in all these areas reminder you are drawing LINES not Polygons Repeat 6 amp 7 as needed to highlight all events Click the Save button 10 Leave the Guide Lines on while extracting eo Se a Drawing Tool Selected Left Click each Point to Define the New Obje Landsat Images Very helpful GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 57 Creating Zones From Imagery Automated Zone Creation 1 Select the desired Boundary make EL DEES FUE Sure the bottom Active Layer has the address of this polygon 2 On the side of the window you will see the Automated Zone Creation button click on this button 3 The Automated Zone window will appear 4 Under Step 1 J Coad ot Select an Image Click Below select the following 4 button ee I a ee nee Oasakle eae nzoms 5 Click inside the Boundary wi appear Lime Green ENS beet I en Stap 1 Select Sourciary tor Chpgung Set Selection Set setetes 6 Go back to the Automated Zone ta and click on The Boundary will g
213. e selected using the LIDAR selection tools on the top right corner of the website i UDAR Dota Set Fige Fiver POA JHA E a i Use to select an area by a hand drawn polygon T i Use to select an area by a square i Use to get information about the active layer ET o ars Use Poly if a specific area needs to be downloaded This may be used to download individual counties townships or sections at a time 8 When the area is selected to download another window will appear asking to select the type of file to download _ Ascii Grid asc To utilize this within ADMS Bare Earth las Hybrid tif e Select the Bare Earth las files O Raw las e Click OK First Returns las After clicking OK a window will appear with each of the tiles to download They can be downloaded individually by clicking Get or using an ftp client such as FileZilla The number of links will changed depending on the size of the selection If a large number of tiles need to be downloaded it is recommended to connect to the ftp site 06045372 Gt 06065370 t O 06065372 06045370 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 285 Downloading LiDAR For North Dakota FileZilla FileZilla is a free FTP client This will allow for a bulk download of files from the FTP site This a rec
214. ead 0 amp 100 300 Ibs of Urea rates from 1 99 cause erratic rates You can set parameters to make rates to fit these controller limitations To assign different UNITS on line 7 default Lbs Ac Assign Input Surface name on lines 19 Add as a Value Assign ZeroBreak on line 22 any pixel value in the map lower than this will go to 0 amp any value higher than this value but lower than the MinRate will become the MinRate value Assign MinRate on line 24 aside from O this will be the lowest rate on the map Assign MaxRate on line 26 This is the max value that will be assigned in the map any val ues higher than that value will become the MaxRate value The Math is done on line 31 43 Creates a new Surface named Map Math Output grd GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 242 Scripting Using GK Created Scripts Net Revenue Uses the If in Field function The script will require Yield data all your VRT seed and fertilizers for the field you are working on You will also need to have values for the selling price per bushel cost per ton of product fertilizer the cost per bag of seed and the Fixed cost for the farm less the VRT porducts Line 6 will create a new Surface named Net Revenue grd To assign different UNITS on line 6 d
215. ection Data like that in the dialog below should appear Click Test GPS Comm Data may or may not appear in the white text box If nothing appears then the wrong port is probably selected If foreign garbage characters appear you probably need to change baud rates Close the port between baud rate changes Stop Test When data appears like in the dialog to the right GPS settings are done Swath Width Minimum GPS Quality Filter BaudRate 119200 M Use RTS CTS Data Bits 8 b Test GPS Comm RTK Fixed Va a Device Manager File Action wiew Help lEOIx SE POARINDESK HEF Acronis Devices E 1 Computer E iw Disk drives Display adapters e DVD CD ROM drives bd Floppy disk drives Floppy drive controllers 5 Human Interface Devices Cg IDE ATAJATAPI controllers IEEE 1394 Bus host controllers EF Jungo amp Keyboards A Mice and other pointing devices LE Modems A Monitors E Network adapters 2 7 Ports COM amp LPT Ede J Printer Port LPT1 Ea Prolific USB to Serial Comm Port COMZ N y Prolific USB to Serial Comm Pork COMS 15 Prolific USB to Serial Comm Port COM4 Ell o Prolific USB to Serial Comm Port COMS RIM Virtual Serial Port ve COMI RIM Virtual Serial Port ve COM18 E ae au A Data Storage User Interface Unit Of Measure GPS Settings GPS Config UTM Zone Veris Settings Yield Settings
216. ed Then click Apply Offset a Offset Points by Heading This Routine will offset points by a heading that is defined in ent the database field or by a fixed direction entered here The offset distance is the amount of offset desired in Feet Variable Heading Feld HEADING Move Oppisite to te Direction of Travel There is no heading data Calculate the Heading from the Data Offset Distance in Feet View the results and see if the offset looks right If not unload the shape points file do not save the changes Reload it and try again with a slightly different number When you have the result you want save the SHP points file to a new layer and grid it You can already see in the point map to the right that it is a much better map Check out the next page for before and after maps GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 175 Before and After Offset Heading Correction Before Offset Points By Heading After Offset Points By Heading GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 176 Surface Re projection Re Project the Raster The data is projected in UTM Zone 15 lines up with boundaries and has the correct coordinates in UTM 15 If you are displaying the rest of the data for this farm in Zone 1
217. ee with the entered file name Care p Emire Wi 1 Smoothness Value 100 J JEEN Fir i Subset Value H ibg EEL p S Ars Using 6882 of 55060 Points Final adjustments can be made to the boundary using the Move Vertices tool on the bottom toolbar e Select inside the boundary to turn it green e Select Move Vertices of Selected Object e Hover over the vertices and left click and hold to move them e After all vertices are moved click the Move Vertices of Selected Object button again to turn it off l e Save changes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 49 Extracting Images From NAIP FSA National Ag Imagery Program NAIP supplies us with high resolution sid amp jp2 images Typically 1 amp 2 meter resolution These instructions will walk you through converting a small area into a tif format to create a surface for making Zones Keep in mind there is not a NIR channel in most of this data So we are working with the Red Green Blue spectrum of visible light 1 Turn on your Boundary shp Note you must be zoomed to the Field Go to the County Data Tab Turn on a NAIP image sid or jp2 Right click on the NAIP Image sid name Select Extract Current View SID JP2 Go to your Field Data Tab e Refresh the data tree e Open
218. efault Dollars Acre Assign Input Surface name on lines 18 24 Add as a Value Assign the values for commodity fertilizer seed and fixed cost on lines 27 41 The Math is done on line 48 Note before closing this script suggest saving these values and renaming to save time Example Save amp Rename Net Revenue corn 2012 YieldMaxLayer Uses the If in Field logic Looks through all the layers turned on and finds the layer with the highest value at every pixel This script is designed to work with yield data from the Same Crop on a given field Creates a new Surface named Yield Max Layer grd on line 25 To assign different UNITS on line 26 default bu ac Runs Script on all Surfaces that are turned on The Math is done on line 14 16 Useful for finding maximum potential yield on any one crop with multiple years of yield data GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Quick Notes for GPS In Field General Starting New Field name Q 7d New Gower AgExpo Log and Sample 2 Select the Grower Farm and Field you want to work with 1 Click on the Log amp Sample button New Fam Demo Farm New Feld Field 11 GM 3 Turn on the Maps that you want to work with Field Data County Data mager e Puta Check in front of the name 2003 Scoybeans pr
219. ellite imagery Landsat 5 7 amp 8 data is available for download from the USGS and can be utilized for creating management zones When using this data there are some significant differences between Landsat 5 7 amp 8 that you should be aware of Landsat 5 amp 7 TM amp ETM e 8 bit images Values from 0 255 File sizes roughly 150 MB to 190 MB per image 7 bands of raw data 8 bands LS7 ETM 30 meter resolution band 120 meter on band 6 Fairly broad spectrum band widths Landsat 8 OLI 12 bit images distributed as 16 bit data Values from 0 65 535 File sizes roughly 920 MB to 980 MB per image 11 bands of raw data 30 meter resolution band 100 meter on band 10 amp 11 Tighter band widths e All of these TIFF images will now be handled as GeoTiff images within the software Processing the Data Once the Landsat data has been downloaded you will need to unzip it twice e The raw files will have the extension tar gz e An unzipping utility will be needed for this process 7 Zip will be used in these instructions 980 810 KB 157 471 KB 1 Open Windows Explorer where the raw files are located Show how to open this file 1 Run as administrator 7 Zip 2 Right click on the raw Landsat file 3 Select 7 Zip click Extract Here 4 A new file will be created with the extension tar Open archive Extract files Extract Here Extract to LC8029030 T e Restore previ
220. en anne ne 43 Creating BOUT GAS a ae u Denen aa rer 44 Daw Field BOURN Y siipeni ea E ae ei 45 Save Boundary TEO IC Eee a ER aR 46 Creating Boundary From Mass Collection cccccsseeeeeereeeeeceeseeeceeuseenenenreees 47 48 EXiract UFF Image From NAIP ee ea ee er A aa AEE 49 Extract Images From Web Layers cc ccccccceecccccssccceccueeeneeeueeeeeeeessseeceuueeneaennreseeegs 50 55 Creating Guide Lines for Image Extraction er een 56 Automated Zone Creation ea ae ee 57 58 Mantel Image EXO ICUON a E E ae san 59 61 Inverting Image Valerie een ee 62 Correlation Matrix ne De a Te erde 63 64 Merging Images Avg of All Layers a a a EIER 65 Coloring and Prepping SUIT ACES nen eine een es 66 67 Manual Zone CFCQEON casstspecevacnseseserevnasedassyuesaumtesanse EREE NEEE 68 69 Theme Raster SeN ee a E EA A ERTE 70 Creating Nutrient Layers Prescriptions Creating Fertilizer IPROGUGES ana ds na ee NET mmontsunceeanaaa 71 Creating PESSCHIBEON Mapo zen ea een area ie nen 72 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Contents Creating Prescription Maps Manta arena een 73 Common Name Mapping Datapase un anne era 74 Color Layers By Tee near 75 79 Creating Nutrient Layers Papaya a ee ee een 80 Creating Prescription Maps Manually sau een 81 Using CSV XLS Soil Test Results ua mama snn sans mans ann na aaa na nen ner 82 86 Using CSV XLS Soi
221. en previously created to active layer Smoothing Filter Combines pixels of the image creating a smoother image Fill Filter Fills null values in and around the image by stretching or copying the value of the nearest pixel Apply mod to Selected Polygon Allows use of simple mathematical func tions on selected layers using a combination of Polygons with Raster Trim End Values Allows the change or deletion of values above or below a given value making all the removed values equal to the trim value Deleted values create a hole that will need to be filled Surface Properties Tools to change Units and adjust the Geo Reference and Resolution of the Surface Crop Raster to Selected Polygon To use this tool FIRST SELECT A POLY GON Once the polygon is selected and you have reselected the surface layer you want to cut to this button will remove all the image outside of the selected polygon Just this Layer Don t forget to SAVE or SAVE AS All Visible cuts all loaded surfaces and AUTO SAVES BE CAREFUL Reduce Boundary Effect Will go around the field boundary looking in X Meters and stretch that value over the selected distance GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 26 Bottom Layer Toolbar Surfaces Toolbar E Invert Inverts the Pixel Values Intra Layer Math Allows use of simple
222. erenrerena 212 213 Yield Create Grid From PONY a ae 214 Yield Create Grid From Points ne a a a a a ea mie 215 Yield to layer merge Script for NOlCS een 216 Processing Yield Data to Net Profit Map csccsscccessseeneecceeeeeceeesseecesusennanntressesenssggs 217 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Contents Processing Veris Data Importing amp Surfacing Veris DAT FICS scccmavecrnsencertannparrmaneasceseaeaesnninecstasunenteus 218 219 DUELV TOOG e ee er er err E E ee ee ee ee er ee 220 221 SUNNA ZE ANO ER 222 224 Advanced Scripting Getting Started with Map Math sessssssuessssnssssnsnsnsnnsnnennsnsnrunsnnnnnunnneunsnrnnsnnnneunenena 225 What is a Null Value amp Declaring and Using VariableS c cece cece eee e eee eeeeeeees 226 227 Introduction to Functions Object Enumerations and Collections cccceeeeeeeeees 228 229 Raster Object and the Rasters Collection ccccccsecsseeuceeuueeeueeuuceuueeenseuuueuueeenneeuueennes 230 Example Minnesota P amp K Recommendation for Com zusesunnnnnonunenunnnnnnnn nen nun nun nn 231 Opening a Script Editor in Excel 2007 amp 2003 een 232 233 P amp K Continued Introducing Select Case na 234 235 Script Functions Using Functions Map Math Controls ccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneennes 236 2237 SV Ole II Maul FONG IONS een 238 SING GK Created Sa a ea en 239 2
223. erseel Hurma Hae be ana Cangas Gehirn Emm Dea paca re pi ze E Eapas DLEAN ponis E Dorma Dhami ASD i Daikin ASCH O Erps SELECTED paris i Espo DELETED pote fer Aline Margalit Lad Airey Enpi ALL pamti Ser Dumi en Ede Gere Beum Log art Notes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com 208 Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 209 Cleaning Yield Data in Ag Data Mapping Solution The best place to clean yield data is in Yield Editor Unfortunately there are times that data will come to you in a SHP file or CSV file that can not be taken back to Yield K Editor To clean up the data you will have to use ADMS We want the data in a Points shp file format if you are exporting from another software package All of the following work will be done in Map Window The file used in this example came out of APEX 2 7 Take note of the problems with this example Problems 1 When data came into APEX it automatically merged the data sets Assuming that they were Calibrated You can see the Stripes between the 2 combines that were Race Tracking each other APEX Default map to the Left 2 Both combines have the same Machine amp Operator names This makes it almost impossible to separate the two machines Luckily the Implement1 is different between the two machine
224. ert the LAZ to LAS to create your LidarIm port grd files You DO NOT need to UNZIP the LAZ files in the Lidar folder saving space GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Processing LIDAR LAS Files 170 To utilize the LIDAR data you have downloaded See Downloading LIDAR 1 Draw boundaries to define the areas you want to process You may want to have two boundaries created Boundary 1 Field Boundary This polygon will define the field or section and will be used for running your watershed modeling Keep in mind the accuracy of this boundary will affect the Flow Accumulations Depressions and Watersheds Boundary 2 Tile Area This polygon will encompass the whole field area and also the potential tile Outlet area This object will not be used for watershed modeling HC Tercia 2 af ie Verne N Wine MG Bie Dens kestvaid spar ryan Tepe Eatshase rm Window Hei x kauen S nlintien very Gran OAR OOF SE Wire sen ey PPM amp Field Boundary in i l Black a New Clee Topo Tie Nee Fem Lidar impon Nee Ped Test Field i Daane nas P Red ie Te J VEL barar ire POT farce ow ia 3 For this example we have only downloaded LIDAR tiles 6245226 amp 6245224 If we had the tiles to the East they would have filled ca ESTAS
225. es Rotate Grid Increment Align Grid Rotate Grid Increment Align Grid r B 0 000 Eli 0 000 A 1 T j Ir ara El Show Grid oe Save Points Save Points Save Grid Save Grid Your screen should now look similar to the image below The grid size will be defaulted to 330 X 330 From here you can adjust grid alignment rotation size and save your grid SOLES ae ee j ga ee Ft pS EE pe sees u xa AT and points A Be aa e ar u ern or GPE haik Cut le Tiida Gre Baumi Fe Grei be fiy Laer Bowler Kur Sie Y Cini ze 330 0 330 0 Amy 0 000 1 1B 2 B y Eiga Gone J a Pirieiiih Fi as Gnd Sara Leyen GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Grid Sampling Setting Up A Grid Adjusting Grid Using the options below you can adjust the alignment size and rotation of the grid oo a a ee re ye Se i 1405 oF o pet po Pe pt s PX pe Bd A AT obyen stia Quy ars GPS Nol Connected GPS ENN Cue ka Dinda on Found Pe Gris Mia Layer Bewsreiery T nd Siew Y Cat fae 330 0 7 330 0 Apel Fotze Cort 0 000 Shige Gant Adjusting Size Adjusting Rotation and Alignment You can adjust the size of your grid by inputting your desired X e The alignment Up amp Down Side To Side and Y lengths in the boxes This can be adjusted by
226. face 40 Deep Click Run Veris Calibration 11 Set the zones using the Thematic Color tool A good choice is a 5 zone using K Means Finit Vom Demn Layer Bowuntay abe Oagehe HARERNOBSEX a an um Sewer La ar Thor Ag Data Mapping Salsa Freie Viens Zones ee ea Fe Brom inpotiicld Impert Inpe pot Setup Josh Window Hip x za re _ went ma sa e lt a ae i g Oe Query Cate OA FH GE DPI pe hee Farm Vens Farm Nee Ficti Veris Demo larer ry DEEP pt SURFACE get vom street gt Vere Ports sie u 8585 23 CaF ipot Were DAT Fin 0 28 1 72 1 Veris Calibrated Brae T s Mem 7207 Gage e bf Ost uvomsexx um Ser Lao dr Dr ar GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 220 Query Tools In Query Tools we can select specific areas of a field surface and intersect or analyze that area with another surface Examples of uses for the Query Tool are select a Variety or Hybrid in field and intersect with yield or select a specific range of Veris data and inter sect it with a grid soil test to find a relationship between them Query tools are only lim ited to your imagination and surfaces you have created We start by opening a Map Window Farm and Field Turn on the surfaces you are interested in analyzing Y
227. face drainage done on it This brings up a very important questions E Does that make it any LESS ACCURATE In this case YES There are surface drains that have been cleaned Other examples where this would work well CRP Lidar collected in a wet cycle with standing water and many others The end use for this data is SURFACE DRAINAGE Because it is only being used for surface drain age only the Field Ditches and Road Intersection were collected using RTK If this data would have been for tile we may have wanted to drive the Ridges or High spots Good RTK collection for this process would include highs lows outlets amp road centers driving field ditch bottoms road ditch bottoms low areas outlet amp inlet areas ridges most importantly county road centers north and south The road centers will be used for adjusting X Y Z on the data set if the RTK is going to be used for the Control Point collect it At the point that you are collecting data in field We suggest that you use your NAIP and LIDAR data for collecting the in field data with ADMS It will save time and assure you get all the data collected without having to a make multiple collections Also you will see these LARGE devia tions in data collection geo reference shown below Note This method works well in scenario s where you are updating small areas or specific passes within the field This method does not work
228. ferently every year then the Boundary should be stored in the Year folder As each project is finished throughout the year go ahead and create a folder ex Application Maps Then at the end of the year create a 2007 folder and move the Application Yield and Topography folders into the Year folder This will make for quicker and more efficient use of ADMS It also makes it easier to know where all the files are from year to year Windows Explorer Sec 32 NE Otr FIELD File Edit wiew Favorites Tools Help Back 7 po Search Wey Folders ED Address E CGK Datat Johnson Bros Inc GROWER Johrson Bros Inc FARMSec 32 ME Gtr Folders x Mame ge Ejan a Bms Documents and Settings 2004 O ESRI 2005 IS Expression Tutorials Data 2006 a i GKData 4pplication_ Maps Johnson Bros Inc GROWER Boundary dbf Jim Johnson FARM Boundary GKT_VAF Joe Johnson FARM Boundary shp MA Johnson Bros Inc FARM Af Baundary shx 0 Anderson 50 FIELD O Levant Sec FIELD NW Qtr Home FIELD U Sec 32 ME Qtr FIELD 9 200 I 2004 I Application Maps O Imagery Maps DO Topography Maps II Yield Maps 5 2005 5 2006 OD Application Maps GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 9 Getting Started With Ag
229. from Points Select Column Ex Elevation Define New Rast Output Resolution 2 en Color Table Rainbow Fi Row Data 870 19274902 Click Create Grid You may be prompted Data for Column Name Window Fill in like below amp click OK NOTE DO NOT use field names use Event names Fill Null Values click 1 time data in pass should touch the information below will be used to create new layers when YN i data with this short name is used to create data in the future Low Pass Filter click 1 time It will help to provide consistent naming of oulput layers 4 Turn off Ditch Bottom shp Em nee 6 Turn on the LidarImport grd amp Elevation grd _ Suttaces In Map FullName Elevation May want to toggle Front to Back pranm ai sa to compare Decimal Precision 7 Layer sequence is very IMPORTANT The first surface turned on Back Bottom will be on top after the MERGE Only turn on surfaces to Merge no extras 8 Click Multi Layer Map Math x button top toolbar 9 Go to the Open Existing Script button amp 5 10 Choose Merge All Visible Feet D am m Recent Scripts v x Public Shared LayerName As String Merged Layers 11 Compile amp Run Script 12 Close Map Math window ae Pubic Shared DeomalPrecison As eger 5x5 Low Pass m Public Shared Function MainFunction As Single a u
230. g GRX folder e Dry Fert gets Application By Mass The maps will NOT work if you do e Row crop planters get Seeding By Count Product Name e Air seeders with seed get Seeding By Select the type of product to be applied Mass These can be modified amp added in the Da tabase tab If your product does not show Final Step Click Export up in the list go to Database and Products NOTE Seeding Planting amp Liquid products must re select the Rx Type amp Units of Measure GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 146 My Notes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 147 Printing rea Print Tools and Tips Print Map to Chipboard Kult Map Layout Print Map te Outback PNG and INI Printed maps are used to convey or transfer data to customers and co workers Whatever you see in the window is what will show on the Printed Map If you want a logo on the bottom of the map you must add it by going to Tools and Set Current Logo logo must be an image format of jpg bmp png gif When printing any maps take note of the shape of the Map Viewing area If you have a wide screen monitor your viewing area is a wide rectangle This will make for a
231. g Solution ADMS User Manual 81 Nutrient Layers Creating Prescription Maps Manually Adjusting Rates Map Math 10 Go to Load Zone Image tab and turn on the map you would like to use for the application for example we will convert the N Fert Lb to 46 0 0 m 11 Select the Intra Layer Math button This will run the selected mathematical function over every pixel in the surface 12 For this math we will select Divide by the Value and Operator Value 0 46 click OK 13 The map is now converted to LBS of Urea 46 0 0 Re name or Save As to 46 0 O grd as shown to the right and delete the N Fert Lb 14 Confirm the Correct Rates Load Zora Image Sc Tere Results View Muliiont Mapes ia Stap I Load a Zane Map ur Goes VAT Zone Creabor Temen Rx Mapon Mem Fatt Ehe Tiya huvia ol pet m ii Bar A Tor ine Fe mmp to Bii Sie Pe Ser ee Tr ie Fe re Gn ie Create Weker bacon pr cherie De ur ae ie ee ee bhie fe Vie bi be jy oe le bhigi Ler fii ae Fulig Shealg tI Lapar N Fa Li g un wna GA Rt ZB a if XH me E Wgm WEED ii Neu Une VAT Zone Creaton pm Fur Fa Mapping Feeict Shih Layer MA gr menm OQeRh GF t a MEE AUT S GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Nutrient Layers Using CSV XLS So
232. g Tile Plan Outlet Points Data Collection GPS Example We suggest using a pickup or an ATV for collecting field data However many times in topography data collection you cannot get to a location to collect a point with a tractor pickup or an ATV Have a grade rod with a mount for the GPS at the exact same height as the i pickup mount GPS must have at least 25 of HL gap Lal ie anc Mo Drag Curso the dire cable to get to ditch bottoms or culverts Use m m DEMO Quick Marks in ADMS since other marking tow Farm Demo Farm devices may or may not log elevation values Tie Gemo Feii Data Collection Laser Example Tai 1195 4 fered Get a survey rod and setup Laser at a 0 grade zum x gt Mark a GPS point in the field Take a Grade Rod reading on paper ay A amp Reading 4 3 nl gt 1156 4 th Auer Fed Mark a GPS point near your Culvert or Ditch bottom reading Take a Grade Rod reading on paper Reading 7 8 Subtract the two values 7 8 4 3 3 5 Drop wit Mn Ve ana Create a New SHP file Create Layer from Template Sample Point Check on Sample Point shp and Click Draw New Object SHP button Mark a point in the bottom of the ditch just in from your GPS Mark Point FE ALTITUDE grd Get the Value from the Field Reading off the g ae Cursor value 1156 9 W S4P SamplePoints shp Go
233. g the Flow Accumulations Main Ditches Boundary templates and any custom Tile Worksheets you may have For this project a 1 4 drainage coefficient and using the idea that the pipe will always be at a minimum grade of 0 10 we are going to write down a few numbers so we are not jumping back and forth to the calculator At this point you may want to use a combination of Acre Capacity 0 10 Grade paper and software for taking notes Tile Size Draingae Coefficient In this example we are draining about 65 acres total NE Hole is 11 acres From flow accumulations amp 7 68 acres from boundary gt gt gt gt THANKS lt lt lt lt lt The values in this chart are copied for the Pipe Size amp Acres Drained Calculator produced by Prinsco amp University of Minnesota Extension GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 196 Creating Tile Plan Drawing In Sized Tile You should now have all the pieces of the puzzle and be able to draw out your tile plan We recommend drawing in the smallest size pipe first This helps provide direction on where to more appropriately place the mains on the plan Also calculate a Distance value i e 4 tile 1 4 Drain Coefficient amp 0 1 grade 5 ac X 43 560 sq ft ac 217 800 100 tile spacing 2 178 Max footage for 4 1 Turn on all the
234. ght Chek m Frniah few Chem GK Usar Manual 7 Farm Spielibe Images Mew fat Shely 5 SE E B i W ai ball fat KATI Lam we Field Billy p GEE Glot Layar Miti i hisy ihi Bazar be Ox EL bere foot Zah MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 46 Creating Zones From Imagery Creating Boundaries Save Boundary from a CLU 1 Make sure the bottom active layers has the address of the CLU Example Layer Norman CLU shp 2 You need to select the polygon of the field you want to save You will do this by clicking on the Select Mode Replace on the top tool bar and click inside of the polygon it will appear Light Green to show it s selected Hold down your Ctrl key to select multiple objects Note the Selected on the top toolbar Should match the of objects selected 3 Select the Save Selected Objects to New Layer on the upper toolbar Make sure you are Saving in the correct location Name the object Example Boundary FSA shp and Save N hg Data Viewer Ih Meg no E Be moona Pea ipot Sep Heck proot Me Het Ex urn TEIRA IT pE A Faid Eir wi TE LERE AOE zu Fangen kepet Setup Teoh fm hic me ar So pA er pi sone Men Pw Satelite magan I few Fai Shely B SE E Onc sale OQeeHke hAAELOBEX i GK Technology Inc 204 Fif
235. ght shows an example of some dif ferent layers that are available through the Minnesota WMS server e These layers can be placed in folder structures emailed and are treated like other layers that ADMS automatical ly recognizes e Turn on a boundary or reference layer to bring ADMS to the field level sr ERSTE e Turn on the WMS layer to be extracted 2013 cir FSA wms There are several different ways that the layer can now be extracted 1 Right clicking on the layer in Layer Selection 710 Fa 7 en ih Med Taheyeeke TEE Ma zwar re This brings up 3 different extraction options 1 TIF World Saves the image as a TIF file This is recommend for image processing and zone creation 2 BMP World Saves the image as a geo referenced BMP file Choose Cell Size of Output Raster 3 JPG World Saves the image as a geo referenced JPG file e Choose the output resolution For most field situations 1 2 meters 0 5 Meter is adequate e Click OK 1 0 Meter e The file will automatically be named and saved back to the Field l Data file structure or e Click Save EE Sheby GSE e lagers gt Werema a hi pr TE Fils ah Grower Folder GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 54 Extracting Images From Web Layers ry Using Custom WMS Web Map Service Layers Savi
236. gistering LAZ extractor program If you are running ADMS v 7 1 or newer you will find a file called laszip exe in your C GKData _DB lastool Folder Jf you dontt find this file contact your ADMS support staff Go to your C GKData Imagery Lidar folder or the location where you have your LAZ files Right Click on a LAZ file This PC gt OS C GKData gt Imagery gt LIDAR A Name Date modified Type Size Choose Open with k 04825246 laz 10 22 2013 4 25 A LAZ File 12 342 KB Ww WV Choose Default Program Open 10 22 2013 4 25 A LAZ File 12 278 KB d Fr P T Zip 4019 INOA SD A A LAT Fi 11 089 KB Open wi gt laszip exe 11 738 KB How do you want to open this file 48 Include in EaseUS Todo Backup Choose default program 11 179 KB Jf Use this app for all laz files In the How to open window Windows Media Player gt Choose More options Windows Photo Viewer gt Look for another app on this PC WordPad Browse to C GKData _DB lastool Folder and select the laszip exe Look for an app in the Store This PC OS C gt GKData gt _DB gt lastools 2 Name g Date modified Type Size Look for another app on this PC 2 laszip exe 3 25 2013 11 24 A Application 796 KB If done correctly it will open a DOS window like below Creating a xxxxxx las file in the Lidar folder From here on out the software will automatically conv
237. gs e A window will appear that says Done i e Open the Map Window All the panels will be docked the same way they were when the soft ware was first installed a tie Broce manas peeps Hape pap Doh indem Help SOF 0 opie pt ee i pe FI i bat atii GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 21 Top Map Toolbar Map Window Toolbar Saf Hee DR or nA w amp Zoom to Project Extents Zooms out to the full extent of all the layers that are open i yu Zoom to Rectangle Zooms to the user drawn rectangle on the map a Zoom IN Re centers the image to wherever you Left Click and zooms in on that area Right Click to turn off tool Zoom Out Re centers the image to wherever you Left Click and zooms out on that area Right Click to turn off tool Move Left Click hold down and drag on the map when you release the Left Mouse Button your image will move Right Click to turn off tool Tape Measure Allows you to find distances and heading by left clicking around your screen d 3 Print Takes you directly to the Print Map function GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 22 Top Map Toolbar Map Window Toolbar SOF Seg er Select Mode Replace Sets the mode
238. he test prescription a function called Intra Layer Math can be utilized with the extracted NAIP grd file that will be used as the test prescription it is found on the bottom toolbar a O8ee be FF 79 7 MEG 4 H This function can be used to quickly add subtract multiply or divide all of the values in the map This allows for quick value changes to get as close as possible to represent the actual rates that will be applied in the field This example will be for a corn seed prescription map 1 With the grd file as the active layer select the Intra Layer Math button on the bottom toolbar opursion wii fhe currert A A For example 8c add S bo a 2 A window will appear to ahama in tea ipar aiaa heh e Choose the value you will be using for the math operation Operator Wale bee ore obok OK 3 This example will at the value of 30 000 to every pixel in the map Sulect Mach Onarebor 4 Click OK Add the vale Zubbaci Gee Wale Ursche bry fre Vahi Miuhpiy bey tha Yee All of the map values will change with the statistics and the histogram remaining the same Operate Value 30000 Since this is not an in field situation it is only important to get close to the rates that are gong to be applied The goal here is to get something you can test the controller with to make sure everything is working properly before heading to the field A A 1023 Area 29 97 Acres Average 30102 3 Area 29 97 A
239. heck the box in front of the file name Boundary shp this will make it the Active Layer Go down to the bottom tool bar and select the Draw New Object button Once this is selected Left Click on the field edge Notice the blue line dragging behind the cursor The line will not draw until you Left Click again at your next location Jf you mark a M inch Pipe O5 inch Pipe 06 inch Pipe O8 inch Pipe 10 inch Pipe 12 inch Pipe 15 inch Pipe 18 inch Pipe 24 inch Pipe Headlands Hill Top Intake label ModArea New Boundary Notes Salty Area Sample Foints Test Vision WPT point at an incorrect position hold down the ALT key and left click to undo your last point marked Once you finish going around the field Right Click to complete the drawing When you Right Click the software will close the boundary by snapping the line back to the first point marked a Take note that as you draw a line there is a tool at the bottom center of the screen to help you Giving you the line lengths and headings to help guide you Once you have finished creating your boundary save the boundary by selecting Save on the bottom toolbar This will open a save window click on Save GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad zer Tt ee ee Layers Skstraticn Query GPS Mari Naming Teel Selected Left Chieh each Pest ta Deflen the Maw Chjert Fi
240. hese items are available at http www yourcablestore com We also have these in stock Any good precision ag tool kit should contain several of these setups along with various gender changers which are also available on this site GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 252 Veris Logging a S O ftw rs r e S e t u p Data Storage User Interface Unit Of Measure GPS Settings GPS Config UTM Zone Veris Settings Yield Settings Port Settings GPS Port com3 v Bafity None Be Settings for Veris logging mostly have to do with obtaining the proper communication ports to which the equipment is connected gt On the main screen of Ag Data Mapping Solution click the Settings button or click Tools Preferences The dialog to the right will appear Click the GPS Settings tab Settings If you do not know the comm ports that are available on your system click Open Device Manager click the sign next to ports You can see that on my system I have 4 usea ble com ports COM2 COM3 COM4 and COMS5 Many computers will have a long list of Bluetooth ports either write down or make a mental note about what is available COM17 and COM18 on my computer are serial ports on my Blackberry You can then close the Device Manager dialog Choose a COM port and baud rate sel
241. his makes for the selection of P or K at the MakeMap varia ble Private Enum Output P K End Enum GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 235 More Complex Functions Wrap Up the P and K as Functions Below we add some more necessary calculations and wrap it into a Function Private Shared Function CalcNitrogenNDSURec EXPYIELD As Single NitrogenSoilTest As Single OLSENPST As Single _ MinimumApp As Single MaximumApp As Single NProductNConc As Single _ PProductNConc As Single PProductPConc As Single MinPApp As Single _ MaxPApp As Single As Single Dim NFromP As Single Dim P2App As Single Dim NtoApply As Single P2App CalcPhospateUofMRec EXPYIELD OLSENPST MinPApp MaxPApp PProductNConc PProductPConc NFromP NtoApply EXPYIELD 1 2 NitrogenSoilTest NFromP CalcNitrogenNDSURec NtoApply NProductNConc End Function Private Shared Function CalcPhospateUofMRec OlsenPST as Single YieldGoal as Single ProductPConc as Single _ ProductNConc as Single ByRef NFromP as Single as Single The ByRef Keyword allows the function to Modify the NFromP value in Effect Returning how much N is coming along with the Phosphate Product Dim PProdPounds as Single Check To See If it Is Less Than 20 ppm If OlsenPST lt 20 Then P205 0 7 044 OlsenPST YieldGoal Else P205 0 End If If P205 lt 0 Then
242. i pi p wA p i 2 shape Gnd E ce OAIE eee o pe EO 9 SE a Zi bet eer herr Gaerne I VAT fone Grasi kiaj Tech Ait Fe hee Flin l FEE Fia Hr Foe A Mapping AOFI Sahne Files pm Sal Shoals 1 Si 3 E tgi a Fils Lara air ged en Pnesphonwe mi agers Maier gid GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 135 Export Prescription Maps FODM Device Exporting Prescription Maps Export Rasters to FODM Device window and under the Field Info make sure the Grower Farm and Field are correct N Select the field boundary Ener Next Assign Product To Each Layer To Be Exported This is done by Selecting or Highlighting the Prescription name and choosing the correct Product from the drop down list NOTE Default rate must be set in the Setup amp Fertilizers buttons 4 Choose your Task Expert Minnie tn PONM Devica Jii a was Iv JE are y m u i GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Export Prescription Maps FODM Device Exporting Prescription Maps Choose the Task Machine and Operator for the application If you would like to add a Task Machine or Operator this can be done by Going to Setup gt gt Tasks or Setup g
243. il Test Results 1 Next select the Soil Test Results tab on the top of your Nutrient Layers window 2 Select the Load Sample Results File button A These soil tests are normally exported from Agvisor Gold software as Agvise with Recs as CSV Comma Separated Value ADMS can accept files from other sources as long as they are in a CSV format 3 Locate the CSV file and open it We recommend storing the soil test in the Client Farm Field and Year when you import results Note There is an option where to start browsing for soil sample results Go to Tools gt Settings gt User Interface 2 At the bottom of the window there is the option to Start Search Results in Field Fold er If this is checked windows explorer will open up to field location If it is un checked it will open to the last location 4 Step 3 Select the Column that contains the Zone ID select the appropriate column to reflect the Zone ID Color usually Sample ID Soil Test Results View Nutrient Maps 82 Using the drop down boxes next to each Zone Color Select the GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com s Step 5 Zone from the Soil Test Results that matches up withthe Zone PhosConvert Create Bl 7 0 Color Min Mean Max Ara CoVar nn __ Enter Result Manually
244. in Citur Dalai EFE E FT 200 Gibea Viet ew i WH j ker vi uhr r ri ee ee a Mein ee lie a ea il i E i BETE H sity HRH 7 d i iy NE EIN SIE m u pa 7 F Bi T All Hb BERUHEN rtt td hi pe i ree Herssesersens eae nFf oesoosceososszssuamf Eat AL TAI Lam BEE NIE BS Mie Lo Fala 20 Sorban Paid coe Capper JOG Bryan Tebii ale 6 Bee 2 AU be i sx GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 205 Importing KB GK Yield Data Beet Potato Yield data is stored in the C GKYield folder on your PC you use in the har vest tractor Data is actually stored in a file called GKYield mdb the raw MDB file has Yield and Topography To access the Topography data you will need Microsoft Access The yield files can be processed on tractor PC or copied off and processed on a different computer If moved I suggest moving the whole GKYield FOLDER and re naming the folder to GKYield2011 for example to identify the crop year To process this data you will need to have 4 pieces of software installed GK ADMS Ag Data Mapping Solution FO Viewer GK Truck Crop Yield FODD Yield Editor More coming Not finished with the KB GK Yield Section O Thi seminary Dea mem wite mri ea Husar Lig F A Hesri ATS Tapk Ctre HH tgp CHR Vea Dee ete iria ESAI Shari Ss Karma auch Fee Parry
245. inage plan Enter application values create pre scriptions Create background data sets for control ler or infield display Write prescription to controller Print Hard copy map for taking notes amp Print Hard copy map with total LBS of taking to the field product GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 10 Settings Window Data Storage These next pages will walk you through the base settings for ADMS ee Settings gt ee ll 7 J Cinta Strenge Liper Ink Liser Interne 2 OS Sting GPS Conky UTM Jone Vens Seinge Yield Senga These re thee default date locations for the different types ol data stored County Data should be stored in a strectured mannor in the CountyDiata lolder Sanberl rten erisgpemy should be spored in thas eruscpery Meale j Hom Dwa Fodder COR Deata iii Eria Tatar Data F eek et oR Delay Coun OSE Elec iepgory Fiia CGR Datla man Hermenn Fmi Fal Gein Fodar Ehrmann Operator Hama Peh Sa Use the Browse button to set the location where the software will look for the different data sets Software DEFAULTS are shown above Root Data Grower Farm Field data sets and the location of many operating files color tables tem plates blend groups scripts and base operating database County Data Location where you store data relative to your County or
246. inc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Using Satshot Website for Downloading Imagery Step 3 Finding Images amp Downloading e If you want to choose or turn on other state or regional layers Choose the ee Layers tab 5 wale GK does not suggest turning on any more layers iy tore Lusan Layer Se e Go to the Scenes tab e Choose the Month amp Year NAIP TA 7 NAIP_USDA Click Get Scenes e Click on the image you want to see N 50888064 E727 1815 UTM Zone 14 Northern Hemisphere Ji patha This may be slow Click Extract MultiBand Your images will go back to your Field folder and will be placed in an Images folder Scare Tias Fer T Ga Soares j Scene if Scene Dome Sabhe Pingo AEgide 2M Pucad D Hr dm OHH Lahana 20 FST 3 Raped 5 Afri mut_ 3104 0817 Fuga ff BERS A Argud 5 pS M5081501 EFF UTM Zone 14 Northern Hemiphere Examples of extractions These extractions will be in grd format 0 03 0 17 0 37 0 57 0 76 0 18 0 0 18 0 36 0 54 REz Jul02_14 NDVIR REz Jul02_14 NDVIG It is suggested to leave the SatShot Interface window open as long as you are working on ex tractions When you are finished return to the Map Window leaving the SatShot Interface open GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User
247. indow or Map Window Setting Up a Grid Field Data County Data Imagery 1 Check the boundary of the field under Field Die You can do this in the Log and Sam BEH Boundary shp Imagery Data a Traverse County ple i Traverse NAIP 2009 sid 2 If you wish to have a background ima Traverse NAIP 2010 sid Go to your County Data tab Check a NAIP Image for the county you are working in If the boundary is selected first it will zoom to the field 3 Once you have the boundary and background images both selected go to the GPS Mark button on the top right of the layer selection options Layer Selection 4 N h uN i 7 n ae a ae aE ext select the Grid butto Layer Selection om SE ee Layers Query GPS Mark Fam Se GPS N t Connected GPS Mark Quick Grid Guide N Field pi fole ink Field Data County Data Imagery Latitude Longitu Altitude Fe I Boundary shp Speed Heading Dif Age GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 98 Grid Sampling Setting Up A Grid 5 From the drop down menu select your boundary which was turned on Click Apply 6 Check the Show Grid Box Bound the Grid to this Layer X Grid Size Y Grid Size Appi Grid Area 0 0 Acres 330 0 330 0 EA Grid Area 0 0 Acr
248. ing Creating Custom Grid Points eer Common Name Mapping If you have not done this before a The information below will be used to create new layers when data with this short name is used to create data in the future lt will help to provide consistent naming of output layers window will appear and ask you what Short Name PointiD you want to call your new layer Full Name CustomGrid 7 ee DO NOT name it according to the Units Units acre field Decimal Precision gt This name will be used every time Color Theme you create a grid from polygons and use PointID as your source column Your grids should now be colored and Jae f gt Make sure you fill in all the infor look similar to this mation or you will get an error Cropping to Field Boundary To make sure your points will be within the field crop this layer to your field boundary reld Data County D 1 Click Cl Map u x VE Boundary shp 2 Check the boundary under WR CustomGrid grd Field Data 3 Check CustomGrid grd file Lan Ea Grid shp fen 8 GridPoints shp 4 Make the boundary your active layer Field Field 3 Layer Boundary shp 5 Click inside the boundary in the Map Window so it is selected it will have green hatching on it 6 Make your colored grids grd file your ac tive layer 7 On the bottom toolbar select Crop Raster B to Selected Polygon Click on Just this Lay
249. ining a GRDOOOOO bin TaskData xml tc xls files Boundary is required to be turned on and selected from the drop down list Assign each map to its appropriate product Output resolution normally set to 8 meters Note this is raster based prescription map Select Publisher ATS Task Controller Publisher Browse Save the file back into the Field folder location Cell Size 8 meters Value same as previous screen Cell Merge Mode Average Choose the appropriate device Note Multiple maps for the same field MUST be exported at the same time Cell Rate Method Value at Cell Centroid Task Controller Version Final Draft Version 1 Merge No on first export Yes if you want to send more fields to same card ISO Compliant No CA Fagecrt Ranieri 15 FODA Darrer Feki dis Gees VRT Aya Ciia Ea Fg hiy Fig i Paa jande moniy 4 Jampan Pinkas i Lech Leer To De Eee E20 ol sy Pier iz peruse Ferne e Fani H Cael Siri A main D mir Cel Ame Met Wus m Call Cente Gales Ui i Semmy Yale z Task Controller Van Fra Liat Vere Ap ou Klappe Fu che aid Cheers E O Campia Me je Swell oe Teni a w F GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 140 Export Prescription Maps FODM Device Pro 700 IntelliView Plus II ISO Compliant v2 0 Extension Created Multi File system
250. l Test Results Phosphorous Conversion s sessssessssssssas 83 84 Jema Bond TO U ee ee 87 Enforcing Min and Max Races een ae 88 Creating a ModArea or Check Strip amp Editing Raster Values ssssssessssenssrererrsresnne 89 90 Creating Yield Goal Map Adjusting Range ssssssssssrsersnrensnrsrrnrsrrnnerrerrnrrrenrrrrnnre 91 93 Creating Yield Goal Map Assigning New Values ssssessssenssnsrnnrsrrnnsrrerrnrrrrnrrrenere 93 94 Pa NOTES aorar E EE E EEE EAEE 95 QUICK Notes TOF GHG SAMPUN asec ee eae eee eee eens 96 Grid Sampling setting Upa Grd a an erat a Re 97 100 Labeling Grid Points cassceaasanvancerseacaiaieisiaiesiegnacacecieaepannanalaiaaeead oeaeasasedaniaaciuanaonaaess 101 Moving Grid POINUS sanatnancaata adores es ovuas eases ee En 102 Creating Custom Grid Points ars een 103 107 Creating Nutrient Layers sepa een se ee are eier era 108 114 Creating Nutrient Layers Phosphorous Conversion ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeenes 110 111 Conon Name Map DING vase een ee ee ne se ones see 113 Printing Gria Nutient Layers ee aa neigen 115 117 Using Scripts to Write Prescriptions aaa Bee rear 118 120 Samii MNOS ee nee ae essen 121 122 PE N ee EEEE EEEE EEEE 123 Making a Test Prescription ee een 124 126 Exporting Prescription Maps Shape Grid Export OvervieW ee aa an RE 127 Shape Grid Supported EONtrolleis anne 128 132 Shape Contours EXport PEOCESS te a aa ee a 133 FODM Device ExXPOrt O Vel NeW ea a ea 134 136 FODM
251. l sae f Fe muing home e Smoothness Value How close the boundary follows the original points The lower the value the smaller the search radius will be e Subset Value How many points are used out of the whole collection e g If the subset val umem oe ue is set at 3 every 3rd point will be used Leg TCDS a GAL Pari during the calculation Likewise if it s set at 20 it will use every 20th point Fun Beaman Futuna The boundary routine can be run multiple times before saving the final boundary This Chummy Fe Sage allows you to adjust the smoothness and sub Retreats ae set values e It is recommended to keep the subset value so it uses less then or equal to 10 000 points iH a GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 48 Creating Zones From Imagery Creating Boundaries Boundary Creation From Mass Collection 4 The smoothness and subset values will automatically be set by the software but can be adjust ed to change how the boundary follows the points 5 Click Run Boundary Routine PunBounday Routine 6 Adjust the Output File Name if needed If the name is changed make sure the shp exten stays on Otherwise the boundary will not be recognized in the software Output File Name 7 Click OK a 8 The polygon will be saved back to the data tr
252. le rate control with several aftermarket rate controllers The current list includes e AgTron Drill Manager GK Technology Relay Interface Hiniker 8605 New Leader Mark III and Mark IV Raven 440 450 460 660 750 760 4000 4600 5000 Rawson Accu Plant and Accu Rate a Conii Tajin m Come Fas COM art Eee Rawson z ote Mee T z u a Eer Hion LEM r Fam Pai ibea mi r T ieri ei arte Pipe Tp il i E T Rawson Configuration Rawson controllers need to be set to GPS mode The value that has been set for the center rate position and the Step Percent ages and the swath width need to be entered in controller setup The cable required is a straight through male female serial cable GK Technology Relay Interface Contact us for more information The relay interface can be configured to trigger clutches or valves or trigger other events based on values in a map The controller is a pass through device that lives on the same serial port as the GPS GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual VR Control Quick Start Guide 248 Start GPS On the main map window click VR Control to start Note that there are three main tabs GPS Controller amp LightBar Under each of the tabs there are three tabs In the case of the GPS tab you can see that they are GPS Mark and Quick Marks The first t
253. low the Map Window Field Name Layer Boundary shp 6 On the Bottom Toolbar click on the Draw New Object button a 7 In the map window area follow the instructions at the top of the Map Window Drawing Tool Selected Left Click each Point to Define the New Object Right Click to Finish Note if you make a mistake while drawing Hold Down the Alt Key and Left Click to undo last point 8 Right Click to finish the Polygon 9 If there is a second amp third boundary interior or exterior repeat 6 8 The next page will create the interior exterior polygons 10 Once finished drawing the Boundary click Save on the bottom tool bar ei Tool Selected Left Click tach Paint 1o Define the New Object Right Click to Firm JU Lat 47472220 Lon 9579026 L5 Leni foot LSBem23 Tot len 3i7 Foo PP Beard 1 57 Miles Finkd 200 Wiheet Layer Boundary shp Oeagehhe LAREZERZOBEX w GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Drawing Layers Polygons Lines amp Points GK Drawing Tools Merging Boundaries Exterior Interior Polygons Creating Poly Polygon 1 Turn on your Multiple Polygon Boundary 2 Open the Database tab lower left corner 3 Click on the row tabs in the Database that contain exterior poly gons this will highlight the whole row and the object will
254. lstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 247 VR Control Quick Start Guide Selecting a Controller On the Controller Tab of the Controller Tab you will see a Setup button This is where you select the controller that will be connected You need to know the com port that the controller is connected to the baud rates are pre selected Select your Controller Brand and Controller Model and the Boom Offset from the GPS to the point of application in feet A delay time is provided for fine tuning the application Since the GPS position that arrives at the computer is already where you were 1 second ago and it takes another second to send the rate to the controller and a couple of seconds for the controller to change rates the delay time needs to be 3 4 seconds for most applications Several controller specific settings may also be on the bottom of the form Raven Configuration For Raven controllers to function properly several settings need to be made in the data menu Refer to the individual product manual for additional help making these settings Applications are made with switch in Rate 1 position e Trigger Units Seconds e Trigger Value 1 e Baud Rate 9600 e DLog On The required cable connection varies by model and can be found in your Raven manual Or contact us for assistance The Variable Rate Unlock in Ag Data Mapping Solution provides for variab
255. ly Boundary 4 Click Create Watershed 4 Select Draw New Object from the bottom toolbar Layers auto saved 5 ss a new field boundary to represent the Drainage of this Create Contours ield Note This boundary is usually Smaller than the fields tillable acres 6 Save the Boundary shp on the bottom toolbar 4 Go to Layer Info amp CLEAR MAP 1 Create Contour Layers set Break Points to 1 0 Click Create Contour Layers FINISHED wicca U N GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 157 Creating Topography amp Watersheds This section of the help guide we will be looking at extracting topography data cleaning merging and turning the point files into surfaces Once the topography surfaces are creat ed it will be processed in the Watershed Modeling creating a series of water management layers Start up Ag Data Mapping Solution and select the Map Window button Creating GROWER FARM FIELD 1 When the Map Window opens up select the desired Grower Farm and Field If they do not exist click on the New buttons to the left of the name An Input Required window will open up in the middle of the screen to enter the new name do so and click Apply Now the desired field is selected 2 When selecting Grower make s
256. m Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 198 ADMS AGPS Export 6 Choose the Drawing Layer that contains Control Point Assign the Database Column Latitude Longitude Altitude Choose the Coordinate System of the Tile Plow AGPS PC Click Next 7 Under the Description Name or De scribe each Control Point Make it something meaningful to the Tile Plow Operator Note these were your Selected Points Click Next 8 From the drop down list select the Print Map to Bitmap background image Suggestion If you are using Steering Lines or loading all the Tile Lines DO NOT doa BMP with tile lines on it Suggest using BMP WITH Control Points and Labels as shown Click Next From a iypded Topo bekennt w Guck hiari ent a control Punt dor thiu Ranch amal Pani hom the Actin Map Window meng Layer Canimi Pomi Latitude em Longitude tangtuds Aituude MPa Matern O omawiana Fost 2 185 012 67 Corte Point Mamirg Add a poni ioe gach of the omini pone en AAG SUSE 167889 TASAL Zanes S7123 a cay E elect a Bnckgroamal Map Saleni a Map layer tn depay m bescingraumd map on iha AGPS apis GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 199 ADMS AGPS Export 9 Check on the tile lines you want exported and assign colo
257. m m orders reference your order You will receive an e mail notification that your order is complete in S l te Yo u a y be l ited to th e n u be r as little as 5 Hour s 52 Minute s This time is a minimum and is dependent on order volume and system maintenance It is not exact Using the function allows 1 d load of leted bef tification i tf Iti it ders A of downloads you can do at a time due SESS ee place several orders in sequence This way other users will have an opportunity to place and download orders to file type file size and connection speed Your order will be deleted after the confirmation email has been sent to the email address that was given with your order GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 258 Downloading USDA Geospatial Data 19 Check Order will bring you to a win dow where you click the GO button behind your email address fou mug eer you al screen to get a h perderme piara Stee fel peer or aniar ee Ser nur kr pea tha mmia of ur ode ware the ori no in geparul oF oof the dele of ee onder fren wu Ber of orien 20 Clicking on the Success Download Sis iki SR Now button Link you will go di rectly to a FTP download link from the USDA site You may be limited to the number of downloads you can do at a time due to file type file size and con nection speed 21
258. me application according to recommendations should amend soil pH for 8 10 years Even if variable rate lime application has occurred according to a grid sampled map of pH it should not be necessary to grid sample for soil pH for 8 10years after application Residual Nitrate Sampling Grid sampling for nitrate N is not recommended because annual fluc tuations in nitrate levels would require annual grid sampling which is not cost effective for most crops with current fertilizer prices In SPUSUBBE stead residual nitrate sampling to a depth of 3 feet should be done on a directed sampling basis Sane pe Credit for the above information is given to UNL http cropwatch unl edu web ssm soilsampling GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 123 My Notes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 124 Im Making A Test Prescription If you are creating prescription maps that are for seeding or fertilizer it is always a good idea to create a test map This will allow you to make sure that everything is working properly before it is time to be in the field Often the best place to do this is right in your farmyard or by your shop where the equipment is located zu ZI Domo MAP we MM 2006 Osceola NAP od E npe 7 1
259. n F O ppm 2 in one column to convert to the other value In this example the Olsen val Bray Cohan a te ues will be converted to Bray P B1 i en 4 After the dropdowns are filled in click Pare oH t Run Conversion Mahich 3 Zn ppm Salli Salt cans m 5 After clicking Run Conversion the missing values will be updated GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 111 Grid Sampling Creating Nutrient Layers Phosphorous Conversion Using CSV XLS Soil Test Results Phosphorous Conversion Creating New Columns If soil test results are reported as one value but they need to be converted to used in recommen dations or scripts it can be done using the same tool Instead of updating an existing column it will create a new one based on existing values 1 Click on the Phosphorous Conversion button Merge Tables irl ttt ad Phosphorus Conversion This Utility will update soil test columns from Phosporus to convert differing soil test method to contain common results in all columns 2 The Phosphorous Conversion win Select at least one column that you would like to update dow will open 3 Select the existing Soil Phospho rous column from the dropdown Olsen Column gt P O ppm 4 Select lt Create New gt for the soil test value that needs to be con tec verted 5 Click
260. n Datsbas the database tab on the bottom of the map window Objects Selected 0 DB Operations Select By 7 With the database open right click on any column header and select Add Column 8 Acolumn name will need to be entered data type will be Character 9 When the new column name is entered and data type is selected click Save GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 215 Landsat Data Processing Cutting to Trade Territory u Min Werni 10 After clicking Save a new column with the entered name will appear in the database Territory A name will have be entered in the column to define the output folder 11 Double Click in the cell under the new column Territory This will allow for a name to be typed in 12 Type the desired name but keep it shorter than 15 characters Hit the enter key on the keyboard and save the shape file m 13 A shape file will exist that The output folder will be named SE SD 1 Defines a specified area 2 Has a character column added 3 Aname will be in the character column under 15 characters This will define the output folder 14 With the new shape file turned on open the Tif Extractor 15 Select the new boundary as the Drawing Layer and the newly created column as the Attribute Column et m 16 Browse to the Landsat scenes that will be extracte
261. n Excel 2003 One really neat way to debug and develop functions for use in Map Math is to use Excel to develop that code There are features like the ability to insert breakpoints and develop tests for viewing how a script works In Excel 2003 here is how to set up the scripting process 1 Start with a blank Book1 then click the Start Button 2 Click Tools Visual Basic Editor 3 Right click on Modules and Insert a Module ji Ariat j s Bi ae Fiss a S Seed tar Ther eshte Frosch Cee re hr Aue Zar Karo l J yia Mead Ei Aer tira rn Ete Arie ia Micron Wows Rania Aca j Leer a les Af pe pm Yew port Toone few Sanana boa Pesat w rmer krat Farei Oech BE sheet et iega BE et ee eat PA Conte Wig uo kirrat hy Madden off Hmi alt Mehr EE hit GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 234 P amp K continued Introducing Select Case Using Select Case is a way of re directing which path the script will use when it runs A simple example of using Select Case is Shown below with the Infield function If you remember the InField function returns a TRUE if the current cell is in the field and a FALSE if it isn t Select Case InField Case True Do thi
262. n TIFF files will be satellite imagery scenes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 301 Glossary GRD Grid files which are used to generate maps Most raster data created within the software is automati cally saved as a GRD file However these files can be manually saved as a BMP JPG or TIFF file and maintain the geo referencing GRD files contain two dimensional uniform lattices regularly spaced rectangular array of XYZ data e g easting northing and elevation may be in a binary or text for mat but is most often saved in the binary format NIR Is a method of light extraction This can be used on ortho images as well as satellite imagery The best images to use this for are bare soil images The NIR light is electromagnetic radiation with longer wavelengths than those of visible light extending from the nominal red edge of the visible spectrum at 0 74 micrometers um to 300 um NDVI NDVI is best used on vegetative images which can be satellite or ortho images It gives a good meas ure of light reflectance on green vegetation It is a simple graphical indicator that can be used to ana lyze remote sensing measurements typically but not necessarily from a space platform and assess whether the target being observed contains live green vegetation or not NDVI is defined as NDVI NIR VIS NIR VIS Geo referenced To define
263. n box select whether the in put data for the elevation surface is in feet or meters This set ting is necessary for computing the slope of each cell in the field The horizontal units are in meters by defining whether the units are in feet or meters the slope is calculated correctly 3 Fora starting point leave the Flow Density set at 50 This number can be raised or lowered to provide more or less detail in the flow accumulation layer Raising this number provides more detailed flow paths 4 Click Create Watershed Layers in the Create Watershed Layers Frame 5 When the progress bars disappear a view like the one below will be displayed That view is the flow accumulation layer over the top of the watershed s layer 6 The flow paths should make Fie iy tat ee eg we sense to you when you look Dr re ee nr meter on atthem Ifthey do not gt S OPPS EPP y 4 Lapet inate Gry i Winje Gap Set rf Chirk and Hold Deg Corpor m tha arg yoy sand te ede the map Tham Meee K ka a there may be some false da i Cenienigs in Migs ta in the topography layer that is not representative of Mn ee ES what is happening in the real tegen en world Looking at the de a u pressions layer to see if the B aio name areas defined as concave E saniey eo Saree bowl shaped areas in the Si field are correct will help to T ne H us Men
264. n page without going through the Satshot button Note you can only have 1 boundary per field for all projects GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 278 Using Satshot Website for Downloading Imagery Step 2 Logging into Satshot Interface e From the ADMS startup page click on SatShot Interface button or you will get to this screen by Uploading a Boundary Sat Shot interface e Choose your Server Ulmer Hyrre gktech e Type in User Name ee RE US Sever or Canada Server e Type in Password Not Logged In e This data was setup on the Satshot website Login Server returned a fault exception 0 Mo such user gktechn e If you type in an INVALID User Name Server returned a fault exception 0 Password for user ght e If you type in an INVALID Password oe Step 3 Finding Images amp Downloading e Upon opening into the ADMS SatShot Interface the Map Window area will automatically zoom to the Field Boundary e Only Field Names that have Field Boundaries will show up in the Grower Farm Field list e When choosing a new Field Name the software will automatically zoom to the Boundary N 5089 3917 E727 7712 UTM Zone 14 Northern Hemuphere GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktech
265. n that contains the elevation values e Set Label Height to 1 or 2 feet e Set the label color of each data set to differ FE ent colors Example Red amp Black at OP oP Prion PPP Click Apply Layers Statistica Query GPs mart ehi blip Tat m ag Hait Chig Curtis on the dittan yina wal fee Tihi e ae ee few Gea GE Leser Mamim After applying labels to each of the SHP files a you can zoom in on the overlap areas and find m mem points close to each other and check the 8a ae ot ye ee ae BI elevations between the points Look for any ee Br mail s i large differences Keep in mind not to get too E TA picky standard error of an RTK receiver is 0 16 feet Lat eee om i LT We suggest taking five or more readings and sa jx jue sperctrnon ss use an average difference Consider putting s __ O8eeh gt LAYEBE into Excel Ex 860 59 858 46 2 13 differ EEE ence GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Creating Topography amp Watersheds Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust When you have two layers of different eleva tions that need to be put together the Merge SHP files with Z Adjust will take care of the problem Do Not use on Yield Data 1 Make sure that both the layers are turned on and you have done the math to know how much you will have to move the given layer up or
266. naL mal Above are suggested setting for Soil Sampling only not collecting field boundaries or topo data If these Criteria are not met the GPS status bar will flash RED and you will hear a Ding GPS Status at Least logs data that has a GPS Signal of at least this or greater ex GPS Only HDOP Less Than only logs data that has a value less than this number ex 3 0 Differential Age Less Than logs data that has a value less than this number ex 30 PDOP Less Than logs data that has a value less than this number ex 3 VDOP Less Than logs data that has a value less than this number ex 3 Horizontal Error Less Than logs data that has a value less than this number ex 0 10 meters Vertical Error Less Than logs data that has a value less than this number ex 0 10 meters Continue Logging and Mark Operations if these criteria are not met Checked will allow you to continue logging if there is any valid GPS signal Not checked the software will stop ALL logging amp application functions GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 15 Settings Window GPS Config GPS Cursor Peer ana ne eaten Ce ine GPS Conky UTM Zone Vers Setinge Yield Sefinga z Warming Crima GPS Compo Damin Canig Genma Condy Dhindi Lee Yi 3 Above are optional setting not software defaults Size is in the num
267. name A Got ge 38 CisenPST Rasters Soil P Olsen Value mapping so you ara ala 33 KST Rasters Soll K Value won t have to re JM Sot pH grd a0 SST Rasters Sod 5 Value name all the layers A Sot Satts gra ZnST Resten Soil Zn Value ner 42 OM Rasters Soil OM Value TE Yield Goal ged Are bape chr pa Eu 2073 Zone Out 43 ExpYieid Rasters Yield Goal Value l a Sci Turtulimer cy Ad Bahn tha 45 Output maps N 46 0 0 P 11 52 0 K 0 0 60 SAMS Zn ZnS04 FEP Grid Points shyp 46 EE Gnd shp 47 Change the value behind the Output t NPK S Zn GrdPons sho ET cua 49 MakeMap Output P leeececece CHANGE HERE lt lt lt lt lt cecee lt e Lad MAP Images S0 pe Fon gen 51 Enter the N Rate Multiplier for the amount of N to be Applied per Bu al Yield Goal Sampi ari shp ae bovine FE So Test Results coy Sn NMult 1 1 10 Select the output map to make ex Output P This will make 11 52 Q product map 11 Enter the N rate Multiplier ex 1 1 12 Scroll down to select any additional credits and Min and Max Values to be applied Values above the BRK number will return the Minimum Values below BRK will return a 0 MaxN 400 MinN 40 MinBRKN 10 MaxP 300 MinP 40 MinBRKP 10 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 120 Grid Sampling Using Scripts To Write Prescriptions 13 O
268. nc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 274 Landsat Data Processing Cutting to Trade Territory Qu As stated earlier this process can be used with any shape file not just a county file Often there is not just a single county that is covered in a trade territory Therefore a custom polygon can be made to cover a multi county region or an irregular area For this example a county file will be used as a guide to draw the custom polygon 1 Turn on a county file so all the counties are visible 2 From the bottom toolbar below the layer selection window select Create a 5 H New Layer From Template Select Boundary SHP 3 With the new boundary file checked on and set as the active layer select jms Draw a New Object on the bottom toolbar 4 Using the county file as a guide draw a polygon that covers the desired area Example I am an agronomist that covers Clay Yankton Turner and the South Half of Lincoln Counties in SE SD A polygon is created to represent the area covered The Landsat scenes will be cut out to the specified area Represented in blue Wikies 5 Acolumn must be created and named in the database of the newly created shape file This will tell the Tif Extractor how to name the output folder when the Landsat scenes are extracted Database 6 With the newly created shape file as the Active Layer ope
269. nc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 194 Creating Tile Plan Pattern Design amp Guide Lines Pattern Design is a bit of preference and a bit of art Spacing can change due to soil types depth and preferences 1 Zoom into an area you will be Grid or Pattern tiling 2 Go to the GPS Tab and Grid 3 Set your X amp Y Distances ex X 100 and Y 1500 or greater In this example X is the pipe spacing not always the case 4 Click Apply then check the Show Grid box 4 Rotate amp Align Grids as you see fit and check Save Grid You may need to have many different angles and spacings 5 Click Save Layer to name it to define the object If you have many areas plan E Tor kat nee Pati Fr fe om pad potle Droe jap Tech Window Help ioe im om Bound this Cite i hia Layar K ri flare Y Ori Birs 100 0 1500 0 irul denn 144 Acres Anpa 345 00C 1 Ran Gt u MER im af F Show Gia Save Poni Sayalaram F Save Gad GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 195 Creating Tile Plan Calculating Tile Size You will need a Drainage Slide Rule for this part Slope amp drainage coefficients how much water is drained in a 24 hour period amp soil types play a large role here Usin
270. nce usually expressed in degrees minutes and seconds of the location of a point on the earth s surface east or west of an arbitrarily defined meridian usually the Greenwich prime meridian All lines of longitude are great circles that intersect the equator and pass through the North and South Poles GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 299 Glossary Vector A coordinate based data model that represents geographic features as points lines and polygons Each point feature is represented as a single coordinate pair while line and polygon features are represented as ordered lists of vertices Attributes are associated with each vector feature as op posed to a raster data model which associates attributes with grid cells Point Zero dimensional and do not have a volume area or length Points have many uses they can be yield mark areas in the field define elevation along with many other types of data Line A path that is connected by at least two vertices However multiple consecutive vertices can be used to create a curved line Polygon A combination of multiple line segments that represent a closed shape Polygons are vector data and can be grids or boundaries Raster This is how images are displayed within the software Where each pixel has one or multiple values associated with it This gives increased accuracy and m
271. nce everything looks the way you want select Compile Script F Scnpi Errors Tha Sirp Compii ea eeroee Dype sion int Layers Dejs Raser l ayors real att Add ma Reireah N rasen i Biri aye Owinut Hisia a 3 a m z M nd n bres 4 D i Pui LS Lol a EL Comal Set Cutpol Cheectory i E Then Select Cemi N B Cam Sonpt Dup Tahe fee Cu Ran Add Yar ble Eeng A 14 If there are errors in the script it will show under script errors fix any errors and compile again I Script Errors i Line 98 Col 0 Error Statements and labels are not valid between Select Case and first Case Run 15 Once you see there are no errors in the script click Run Script The Script Compiled without errors Client lt 16 You should now have a layer called Map Math Output This is the 11 52 0 product map u 17 Click Save As on the bottom toolbar Field gi 18 Save this map as 11 52 0 Bold Data Toun aia aoa 19 Make sure and rename each product map If you a IE 2013 Grid Sample cH IS 2013 Zone Output leave it as Map Math Output it will be replaced each LEE Boundary shp l GR Grid Point ID grd time you run the script and create a new product EIE Images m Map Math Output grd ch NAIF Images E Xtra Images Field Data County Dat cy Fa 2013 Grid Sample cH
272. nes or use in scripts You must have all your Yield Data for the field merged into one Shape File or CSV For Zones 1 Turn on the Yield shp or Yield csv example will be using Yield shp 2 Right Click on the Yield shp 3 Choose Create Grid and Create Grid from Points Adjust settings similar to image to right 4 Click Create Grid button At this point you can Un Check the Yield shp 5 Turn on the Boundary shp Left Click in map to Select it 6 Click on the Yield grd file name to make it the ac tive layer 7 On the bottom toolbar click Crop Raster to Select ed Polygon 8 Save the Yield grd file This file is now ready to be used for Management Zones or Scripting UN The Ag Dala Marin So m ap Mn em Froni rg ga bpon Setup Joule Window Hele ies err ai as De Be o h ee amp Finn Graer WERTET Men ai EEE Fang Oiti Coury fate et an E Eururdiery she Er Me halal ate BP Ginie hp y Genie ker mig BF Comi Jahn 4 ioi FEE vei oe Lat AL pore TES Feit Fakt Leger Pantie C Te ____ _ 2 Cas amp x IOE E Anne a k HEX GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 216 Scripting 2 Layer Merged Yield Holes For this script you will need a Yield grd and a Complete Field grd any xxx grd that covers the whole field as you w
273. ng amp Extracting Images 2 Right clicking on the layer in Layer Info e This gives you several different ex traction options If the RGB VI Red Surface NDVI or NIR Surface is used the boundary MUST BE SE LECTED first NEE Gru it FOA Wak ROA VI Soler MOA Aah Meg heptane HEG Wisa ME Gage ew Ti HME Ward Pt Wiis x RBG Red Green Blue GeoTIF Extracts the true color image as a TIF file It is very im portant that this is chosen correctly otherwise certain extractions NDVI NIR RGB VI may not work correctly x RGB With RGB VI Surface Extracts the true color TIF file and it extracts and saves the RGB VI Red Green Blue Visual Index as a GRD map to the Field Data x RGB With Red Surface Extracts the true color TIF file and the Red band is extracted and saved as a GRD file x NRG Near Inferred Red Green GeoTIF Use this option if there is an inferred band in the image Usually you can tell if the image has a reddish color to it This will save it as a color inferred GeoTIF in Field Data It is very important that this is chosen correctly otherwise cer tain extractions NDVI NIR RGB VI may not work correctly x NRG With NDVI Extracts the NRG GeoTIF and a NDVI GRD is created and saved in Field Data x NRG With NIR Surface Extracts the NRG GeoTIF and the NIR band is extracted and saved as a GRD in Field Data x BMP World Saves the file as a geo reference
274. ng Yield Data In normalizing yield data there are two concepts to keep in mind 1 Data Extents or Data Range GOOD Combine 1 amp Combine 2 cleaned up to 10 bu to 90 bu wheat BAD Combine 1 cleaned up to 5 bu to 110 bu wheat Combine 2 cleaned up to 10 bu to 90 bu wheat 2 Data sets are coming from comparable or similar areas GOOD 2 combines following each other will normalize and merge very well in most cases BAD Combine 1 harvested the East 80 and Combine 2 harvested the West 80 cropping history soil types and drainage all could be major issues We are going to be working with data that is cleaned to meet the above specifications This Example Combine 1 amp Combine 2 1 Turn on Combine 1 2 Go to your Database tab in the bottom left corner 3 Find your Yield column and Left Click on the header Dry Yield for this example Take note of the Mean value on the bottom of the Database 4 Click on the Preform Math Operation on a Column Divide by the Mean value 61 99 in this example 5 Go back to the Database click on the Yield column header Take note of the Mean value now 1 if not 1 clear map and start over 6 Click on Save As button amp add Normalized to the name Ex Combine 1 Normalized shp 7 Repeat steps 1 6 on Combine 2 and Combine 3 amp 4 amp so on ee eer ha
275. ng up files so you have all the xxxx las files in the LIDAR or County folder Fiir emer JAH E Prze Folder GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 292 Downloading amp Processing USGS LiDAR Earth Explorer The USGS is a source for downloading many different GIS data sources ESETE Earth Explorer site has many options these instructions will walk you through how Magar to find and download LIDAR data NOTE We at GK Technology prefer to use the USGS GLOVIS for doing satellite imagery downloads and the Earth Explorer for LIDAR You can download the satellite imagery on the Earth Explorer also but you can NOT download LIDAR from GLOVIS To get started go to http earthexplorer usgs gov CTE EEROIEN File Edit Wew Favorites Jools Heip i Tt Earthlrpiorer e e xrar USS Eee OE A i i i en e q a pe WSS Home a N a dr AM i 4 onimi USGS rt eir z te M Lee EsrihEapl rer eee Osta Sots 1 Enter Search Criteria h ip Map Satellite To ande your search area type e an ackiness of pisco nama or ber Codes or Click thao map Io define your search area for advanced map tenes ww I ihe bep doserigniehen endian chose n dake range pamon Fra cc presets ares i Donate seiocted Cs lisis ham pee Cops Search fom Sri be ORT
276. o back to its nor mal color m 9 t Go to the Imagery Tab and select TETTE R the image s year and month you want aan ee Er to extract eS Satellite imagery is not perfectly geo gages hea ZOmY as referenced and is often low resolution 20 to 30 meter pixels The geo Se er FR referencing may be adjusted by going to Image Properties 0 A new window will appear which has arrows to update the image position 11 Once the image is aligned e Click Update Position BE UUM AY Tieluten to D Nana E Eo rat WAUTA Aner Week Oute JIE TF We O AUNO ht ddI TF 7ER 1007 1 1921 TF WO AND Aw 12 TF 2000 JULI Lt Coud23 17 VER 2008 OCI 1027 15 N TOTA AIRIS JOZ 12 Mama 2000 SEP w MUT LA homas 100 SEPIA Dertuad 1 OE MFI LS ANIS Maenan it Lee TAPETY lon SEITE 3 2 Fielt ZOOS OT THNIT iS Ae Layer 2005 OCTY MOF IE Nowean it OQ4eEH Se4uh00E 24 Dar GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 58 Creating Zones From Imagery 7 amp im Automated Zone Creation Alan irae WS The Ag Date Mapping Sahsteen Map Window 1 Go back to the Automated Zone Tab Sa ees me en a 22707 FG T PEP IE NST DE saast F pe Rd gs i Step 1 Saed Souidary for Clipping
277. of selection to add a single object for all the select tools allowing selection of a single item of Active Drawing Layer Select Mode Add Sets the mode of selection to add multiple objects for all the select tools allowing you to add multiple selections of Active Drawing Layer a Select Mode Subtract Sets the mode of selection to remove multiple objects for all the select tools allowing removal of multiple selections of Active Drawing Layer pc Clear Selection Clears all the selected items of Active Drawing Layer SSS Selected 9 Selected Objects Shows you how many objects you have Selected in your y Drawing Layer Select With Click Allows selection of a single item in the active layer must choose s the Select With Click button for every object of Active Drawing Layer Select By Rectangle Allows selection of multiple Points Lines and Polygons by drawing a Rectangle around them or intersecting with object of Active Drawing Layer 0 Select By Polygon Allows selection of multiple Points Lines and Polygons by draw gt ing a Polygon around them or intersecting with object of Active Drawing Layer Save Selected Objects to New Layer Once you have selected your Points Wl Lines and Polygons from a layer you can Save these items to a newly named layer am a Multi Layer Map Math Opens a new page in which
278. ogy Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 17 Settings Window UTM Zone T p a 2 GPS Semgn 085er UTM Zune Vers net Sean UTM divides the earth into 60 zones The continental US occupi es O of therm oa a i it GE ET pa Zeieri Your UTH Zora Fiom fa above Man Choose the correct zone for where you are working One of the major drivers for what UTM you use is the FSA NAIP imagery We suggest setting your UTM to match what the Government has assigned for the Imagery If you are in an area where there is no NAIP imagery use the UTM zone of the Landsat data that best fits your area Questions here please contact your sup port staff at GK Technology Inc UTM Acronym for Universal Transverse Mercator A projected coordinate system that divides the world into 60 north and south zones 6 degrees wide This is what everything is projected in within the software Being in the correct UTM zone is critical to ensure the location is accurate Other Notes on Projection and Units for ADMS ADMS supports Vector data SHP files in UTM or LAT LON coordinate systems All images com ing in must be in UTM coordinate system ALL UTM objects must have the units in METERS for Northing Easting GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 18
279. olygons 10 Leave the settings as they auto populate DO NOT Rename 11 Click OK Coum Name tor DBF Na6 9 0 12 Created a SHP 46 0 0 shp Check Database if controller is limited polygons Output File hame Without Extenmon E Waki Gk User Manual GKT Fammi SH 8 SE 2012 Zone Output 46 0 13 Re Name to Field ID 46 0 0 shp Ex SH8SE 46 0 0 shp New ee u New Farm GKT Farm v SHP files are now ready to move to Controller New Field SH 8 SE v Note using this process the total LBS of prod m uct may change a significantly C EA g 1E 2014 Zone Output VIE 46 0 0 9rd o AISE SH8SE 46 0 D shp You may want to do a Create Grid from Poly gons to create a new application grd to print GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 134 Export Prescription Maps FODM Device Exporting to a FODM Device Exporting Fertilizer Prescriptions is recommended only in Map Window You will need to go to this window to print out your maps Make sure you have the Field Boundary shp turned on and the Surface Maps you want to export Nothing else should be turned on at this time NOTE You can only export 1 FIELD at a time with multiple products per FIELD See the Following Pages for Instructions for YOUR Controller fila fence bee lime Tee bass ae Tobi Mine He as Pee e q
280. omed into the area to download 1 E gt e Draw a polygon to select LiDAR tiles to download left click to m drop points and double click to close the polygon e After drawing a polygon a popup will appear in another window with the download links and instructions on how to m download the data See next page Iowa Lidar Mapping Project GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 291 Downloading LiDAR lowa LIDAR Mapping Project Once the new window opens Note you do need 7 Zip for unzipping files If you are downloading a lot of files you may want to use the Free Download Manager Do NOT install the Software Informer or other additional installs Copy res Go to the File menu then Import then an hep DE Lite Be gree 1 will ae you to choose a group Junt the 5 Select Click on by default LIDAR download 6 Click on the LAS Links to download 7 Click Save when the download window opens In saving the files we suggest you save the files back to your C GKData Imagery LiDAR folder It is recommended to save all your files back to a LIDAR folder to keep things clear If you are working with more than a couple counties of data you may want to create County folders within the LIDAR folder Once saved there the data must be UNZIPPED Suggest cleani
281. ommended software but others may be used 1 Follow the previous steps to order select the data to download 2 Download a copy of FileZilla It available at https filezilla project org 3 After the download and installation of FileZilla open up the software 4 To Connect to the ND site a Host Username and Password are needed nu bie dat yas Je pev oime Help i ee inke en Hirn Late foa ttt Tigil Ept F i Daa mam a aki La mkaa E A 5 The Host Username and Password are located on the information panel after the data is selected ftp lidar swc nd gov The Host will be ftp lidar swc nd gov followed using the following credentials by temp 154540228c5890 username swe password water These will have to be copied and pasted separate ly into FileZilla The last part of the address will change for every order Once Connected goto the temp 154540228c5890 The username swc and password water These will not change Host 29 154540228 5890 Username swe Password 6 After this information is entered click Quickconnect Password see8 EB User Manual aj DB a amp Client E b Lidar Filenarne U J B06045370 zip 4 B06045372 zip J B06065370 zip J B06065372 zip Filesize Filetype Im t I Empty directory 4 il 4 files Total size 90 487 052 bytes GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halst
282. on Meters Resolution of surfaces created using Auto Zone amp Extract Image to Zone tools Minimum Profile Depth Feet Depth of the Yellow to Green line in Drainage Window Maximum Profile Depth Feet Depth of the Green to Orange line in the Drainage Window GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 12 Settings Window User Interface 2 ie Senirgs a Oo _ y Ta 7 Be ge Mk ae CHS hetings GPS Conky EN FORSTER Y rld Setinge Mag Bectgraund Coin Wihrtis Cursor Codines Lire Lattuied ongtude Decamal Depr Aiea Mepis Linu Linan Wieamure Ure Fe Abie Boo Grade Wirt FEA Poe Results Folder Name done wpa Gnd Reeuin Foder Name Gid Sampis a 4 Dura Sein J Glen Search tw Semple Rasidi n Pave Folkd Above are optional settings not the software defaults Map Background Color Able to switch map background color to Black or White Suggest using white for mapping the black is useful for GPS in field use Cursor Coordinate Units changes the values at the bottom of the screen as you move the mouse cursor around the screen has no effect on the maps or projections Area Measure Unit changes the method by which the area of the surface and area of polygon drawings are calculated Linear Measure Unit changes the method of measuring distanc
283. or how much to move the shp est 50 south and 30 west 6 Right Click RTK Points shp Ditch Bottoms shp see choose Utilities o a Adjust Geo Reference Unload Layer amp Zoom to This Layer Order Appearance Convert Point SHP to Path Merge SHF Files with Z Adjust Merge All Visible SHP s F N i G Create Grid Adjust Geo Reference 7 Use the Arrows or type in the values to move TE Ge AE Save As Send To Recycle Bin Offset Points By Heading Buffer Selected Items the data Click Apply 8 Repeat step 7 till the data lines up perfectly Then pan around the field to confirm Example Adjustment Ended up 33 West 51 South 9 Suggest clicking Save As Ditch Bottom Adj shp or something to identify what was done Or Just Save GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 179 LiDAR RTK Merge Adjusting Geo Reference Moving LiDAR Need to decide which data set is the control for setting your Control Point In this case we are using the RTK as the MASTER Moving the LIDAR DATA Turn on data in this order 1 Black Points Ditch Bottom shp RTK Mobile Base Note the Geo Reference CROSS is at Road Intersection Collected by driving the center or the road east west
284. ore detail when creating application maps It is a Spatial data model that defines space as an array of equally sized cells arranged in rows and col umns and composed of single or multiple bands Each cell contains an attribute value and location coordinates Unlike a vector structure which stores coordinates explicitly raster coordinates are contained in the ordering of the matrix Groups of cells that share the same value represent the same type of geographic feature Multiband Raster Image A raster image that has more than one value associated with it at every pixel Each band reference to the color band on the electromagnetic spectrum represents a segment of the electromagnetic spectrum collected by the sensor When displayed the image is a color compo site of each band An examples of multiband images are ortho and satellite images Single Band Raster Surface An image with one set of values per pixel Image In the software an image usually is the county data or satellite imagery scenes before any data anal ysis has been done It is a representation or description of a scene typically produced by an optical or electronic device such as a camera or a scanning radiometer Common examples include remote ly sensed data for example satellite data scanned data and photographs Surface In the software surfaces are represented by almost any type of created raster data This include elevation yield application raster maps and s
285. ork In order to fix this we need to figure out how far the offset is from the GPS to the planter If you are the Database Objects Selected 2 DB Operations Select By Query LONGITUDE LATITUDE ELEVATION DISTANCE HEADING GKT_IDX grower you pro ba bly kn OW this num gt E 4 13292235 809 02001953 66 90000153 188 3999939 1 j 97 22771454 49 18293381 808 98999023 124 40000153 188 69999695 2 be r if not we will have to fi gure It out 97 22771454 49 18294144 809 01000977 90 19999695 188 69999695 3 i 97 22771454 49 1829567 809 04998779 138 69999695 188 69999695 4 by ZOOMING IN ON a ZIPPe red area and 97 22774506 49 18279266 809 04998779 1828 19995117 8 5 E 97 22774506 49 18281174 809 070007322 232 199996955 8 39999962 measure the pea k to trou g h of the 97 22773743 49 18283463 809 15002441 242 30000305 8 39999962 7 97 2277298 49 18285751 809 25 273 3999939 9 19999981 8 wave made by the zi pper 97 2277298 49 18288422 809 28997803 281 20001221 _ 9 80000019 E 97 22772217 49 18291092 2 s09 30999756 280 79998779 10 69999981 1 97 22771454 49 182933831 809 320007322 280 3999939 11 19999981 11 97 22770691 49 1829567 809 41998291 277 20001221 11 19999981 12 97 22769928 49 1829834 809 57000732 277 moo 22 l1 ssseee 13 97 22769165 49 18300629 809 69000244 1278 10 19999981 14 Peak 97 2276802 49 18303299 809 72998047 282 29
286. ou find a scene you want Click Add Use the Prev Scene and Next Scene to scroll through the dates Repeat these last 3 steps keep adding the scenes for downloading O E aa M M Te U om LA ibe een Y ee ee ee E pale Lee Fr a a 1 ii F Tmi a a um p f J kiap Lape iis de Bien u Desrhtoailable Hja a he Ws D m Fath Hinmy Lai H4 CHI am SS ET ER E EN on Lins Caja 4 Sa al HE mal l ai iir w et 5 Tre tome Sen Some Laut 15 TU Sour Lin i Limia Se GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 265 Downloading amp Processing USGS Imagery GLOVIS i E T Siouas Cm Ty G G Hig iz BEA an 9 E _ rer Scans Looe 63 TM een Liat euer SEINE RECHTE ly here te Veale DER i aaa genet car Ben Pa Lurie Sat a OD internet Preteen ivari O Once you rn pantie the nds Scene List Items that show up with a Lock by them are ready to Downloaded LTS0280292009223EDc00 amp Items with No Lock will need to be submitted for downloading Once you have all the file selected into your Scene List click the Send to Cart button 7 pn Click OK to the Notice Rah he wre iA pimi Weena r
287. ou need to have at least two but Layers u ak you can turn on as many as you would like GK General Processina Field Data County Data Next select the Query tab Under the Select Areas from the Input Layer drop down menu select the layer you want to mask Variety grd YLD VOL DRY ard Next select the area of the layer you want to analyze If it is a variety layer where you have a specific number of values use the Equal To selection If you are selecting a range of values i e Ibs of Fertilizer appNed use the Greater Than gt Less Than selections When finished with the selection to be Laydys Stats un e masked press the button Greater Than Or Equal To m Than Or Ega To e Use the above Mask to Intersect with variety GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Under the Use the above Mask to Intersect with drop down menu select the desired layer to intersect with the previous masked layer Once selected press the button e The map window shows what area has been masked in this case variety 2 and is intersected with the next selected layer Yid Vol Dr The statistics windows show the range of the intersected layer in the masked area Below the histogram is the Area of the masked layer also the
288. ounty Name folder Douglas IMPORTANT These files have to be in the same Folder as the LAZ files A i m Gilles t Tragen LEE p Doe 10 Double Click on the Zn nn unziplas bat file eee th hah oe a T 11 A DOS window will open up ed Homappup we like below DO NOT CLOSE IT It RER will close automatically A Computer Pass L Local Deak fi lii a ls E e index omen Note It takes up to 30 seconds per LAZ file so be patient tig hime ert i rem 12 When finished you will have a folder that looks something like this 13 Suggest creating new folder named Processed LAZ and moving all your Processed LAZ file here so you don t have the laz extractor re processing these files TALM ITM Sh iidas E Woe ite order meil 14 Go back to the Processing eer Lidar section of the user manual GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 290 Downloading LiDAR lowa LIDAR Mapping Project A source for importing LIDAR data in Iowa is the Iowa Lidar Mapping Project http www geotree uni edu lidar Make sure there is no pop up blocker on and they are allowed for this site 1 Select an area by boundary type e g counties cities watersheds 2 Use the zooming tools on the top toolbar to get zoomed into the area to download e After getting zo
289. ous versions Send to k Right click select 7 Zip click Extract to Wk A folder will be created with the same name as the file Inside this folder will may have up to 12 different TIFF files depending on if the data is from Landsat 5 7 or 8 30302013161LGN01 11 11 2013 1 04 PM File folder 1 758 470 KB Show how to open this file 303020 Run as administrator File 303020 R File 303020 File 980 810 KB 157 471 KB 7 Zip Scan with Microsoft Security Essentials Restore previous versions Send to b Open archive Extract fil Extract Here Extract to LC80290302013161LGNO1 Test archive GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 270 Landsat Data Processing Merging Images Merging Landsat Images After the extraction process has been completed the next step is to merge them into one image This is done with a utility in ADMS The ig Dota Maggi Sah e ADMS will recognize the correct band order for er ee iT the different types of Landsat data if EEE Dir Faden eqs Pde Marge fore Arpit 1 Open ADMS the map window does not need to be open for this process Kirge tated Paes yan Cele Trani et este Abs beport BLA TA 2 Select Process from the top toolbar 3 Select Merge Landsat TIFs Impa t Fie el St Far Dita tyr erect
290. p Winde amp These examples will start at the point that you have done Grid Zones Created Rx Maps and have Yield data back Summarize Grids First Product In this example we will run Grid Sample Results against Yield Data and 11 52 0 Each summarized product must be done as separate runs of this process NOTES Suggest only turning on the Drawing Layers and Surface Layers you are working on This will make things go smoother and cause less confusion Turn on your Grid Polygons and your Yield shp for the first run you could also use Yield grd files also Right Click on the Grid shp Utilities Summarize Another Layer ne oO RE Sy BPP Pl some o AP Layer info Or Layers Stats Query Gis Select By Polygon Set Left Click Points to farm a palygan Right Click to finish un Je i Ji ogre bee Emne Teer id Tn Fee hr Vo N mn ar ns i i Drawings g In Map l Gnd a TE Merged Uniosd Layer MSofKg amp Zoom to This Layer Sai OV Appearance a Sal ph Create Grid 57 german ts ea SP Aites lites Convent Point SHP 15 Path E osai Save As Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust i Sol2n Send To Recycle Bin Menge All Vitibhe SHP nt na i zu Cunpan Adun Gew Reference m Bouneiaey ahg Export Poor Ale to Lostal Projection y al its u Olivet Points By Haring Sg gang re Buffer Selected Items ee bee I Ds otarasiti akr iia akabera
291. p gt Extract Here 7 zip must be installed for this to work 14 The las files will now show up in the same folder and can be imported into ADMS as elevation data After extraction the zip files may be deleted to save space For detailed instructions on FileZilla visit https wiki filezilla project org Tutorial GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 287 Downloading LIDAR MN DNR FTP Site On this site you will be downloading right from the Minnesota DNR FTP website This site contains LIDAR for Eastern amp Central amp Southern Minnesota counties that are not in the RED RIVER BASIN We strongly suggest using Internet Explorer for navigating this site due to the fact that other browsers can corrupt the Unzipping Tools On this site you will be downloading LAZ files Zipped up las files These files can not be unzipped by Standard zipping tools 2 HETE i Note All of the data on this site is in UTM 15 Starting Point for Downloading ftp ftp lmic state mn us pub data elevation lidar When you first enter the site it will look like the window below oe O X E FIP directory pub To view the FIP ate n Windows Explorer press Akt ciek View and then chek Open FTP Site in W E New Window Ctrl N amp Cut Ctrl X Es Copy Ctrl C 272717 72013 OTt OEE 12 072 jat Tije Brosassing Dein
292. ple Combine 1 amp Combine 2 If the data is cleaned up when it comes into ADMS skip the Cleaning Data below Cleaning Data Selection Tools 1 Turn on Combine 1 for this example 2 Go to the bottom toolbar Click Thematic Draw Settings Adjust setting like Thematic Mapping below Source Yield Ranges 21 Rainbow 7 ft point size Circle Equal Interval 3 On the top tool bar Click Select Mode Add and Select by Rectangle or Select by Polygon 4 Draw a rectangle around data you want to delete note Selected of objects top tool bar Repeat step 4 to select more objects 5 Click the Delete Selected Objects button on the bottom toolbar Repeat 4 amp 5 as needed for this SHP file 6 Save the SHP file when finished Optional Save As name it Combine1Cleaned shp keeping original data 7 Repeat steps 1 6 on Combine 2 and Combine 3 amp 4 amp so on se eee i ee r pene LAA gt ea PP pt eee o PO Ed Re w Laan Sa Query GPS New Fo SCOTS a m E to ea ee u oe a o oo E E 22 0 78 Miles Current Layer SK Farms SK Farms Wandas Harvest_2009 Whea Databa 2 I BBX GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 212 Normalizi
293. port will create a Shape file which exists as a xxx shp xxx shx xxx dbf files Note All 3 files must be sent out to the spreader SHP SHX DBF Boundary not required to be turned on for this export 1 Select all the files to export 2 Select one layer as master 3 Note the Precision Column for exporting low rate products like Micro Nutrients change the 0 to a value of 1 or 2 1 digit after the decimal point or 2 digits after the decimal point 4 Adjust your Output Resolution Recommend S8 meter for FMD amp FMX max of 30 000 sum of all prod EZ Guide Controllers MAX Cell Count 1 500 Polygons Cell Merge Mode normally set to Average Max Count Rate set to Infinite Precision column set to 0 this is of Decimal Points Export Selected Rasters File Name use the Field Name WO ONO UI On the data card the SHP SHX DBF must be put in a folder named AgGPS Prescriptions on the root of the data card or USB Save O fahi Fetis Mage a tee TH Aprii ators Magee whi LETEA lt hp EST ver ai gt GE We Hier WEO O 0 Ceti OEE Den Citi CE Blend 3 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 133 Export Prescription Maps Shape Contour Shape Contours to All Controllers Below are instructions for exporting Shape files as Contoure
294. posed Main Salty Area SamplePoints Soil ID Test Vision WPT Wet Area 4 Now you should have a new shapefile called ModArea shp appear in your data tree If you do not click the Refresh button Ei 5 Now Check the ModArea shp to turn it on amp make it the Active Layer Shown here in RED 6 Now click on the SHP button on the bottom Eh He shelly 21 Fall 2014 csv se u fones 2013 grd Drawing Tool Selected Left Click each Point to Define the New Object Right Click to Finish 7 Now draw your modified area Take note of the Length and Bearing to help with drawing To the right is a example of a check strip ModArea 8 Finished Drawing the ModArea Go back to step 6 if you want to have more areas in the field Repeat as needed 9 Click the Save Changes when finished Paat Et Laer aS Vase GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 90 Nutrient Layers Creating a ModArea or Check Strip amp Editing Raster Values 1 Make the ModArea the active layer 2 Select the ModArea objects you want to amend by Left Clicking in the object in the MAP WINDOW Hold the Ctrl key to choose multiple objects 3 Turn on your Surface Map to amend Ex 46 0 0 grd 4 From the bottom tool bar click on Apply Mod
295. preferred LIDAR data type is LAS file UTM coordinate X amp Y units METERS Z units Feet or Meter Sienet E ates Low Point Noise Low Vegetation J Water L Medium Vegetation Overlap Points Ouput Resolution V Convert Metersto Feet V Import only area under selected objects Resources for data in this slide UpperLeft Y Width Lower Right 5260405 719 5259686 UpperLeft X Height Lower Right X 665772 503 666275 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 169 LiDAR Registering laszip exe LAZ Extractor LIDAR data comes in a variety of different formats ADMS software prefers the data to be in a LAS format We can also work with LAZ formats Basically the LAZ format is a zipped or compressed format that takes up much less space On average the LAZ is 1 10th the size of the LAS file You can store your data as LAS or LAZ we suggest choosing one file format per folder for faster processing We suggest saving all your LIDAR data LAS or LAZ to a single Lidar folder in your GKData Imagery folder If you are covering large areas we suggest creating a county folder in the Lidar folder structure LAS files are ready to be used by the software LAZ files need to have an Program registered to extract them Re
296. ps are NDVIR from July in 2008 2009 and June in 2010 e This table can be read top to bottom or left to right e From the values it can be seen that the same map correlates perfectly with itself each time ur 262 0 324 0 039 2008_JUL14_NDVIR 2009_JULO1_NDVIR 2010_JUN18_NDVIR Correlation Value Meaning e Now this tool can be used as part of the image selec Less than 0 3 Not Meaningful tion process when choosing NDVI images to use in zone 5 creation e Looking on the table it can be seen that Corn Yield 2010 and 2010 JUN18 NDVIR have a 0 685 correla 07 10 Saure comelatoss tion value meaning it is MODERATE This would be an 1 PerfectCorrelstion image that could be considered for a final zone map e Other similarities can be seen Such as how similar yield maps are from one year to the other Using the Correlation Matrix for Determining Blends The correlation matrix can also be used for determining which products could potentially go together in a product blend An example of this would be if multiple products had to be spread but only a single bin spreader was going to be used for the application 1 Turn on all the product application maps LayerNames 0 0 60 11 52 0 46 0 0 2 Run Calculate Correlation Matrix 0 0 60 1 0 017 088 11 52 0 0 017 1 0 489 Bea Ir soit woo os 3 From the results it can be seen which products spatially correlate with each other e This example uses 0 0 60 11 52 0 and
297. r for the Tile Suggest Looking at your tile lines in the software and matching colors as close as possible May be slightly different due to limited color Names Click Next 10 Choose the Surface grd that you used in the Drainage Planning window to create your Profile Lines and tile design Checking the Create an FBG File will create a file for AGPS which will allow PTL Note These elevations will be created based off the xxxxx grd and pull extract values from under the tile line in previous step Click Next 11 Choose HOW you want the files saved and as sign Field Name Name they will see on AGPS Choosing Save Setup Files to Folder will put all the AGPS compatible files into a folder at your set location SUGGESTED Choosing Save To Self Ex tracting Zip file will put all the files in an xxxx exe file that will automatically put all the files into the C amw data folder on AGPS PC Click Next Add Clonee L ones Sete A SHP Fin or Mulnphe SHP files for Gundaron Les 5HP ae Eich fel inch Pipa l inch Fpa W Hinach Pps Hen FDG fin m anmai Salat an Clewyhon aaier ty be weed ip mirat data Ji Cream an Fiii Fia Eimuaban Surses TORE bane Bug Fie io Fobi 3 Sava To Sel Erecting Zip fil Filed Mamie SHESIE Tel GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution
298. r values and click Run Query yP NOTE The Object Selected in the upper left hand corner of the Database window this will tell you how many objects are selected in the Database 5 On the TOP TOOLBAR select Save Selected Objects to a New Layer i 6 This will open into a Save window ih 7 Notice it is saving back into the Field level data every time 8 Name the object you MUST Re Name the object amp click Save GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 33 Drawing Layers Polygons Lines amp Points GK Drawing Tools Hand Drawing Polygons e Using the hand drawing tools you will need to have a Layer turned on that you can Trace or Mark on top of for geo referencing purposes Accurate high quality data is needed e Look at drawing Polygons amp Merging Interior Exterior Polygons Poly Polygons Polygons Drawing Field Boundaries 1 Hand Drawn is done using either field collected data points or 1 3 meter aerial images Both giving geo referenced data to trace Zoom into the field as close enough to see and draw all details At the bottom of the Data Tree Select Create New Layer From Template Select Boundary from the template list PIE Boundary SHP Aa DSE In the Data Tree check the Boundary shp nd Note ACTIVE LAYER Be
299. rd en GE Salt 1 grd e You can change the year of the output folder Go to Tools Settings User Interface 2 and change the current season PGE Soil pH grd oS aa GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 115 Grid Sampling Printing Grid Nutrient Layers Starting at version 6 4 1 there is an option within the software that allows 2 printing of the nutrient surfaces while automatically changing the labels on the sample points to correspond with the nutrient maps Merge Grid Results After following the steps to build nutrient maps stay in the Merge Grid Results window 1 Go to the View Nutrient Maps tab a Pi i j oly g F al bator E Load Data Seu Test results View Nutrient Maps 2 The nutrient maps will be displayed in the window The labels will be automatically turned on to correspond with the correct nutrients If they are not visible click on one of the nutrient maps on the left side of the window 3 Fu fl Tr 3 If the map does not fill the entire window click Zoom to Extents ET Bei Saal A re 4 Before printing there is an option to change BH iS Eee the label colors if desired Note this will change all of the i ji i i i i x j labels to the selected color Standard Colors EE U ZEBHEBEN More Colors 5 After the desired label color
300. red rates are entered Save Data before moving on to the next prod uct a Fee Applying Min amp Max Rates The min and max rates will be applied to maps created by entering results manually or using a blend group to create products Entering Results Manually 1 Click Enter Results Manually Step 2 and enter the product rates 2 Before building maps put a check mark in front of Enforce Product Min and Max Rates 3 Click Build Maps the values that were entered in the database will be applied to the product map Enforce Product Min and Max Rates Using a Blend Group 1 Follow the steps on creating nutrient maps from a blend group 2 BEFORE clicking the blend group to create products put a check in front of Enforce Product Min and Max Rates If it is selected after the blend group the rates will not be applied to the products and the blend group will have to be reselected 3 Click Build Maps GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 89 Nutrient Layers Creating a ModArea or Check Strip amp Editing Raster Values 1 Turn on the map that is to be modified i e NH3 De ee or Urea VR map a E 2 Click on Create New Layer From Template DE meh 3 Select ModArea from the list You may have fewer options Notes Pivot Point Pro
301. res DR 5432 1 0 4 Acre voor ausu bort 7 est gt wre eo GK Technology vw Agriculture en oT a GK Technology a Arrana GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 149 Printing Print Map Batch Print Surfaces m m Pint Map to Bamap Print Multi Map Layout l dem da Sonat Layer Selection CAFS CSE Spite ps lern Layers Statistics Query GPS Mark APOE iii x This function will print 7 maps on 1 page If you have Multiple Surface Maps to print out turn them on in the order you want them to be printed First map turned on goes to the middle Then top to bottom amp top to bottom Lat 4747464739 Lon 36 80060947 107 112 107 Field SHBSE Layer G Com Seed grd Go to Print amp Multi Map Layout 2a De 3 OQeehh gt Bu Ca verage 3 Area 59 09 Acres a u 105 sts 1000705 v Aone LJ Aone GET Farm SH 8 SE E A 46 004 18 46 0 we to be Fal appled 18 46 0 has a Check Step the not an Nore v 7 Aone Gower GK User Manual Fam GKT Fam feid SHESE pores s51 Type the Custom Header Re order or re locate maps by click the drop downs above the images Type any NOTES you want in the GK User Manual middle box limited to roughly 15 SHA SE 50 1 Acres Gh K re hnolosy lines of text GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East
302. rking on the top left of the window and move your way down Prescription File info Author ohn Doe Product Map and Rates Field 100 Meets fe T Notes feid Set Application info for Each Layer p Lece fea fi A aed si k Se Tei klein tim ar Lies ug acti m Br ana Tore CC Fi Ars 100 2000 5 Fill in your name as the Author This is optional 6 Verify the Customer Farm amp Field cells are correct this should be filled automatically 7 Select your Area Units i e acre 8 Type in any desired notes optional 9 Next set the application info for each layer This has to be done for each product and follow this process through for each product tank before moving on to the next product a Set Product ID GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 144 Exporting Prescription Maps Export a Prescription to a Topcon X20 Zynx b Type in the Default Rate numbers Example only Look at the ZERO rate on this map i P The Red area was set in the thematic ENOBSENETEISUUER Typen color to min of O and a max 0 00001 d Select the Units Lyra Fresingbon Export gt D ii Pe rn Fie rio Prod Mac and Aaien e Then click the desired rate radio button i Use Minimum Rate Drops the App Rate to the min val
303. rom Logged Data Create Veris Shapefile from Logged Data 10 Create Grids from Logged Data 11 Clear Maps 12 Client Farm Field Selection Dialog GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 255 Downloading USDA Geospatial Data 1 Go to the USDA Geospatial site http datagateway nrcs usda gov 2 On the top menu select Dura Gebr Get Data f a ee PDA NCE Gecnpatial Duta Gateway Home S m gt Eee pye Tee e USDA ed 2 GEGBBAMAL DATA GATEWAY 1 a r r i 2 he a g 4 zn Set ie Bait es Dan FA hep Amn Gmini Le 3 Select the State you want to work in 4 Select the County 5 Click on the Button to the Right labeled Add Counties to Your Selected List Note can select multiple counties so you don t have to repeat this procedure Limit to FTP size of request 8 GB of Data 6 Click Submit Selected Counties i o S778 Tae j j 1 LA cep Y ra fame Teal Hals i wr Fronten ADANC Geoana Des Gamer Oeder Data o g BET niae fies Wee of aorreulbues H F 1 ne aan C ai Natural Hasoutces Conmstintion Service _GeoSpatialDataGateway 2 j a a 238 er i iy i Last Ba 21418 LATALI A Hirer Tantra He FARO Cottet le Ki he Am 1 WHERE WHERE YOUR order by County Counties Lena e par are Pheer Fe ba Courty Co Bii tie te bor wou order A bat TF
304. s and they also need to convert the nutrient pounds to product POsprec 0 700 044 x Olsen P ppm x expected yield KoORec 1 166 0073 x Soil Test K ppm x expected yield Dim P205 As Single Dim K2O as Single Dim OLSENPST As Single Rasters P_OLSEN Value Dim KST As Single Rasters K_UNSPEC Value Dim EXPYIELD As Single Rasters 2005 Corn Yield Value Dim EXPYIELD As Single Rasters 2005 Corn Yield Value If Infield Then If Infield Then Check to See if it is Less Than 175 ppm Check to See if it is Less Than 20 ppm If KST lt 175 Then If OLSENPST lt 20 Then K20 1 166 0073 KST EXPYIELD P205 0 7 044 OLSENPST EXPYIELD Else Else It was over 175 ppm so apply O It was over 20 ppm so apply O K20 0 P205 0 End If End If Send the Value to the Map Send the Value to the Map Return K2O Return P205 Else Else Wasn t In the Field Send a NullVal to the Map Wasn t In the Field Send a NullVal to the Map pounds They could easily be modified to handle that chore but along with combining the scripts we will do that in a more robust fashion in the next pages Later we will build a Product object to help with those calculations GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 232 Opening a Script Editor in Excel 2007 One really neat way to debug and develop functions for use in Map
305. s grain header vs flex head Separating Data Sets 1 Import or Save SHP or CSV files back into the ADMS GkKData client farm field structure Note We prefer the SHP file format from most software There are some exceptions 2 Turn on the Yield File for the Field SHP or CSV 3 Go to the bottom left corner and open the Database tab Look through the columns to find an item that will allow you to Identify each combine In most cases Machine or Unit ID will work 4 In this example the Implement1 column has 2 unique values Flex Header vs Grain Header i liste inte i a ar Searnen b F o gt A amp de als hd ice m 1 Ex le i in i lbw Gase SK Farms Mow F SK Farms 5 Use the Select By Query and select to Implementi and to and flex head You will use your unique column wugen 6 Click the Blue Up Arrow to Run Query 7 Click on the Save Selected LT objects to New Layer top Toolbar name Combine 1 shp ir E k E 13 Repeat 5 7 for Combine 2 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 210 Cleaning Yield Data in Ag Data Mapping Solution Now we have two combines in separate SHP files You may need to clean up data a This Example Combine 1 amp Combine 2 Wa bta i he wp Tf the data is cleaned up
306. s Roads Yield Data 3 GK Drawing Tools Hand Drawing 4 Collect with GPS Using Ag Data Mapping Solution e d Importing from Another Source Polygons boundaries lines and points that have been collected using another source such as a tractor pickup ATV or hand drawn in other soft ware all of these would be coming from a different software package If these files are coming from another software package export the files out as Shapefiles shp and save them into the appropriate Grower Farm Field C GKData xxx xxx xxx If you are copying these Shapefiles make Sure you get all the extensions of the shape file Min requirement shp shx amp dbf Paste them in to the appropriate Grower Farm Field C GKData xxx xxx xxx ADMS does handle Imports from certain sources Generally you need to have the original data cards from the equip ment Find out by clicking on the Import tab while using Map Window GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 30 Drawing Layers Polygons Lines amp Points Extracting Drawing Layers from a Mass Collection FSA CLU Field Boundaries Roads Yield Data To use this function you must SELECT the Drawing object you want to SAVE or CREATE There are three ways of selecting these objects To use them you must first turn on the drawing layer that contains
307. s done by dragging and dropping files in ADMS once you have all the files unzipped Norman File Edit View Favorites Tools Help pack gt wa gt Search Folders EBE 7 ac Name Size imagery compliance fsa _MAIPMOS_634769_05 common land unit CLU _634769_01 zip 3 157 KB imagery_compliance_fsa_NAIPMO4_634769_04 zip 44 102 KB imagery_compliance_Fsa_MAIPMOS_634769_05 zip 171 792 KB topographic_images_ MDRGNRCS_634769_02 zip 65 566 KB Address m CGkDatalCountyDatalNorman Color scheme for DRAWING layers Saar Dh Dch bie Fliegen Dapper a fe bekkp i i My Decisis a heey Corer eee eee ei 2 ail ip Correlate a mm kig Fert DE a pre w Tee a DASH Mia E ka Shia Meuni I Ap Diui Ti Pii hiai Fe G Ptr A Leal Ta biy Einen E je paas rer ee eae a bee Field Data county Data Imager oe RE ND Counties shp ea at Norman CLU shp si Norman County Boundary shp ES Norman DRG sid u Bi Norman NAIP 2003 sid u L S Norman NAIP 2004 sid z Bi Norman NAIP 2005 sid z L S Norman NAIP 2006 sid I EE Norman NAIP 2008 jp2 x L S Norman NAIP 2009 sid bip je ee Fo CLU 1 pt lines LightSkyBlue 300 LSE Norman NAPP 2010 sid jee cf SHR Norman Railroads SHP Counties 3 pt lines Yellow 15 000 Norman Roads SHP Cities 2 pixel Black Red 3 000 Places 2 pixel Black Red 300 Railroads 1 pt lines Black
308. s if I am in the field Case False Do this if I am not End Select An example to the right demonstrates using an Enumeration of the map to build in a Select Case statement In this case it will determine which output map will be created It is a very powerful Tool that allows for compound tests like below This example has nothing to do with Map Math but demon strates a way to Divide by Ranges Dim Number as Integer 8 Select Case Number Case 1 To5 Return 3 Case 6 to 10 Return 8 Case 11 12 Return 11 Case 13 To 15 Return 15 Case Is gt 20 Return 20 Case Else Return 15 End Select Dim P205 As Single Dim K2O As Single Dim MakeMap As Output Dim OlsenPST As Single Rasters P_OLSEN Value Dim ExpYield As Single Rasters 2005 Corn Yield Value Dim KST As Single Rasters K_UNSPEC Value MakeMap Output P If InField Then Select Case MakeMap Case Output P Check To See If it Is Less Than 20 ppm If OlsenPST lt 20 Then P205 0 7 044 OlsenPST ExpYield Else P205 0 End If Send the Value to the Map Return P205 Case Output K Check To See If it Is Less Than 175 ppm If KST lt 175 Then K20 1 166 0073 KST ExpYield Else It was over 175 ppm so apply O K20 0 End If Send the Value to the Map Return K20 End Select Else Wasn t in the Map Return a Null Value Return NullVal End If Outside of the Main Function these 3 lines need to be Added T
309. s men Cununt Layer determine if the data is cor peT ogee am NE rect Excessive area showing TE Feowkxursarer on See a i brTan Aa r A up in the depressions layer may indicate that an outlet for water was not repre sented correctly in the to pography map FE aiara gr Lat APS Len Ad PDT Fiski Shelly BE Layo Fike comulohoir an ger GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 173 Using the Point Offset Routines to Adjust for Better Topography Maps Some GPS data logging packages use an offset while collecting data This is visible in planting data from both Deere and Ag Leader While it makes sense for the planting data the altitude attribute that is written to the file is for the altitude at the GPS receiver not at the planter And a topography map with the appearance of the one to the right is the result Note the zippered appearance of the edges of all of the features of the maps To correct for this problem and to make better topography maps we need to try to correct the data using some data in the log file In order for this to work there has to be an attribute in the database for the direction of travel or Heading Below right is a Deere GS2 collected database imported using the Import Topo menu in Ag Data Mapping Solution It is im perative that there be a heading column to make this w
310. s tool will NOT work without a SURFACE Checked At the bottom of the Data Tree Select Create New Layer From Template Select Sample Points from the list Check the SamplePoints shp in the Data Tree M SamplePoints SHP Click Multi Point Draw Tool on the bottom toolbar below your map window this is a toggle on off Feld Field I Layer Sampa omi schen BELLE he RP EK wo Click out the points in the order you would want them sampled and in the spot you want sampled When you are finished deselect the Multi Point Draw Tool your new points will automatically save Freak Fiekl 1 Lapeer Sample oirite shp Oa gehhe ART 48 10 Once finished click Save on the bottom toolbar Lat 47 473811 Lon 96 79461 5 Zone ID Field Shelly 85E Layer SamplePoints shp GBeaQge28H gt LARP AB X 100 Database Objects Selected 1 DB Operations Select By Quer al E A Longitude MPVal 96 795093 3 61910 214 2410 21 47 4752213 96 797885 1 ERE 236 520 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 37 Drawing Layers Polygons Lines amp Points Collect with GPS Using Ag Data Mapping Solution Map Window 1 Turn on all layers you want to view for background maps 2 Check on EXISTING Boundary or Ditch Line or Sample Point if you
311. sed to filter GPS points collected to try to ensure that collected data meets your quality specifications Vi GPS Status at Least GPS Only GGA Data HDOP Less than Differential Age Lees Than POOP Less Than 3 VDOP Less Than 3 Horizontal Eror Less Than 0 10 GST Or Garmn RME Data Vertical Eror Less Than v Continue Logging and Mark operabons if these critena are not met ST ey Senger _ You should see a series of PORT numbers similar to below Pick out the one that matches the port you are connecting to If you are unsure it may be a trial and error method in Ag Data Mapping Solutions Suggest Using Find GFS i NOTE and set the BAUD RATE 3 Data Bits 8 Parity None Stop Bits 1 Should always be set like this RTK Fixed Baud Rate set value to match the GPS RECIEVER Find GPS button will find the GPS PORT Minimum GPS Quality set to either GPS Only or c iGomputen Management m Fie Action view Window Help Amta 2TA Ra Computer Management Local ii System Tools E gu Event Viewer Shared Folders d Local Users and Groups Performance Logs and Alert Device Manager Monitors BB Network adapters Y Ports COM amp LPT Bluetooth Communications Port COMS F Bluetooth Communications Port COM6 F Bluetooth Communications Port COM F SB Processors GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Ha
312. sired UTM zone 10 Click Run Ose 11 This utility will cycle through each image nn create a folder for each county that it co vers and save it in the selected output di rectory The progress will be indicated on the right side of the window Input Image Files 2002 JUN28 2930 15 42354 2013_JUN10_2930_L8_ 53464 HAlmageny 29 30 Output Options Source Image Projection GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 3 Landsat Data Processing Cutting Images by Shapefile cz al Errei Tree Tot tore EG Mule ages nee peg TP rage Leg a dan Leper Ane je ee re Da Te ay ae cf free eab fiat ty rupee a THP bee d corti leech Ghoti ie San of fe Coury feet le s Laer beage ee the rgd erage The ig a he en of inci uch haar hies ns ine Bi eee ell eg ey ae cai Le Teng Lear su Atbtuis Cour cone Tim Mei i Jee Oy bajei HE inca enge Fri pee JA Zu S Ton 3 AN a LE SHE Urach Exteachraj kr Hier Demirg baada Siehe heen a Zn 1 Geary U Frau bein SAW Dii H kuaga BAJ p imagery 3 0 GW Comes C Chanje m ua a hijap Daas all E sam Them tahk ar Femme B omnira d dma E laip b Pesala L bami Aas a bon bere 4 hopin Ihmehsngn lle Sieben D Chasen Mite ap bragie Ine i 0s Denon ag H Douglas il Clear D Grea Dacula A Hmn Fee Deenload Manage Iennloada d Phage al
313. stad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 143 Exporting Prescription Maps Export a Prescription to a Topcon X20 Zynx 1 Rates The Zynx export uses the values in the Thematic color table for rate definitions If you set your map to rainbow with 255 colors and you have 10 rates in the field you will still get 255 actual rates If you open the object and edit with the thematic color tool and take it down to 5 zones you will get 5 rates It doesn t matter if you interpolated the map or not Pay attention to the color table in the lower right hand corner of the Zynx Export Window Start ADMS Map Window and then turn on the prescription files i e 82 0 O grd in the order that the machine air seeder spreader tanks hoppers are arranged The order that the layers are turned on is the tank the product goes to You can t change them out in the field either So if the air seeder is a 2 bin and has seed in the 1 tank and 11 52 00 in the second turn on the seed grd file 1 then turn on the 11 52 00 grd 2 e Unused Tanks If the machine has a tank or a channel that is not being used you need to assign a blank map to that chan nel tank Now to export on the Menu toolbar click Export amp Zynx amp Variable Rate Map e A Zynx Prescription Export window should appear see upper right Start wo
314. t Coloring amp Zoning Raster 1 Make sure your zone grd is the active layer 2 Useful tools at this time if needed e Reduce Border Effect gA e Trim End Values K e Invert 47 z Click on Smooth Filter 5x5 two times esired Number of Zones 5 3 4 Turn all images to be merged Open Multi Output Map Math lt gt x 5 Open Average Of All Layers script gt Compile gt Run 6 Save As Zones grd U e a 7 Click on Thematic Color rage ge ge ees stil 8 Adjust Number of Ranges to desired zone na omm ge a ee ee 9 Adjust the settings like the window to the right ow a ge 10 Normally use 2 Std Dev or K Means eget en 11 Mouse over the Color Chips to adjust and use the Scroll sex Seach O Khare Wheel on the mouse for custom coloring 12 When finished click Apply Saving for Soil Sampling 1 Right click on the file name grd in the data tree and select Save as BMP most soil samplers save as Google Earth KMZ Or go to File amp Print Map amp Print Map to Bitmap me 74 Area 50 39 Acres Sid Dey 12 Talat bie Bu GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 43 Creating Zones From Imagery For this section of the help guide we will be looking at Extracting and Handling Imagery In the reference to Handling
315. t color theme these values can be ren SEN Sr Eau iru manually adjusted to skew the color ge t a Ee table in one director or another ma any w ae ae This example will use Soil K We will say that anything 40 ppm or below will be lacking in nutrients and represented by the low end of the color table Red Likewise anything 300 ppm or above will be represented by the high end val ue of the color table Purple Any val ues between 40 300 ppm will be scaled accordingly AL Wer ne 4 5 Arena 108 5 Acre Si Dev 4068 Total Zul Nutrients Low Val High Val P Olsen 3 20 P Bray 3 35 Here are some common value Nitrogen 1 150 ranges to consider using for Sulfur 5 80 different nutrients Potassium 40 300 Zinc 0 2 2 pH 5 8 CEC 7 40 OM 1 6 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 77 Nutrient Layers Color Layers By Theme 5 In the area that says Minimum Value enter 40 and in the area that says Maximum Value enter 300 6 In the preview window the color adjustments to the map will be visible Since there is no values below 40 ppm there is no red in the map by THernatc Fasie haera r Caine Mare bare tees hi Am crs n um i dll gt i l m i ae ye 14 al a BUHE mr nm a2 03 a a 40 og ri HTF LE EF G IE 4 ET z a E m aa ma La late rd m u Ts dene a
316. t gt Operators Now you need to select the controller you will be using Under the Final Set tings use the Select Publisher pull down menu to find the controller you are using for application Note Missing Publisher Controller go to the Help button Use the Browse Button to select where you want the file exported Usually save to the C FODDExp Now you are ready to export files Select the Export Button This may take several minutes When the Export is complete copy the files to the appro priate media and take the files to the controller or applicator ii Layer Selection Layers File Process Import Yield ImportTopo Export Setup Tools Window Help Fertilizers Crops Blend Groups Hybrids VRT Zone Creation Add Map Units Mark Attr butes Trial Period Code Online Help ADMS Release Notes Page ADMS Install Page About 136 ei ag er tu cae Fee Eyr i j F 9 ur Im ei T a 3 SED horcey o hopes 1 Meee C Meu we p ei 2 m r boo x anh el zu ii baag zieh H is 7 Browse For Falie E Las Pht fire j Eda m att ii Toe aud rei a Palas fii i a Copier m n Toms bel i al L Y ep Lhi i 4 j a Eur P Arie Me er ki Herne ei eee FETE ii Fam a si oe q ns es ee hs Se ce ee GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855
317. t 100 5 controller card con Se peso SHBSE Grid Res meters We recommend leaving the Grid Res meters at 3 This should work with al Step 3 Check he Senings tor each product then Click Export most all field sizes eb 3 Reducing this down to 1 meter is recom un tm Oe mended if you are doing test strips in the LayertD Con Seed i Product Name Ra Type Out Of Reid Rate field er gt s Tzs LayeriD 18460 Out Of Field Rate Rate Count aaa le This is the number of Rates that will be Out Of Field Rate written into the map For seeding drop the a Rate Count to the number of different Out Of Field Rate seeding rates in the field You may want This is the rate used when traveling outside to reduce this if you are exporting a Corn of the field boundary seed map that only has 8 rates Lost GPS Rate Field ID This is the rate used when the GPS signal is This will automatically populate You may lost need to shorten the name due to the fact that the finished product will pull its name Unit of Measure from this column This is the unit of measure for the desired application Match this to the prescription Export Path map Always write the GRX files out to the root of a jump drive or a data card Also you Rx Type can only have 30 prescriptions in the GRX e Liquid applicators get Application By folder per data card Do NOT save a GRX Volume folder within an existin
318. t East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 73 Nutrient Layers Creating Prescription Maps Manually Next select the Soil Test Results tab on the top of your Nutrient Layers window Enter soil test results from a printed soil test or just click Enter Result Manual ly From the Select Products window select which products you will be using for the application One or more products may be selected If you do not see the product you would like to use Cancel and go to the Creating Fertilizer Products section of the guide The Zone_ID is already selected as Column that contains the Zone ID Select the Test Result to be associated with the appropriate color from the Zone map If there is no test for a color in the map you must select No Test next to that color Now enter the product totals from the soil test results to their appropriate Zone ID and Product These values are the actual units of product that will be applied by the controller 100 Ibs N should be entered as 217 for Urea 46 0 0 You can use values as LBS of Nutrient and convert later using steps 10 13 or change the values in the Soil Test Results table With all these items selected and values filled in check Interpolate Output Maps and click Build Maps By NOT checking the Interpolate box you will get
319. t to Average CornSeed grd map may need 6 Max Count Rate set to SMS 255 to be written K Seed Acre 7 Precision column set to 0 is of Decimal Points 8 Export Selected Rasters Meaning if you want 32 000 9 File Name use the Field Name sds your map should be en tering a value of 32 On the data card the SHP SHX DBF we suggest putting the files in a folder named RX or rxMaps on the root of the data card or USB drive warn Fat Feia Maga testes Ty Appin ator eee wji Bn paba y a E OkttamiCIEMC LT Cate Blani 3 GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Export Prescription Maps Shape Grids 129 John Deer 2600 amp 2630 Controllers Export will create a Shape file which exists as a xxx shp xxx shx xxx dbf files Note All 3 files must be sent out to the spreader SHP SHX DBF Boundary not required to be turned on for this export 1 Select all the files to export 2 Select one layer as master 3 Note the Precision Column for exporting low rate products like Micro Nutrients change the 0 to a value of 1 or 2 1 digit after the decimal point or 2 digits after the decimal point 4 Adjust your Output Resolution Recommendation from GK 6 to 8 meter less than 30 000 polygons Recommendation from John Deere 15 meter 50 foot Cell Merge Mode
320. ta 3 Create a new line file 4 Draw reference lines from the NAIP image This will be used to help georeference the satellite imagery Selecting Polygon Boundary 1 A Boundary is needed for this process Refer to the creating boundaries section to create a Boundary 2 Turn on Boundary shp and make Sure it is the active layer 3 Go to the Automated Zone Creation Tab Click Set Selection Parameters 4 Click inside the Boundary shp polygon in the Map Window eT ee en 5 The object will appear Lime Green korz Select Boundary for Clipping 6 Go to Automated Zone Creation tab Click Set Selected Boundary 7 Go to the Automated Zone Creation Tab Parameters Step 2 Load or Select an Image Click Below Cutting the Raster 2006_APR23 423 2006_AUG25_Aster WestHalf Clouds 312 l 1 Turn on All the Satellite images you want under Imagery Tab 2006 Seros Fa 3 2 Turn on the Guidelines that were created rE ueu ouds 3 Automated Zone Creation Tab Click on the Image Date to extract 9 Red ND Green NDVI NR 4 Choose the Extraction Type Red NDVI Vegetation NIR Bare Soils 5 Click Extract Images Sergei image 6 Use the Alignment Arrows to move Image if needed according to Step 3 Align the Image with the Boundary guidelines 7 Choose Desired Number of Zones 8 Click Finish Repeat 2 7 for all the Images Step 4 Finish k C Reduce Border Effec
321. ta to make it the new active layer Field Farmyard Layer Seed grd 2011 Osceola NAIP_ext tif 9 A window will appear that gives you math operations that can 2011 Osceola NAIP_ext_NIR grd be performed on the area under the polygon Choose Replace 7 a soc with this Value Enter in the new rate that will be under the Mod men Area Click OK LAURE ModArea shp 10 Make sure the test grd is the active layer and Save Chang es i Note the color table has changed due to the zero rate The other areas will have the same rates that were entered earlier Export the test map e Follow the instructions in the Export Prescription Maps section to bring it to the controller that will be used for testing GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 127 Export Prescription Maps Shape Grids Exporting to a Shape Grid Exporting Shape File Notes Exporting files as shape grids is used for sending files directly to some controllers It is also used to export maps to other software for map creation or for data transfer Keep in mind these output settings can cause controller problems even if you are going through other software So be aware of the limitations and capabilities of your controllers and software EEE NETTER HET Ek U o _ Bacon fetan Insert took Wm ai a F H
322. tad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 217 Processing Yield Data Net Profit Map 1 Turn on the 2007 Soybean Yield csv in ADMS 2 Right click on and it and click Save As gt SHP File and save it as 2007 Soybean Yield shp 3 Turn on the 2007 Soybean Yield shp 4 Right click and click Create Grid gt Create Grid from Points 5 In the Create Grid popup window select Dry Yield in the drop down menu and click Create Grid 6 Turn on the new 2007 Soybean Yield grd It should be the Active Layer 7 Select the Intra Layer Math button eee 1 a el i a M x 8 Click the Multiply by the Value radio button and Ths function wil pefom an enter the sale price of that crop unit and click OK For example to add 50to the values inthe Select Add 9 Now make sure the 2007 Soybean Yield grd is still the Active Layer 10 Select the Intra Layer Math button again 11 Click the Subtract the Value radio button and en ter the input cost per acre click OK 12 Now click the Surface Properties button EB Set Raster AE Dre 3 M Adjust Geo Reference WE C OETA MCE ee Columns 449 r menn Rows 241 13 Select the proper Units for the crop and click Apply Eang n Update Position 14 Click save on the bottom toolbar You have now successfully turned a yield data map in
323. te is set to To collect at 5 Mhz you must be set to 19200 or higher on your Baud rate Mhz of 1 sneds out information 1 per second Mhz of 5 5 per sectiond and 0 5 1 every 2 seconds 3 GPS NEMA Strings required National Marine Electronics Association GGA GPS fix location supplying Longitude Latitude number of satellites signal quality and altitude GSA GPS quality DOP dilution of precision of active satellites RMC GPS time date speed and heading infor mation If RMC is not available VTG can be used and the data and time will come from the computer RMC is preferred With Ag Data Mapping Solutions running go to the Settings button and go to GPS Set tings pictured above 1 GPS Port To find out what your Com Communications port is got to your My Computer icon gt Right Click gt Select Manage This will open your Computer Management window Select Device Manager and Ports COM amp LPT mE Data Storage Weer intetace User intedace 2 GPS Seinge GPS Config UTM Zone Wens Setting Port Settings GPSPot BEE Pety None v Bari Ame 4800 e Use RTS CTS Lists Bis 6 Fed GPS Stop Bits One View GPS Data Date Storage User interface User interface 2 GPS Settings GPS Contig LTM Zone Verte Settings Yield Settings Wam ng Crtena GPS Cursor Garmin Contig General Contig Check the boxes next to define the critena that will be u
324. tellite Google Labels Google Terrain f Yahoo Map Note If another image is currently loaded in Yahoo Satellite the software the web layer may not be visible Yahoo Hybrid since by default it is loaded behind all other lay en ers Other GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 51 Extracting Images From Web Layers en Using ADMS Web Layers Saving amp Extracting Images TT 2 eves sy CT Ss GEL Lieven dain 5 In the Layer Info panel under Images In Map the web layer will appear 6 To save this layer to use offline or for zone creation Right Click on the layer name e g Google Satellite 7 After right clicking choose Export A menu will appear Clear Images with several different extraction RGE GeoTIF Epot methods RGB With RGB VI Surface To use the surface extractions the RGB With Red Surfa Use This Option if the Source Map ts Red Green Blue Image boundary MUST BE SELECTED NRG GeoTIF first NRG With NDVI NRG With NIR Surface BMP World x RBG Red Green Blue GeoTIF Extracts the true color image as a TIF file It is very im portant that this is chosen correctly otherwise certain extractions NDVI NIR RGB VI may not work correctly x RGB With RGB VI Surface Extracts the true color TIF file and it extracts and saves the RGB VI Red Green Bl
325. th In some projections it s not flat in the sense that it follows the earth s curvature in one direction and has a known scale of error in the other direction relative to the distance of the origin The most well known coordinate system is the Universal Transvers Mercator UTM It is very easy to work with fairly accurate over small distances making measurements such as length angle and area very straightforward UTM Acronym for universal transverse Mercator A projected coordinate system that divides the world into 60 north and south zones 6 degrees wide This is what everything is projected in within the soft ware Being in the correct UTM zone is critical to ensure the location is accurate Datum Point line or surface used as a reference The datum defines an ellipsoid and through set points on the ground they are related to points on the ellipsoid the center of the earth is defined There are many different datums used for measurements locally and worldwide Common datums are WGS84 and NAD83 NAD 83 North American Datum of 1983 Datum defined to remain consistent over the years for the North American Continental Plate WGS 84 Most well known datum Gives a good approximation of points over the entire world and in theory remain consistent over time Latitude The angular distance usually measured in degrees north or south of the equator Lines of latitude are also referred to as parallels Longitude The angular dista
326. th Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 47 Creating Zones From Imagery Creating Boundaries Boundary Creation From Mass Collection With some tools within ADMS boundaries can automatically be generated To automatically generate a boundary a point data collection is needed This can be anything as long as it s point data A few good sources are e Yield Data e Elevation Survey Data e As Applied Data Make sure there are now outlier points in the collection otherwise this process will take much longer to run Note If yield is being used and has been cleaned up some of the data around the edge of the field may be missing and the boundary will be inaccurate In this situation consider exporting the raw data for the purpose of boundary creation Field Data County Data In 1 Turn on a data points file SHP or CSV EN 2007 Wheat Yoki co 2 Right Click on the field in the data tree and mi select Generate Boundary ke Generate Boundary 3 After that is selected the Generate a Bounda ry from Points window will appear This win dow gives instructions along with different op tions of how the new boundary will be creat ed a 2 ee eee el ee el ee A nd eg ihe Ems meer ee NE two options on this window are the pre biar gap w h rang Smoothness and Subset values Wis tart full Mis bubs me Gee oe Seed wen er DH el
327. the objects to be saved CLU Yield Data Roads Topo Data Key to this process is watching your ACTIVE LAYER on the Bottom Toolbar T 1 Select by Click Simply left clicking on or in the object gt tS 2 Selecting by Area Basically drawing a boundary around the object 3 Selecting by Database Using the Database tab and choosing the object out of the dataset The next examples will explain these functions Selecting by Click Example with POLYGONS 1 For this example turn on FSA CLU field boundaries Multiple SHP file Object 2 Select Select Mode Replace Nt amp Select with Click on the top toolbar Note This is selected by default when software starts 3 Left Click inside the Polygon Boundary you want By holding down the Ctrl key you can select multiple objects 4 Note that the Polygons have turned Lime Green showing they have been selected 5 Top toolbar note number of Selected objects BE DZ de 6 On the TOP TOOLBAR select 4 ce weer F Save Selected Objects to a New Layer 7 This will open into a Save win dow 8 Notice it is saving back into your Field level data every time 9 Name the object amp click Save GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual Drawing Layers Polygons Lines amp Points E
328. they will show up as a dropdown option 2 Choose the corresponding columns 3 To update values two columns must be filled in ADMS will use the values in one column to convert to the other value In this example the Olsen val ues will be converted to Bray P B1 4 After the dropdowns are filled in click Run Conversion GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 84 Nutrient Layers Using CSV XLS Soil Test Results Phosphorous Conversion Creating New Columns If soil test results are reported as one value but they need to be converted to used in recommen dations or scripts it can be done using the same tool Instead of updating an existing column it will create a new one based on existing values 1 Click on the Phos Convert button St Using the drop down boxes next to each one Color Select the IEP 2 Fone from the Soil Test Results that matches up with the Zone ad Phosphorus Conversion This Utility will update soil test columns from Phosporus to convert differing soil test method to contain common results in all columns 2 The Phosphorous Conversion win Select at least one column that you would like to update dow will open 3 Select the existing Soil Phospho rous column from the dropdown Olsen Column gt P O ppm 4 Select lt Create New gt for the soil test value that needs to be
329. this value to match the GPS receiver output rate Data Bits always set to 8 Stop Bits always set to One Parity always set to None Use RTS CTS Request to Send Clear to Send function required by some GPS units and can be useful in trouble shooting other serial communications problems Find GPS Button Searches through all the COM ports amp all the BAUD rates looking for a valid GPS signal Function may not work if you are indoors and have no GPS signal View GPS Data Button Shows GPS ete strings in the window below to confirm you have signal View GPS Date Stop Tes ADMS GPS REQUIRES the source GPS to supply the following data strings GGA GSA RMC or VTG can be used in its place GST this data string is OPTIONAL GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 14 Settings Window GPS Config Warning Criteria jaj Settings a 8 lt p E F oo seer isea Liner interes 2 OPS hetings OFS Conky al Tink Senge I Wamo Crima GPS Cursar Gamin Canby Genma Ceeig Check the boxes next to define the criteria that will be used to filter GPS points J GPS Status ei Loms GPS tnly HGP Less then Ciaran Age Lena Than POO Less han DEP Less Than Haiti Error Lem Than 6 tt m GST Or Gamm AME hate Kahn Verbosl Error Less Than 530 Gentine L ng nnd Miiri Haans if thir miana ma
330. tiplies the Standard Deviation by 2 Then it adds and subtracts that value from the mean These are the new high and low values e 98 Stretch Recommended for imagery and zone creation 1 of the values are taken from the top and 1 of the values are taken from the bottom end e Equal Interval Recommended for topography or prescriptions when creating contour polygons Makes each color have an equal range of values e Equal Area Not commonly used Each zone has equal area GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 71 Nutrient Layers Creating Fertilizer Products Before getting started with writing Prescription maps it is suggested that you confirm that you have all the Products you would want to use 1 On the top toolbar select Setup and Fertilizers 2 At the Edit Fertilizer Products window select Add New 3 Enter all the values for the product custom PK Keep names less than 12 characters N Conc is the by weight analysis If you enter all the Conc values on the right the product will be available for Blend Groups Seed products do not enter Conc values 4 When finished select Save __ 5 Create as many Fertilizer Products as needed by starting at step 1 6 When finished Close this window os Yen Soe D ae 50 Pe Som i ul Uria Le Hr Di
331. to Average Max Count Rate normally set to Infinite Precision column set to 0 this is of Decimal Points Export Selected Rasters File Name use the Field Name On the data card the SHP SHX DBF must be put in a folder named rxMaps on the root of the USB drive or data card DON U Sua i Finkel 7 Factiva Mapa Pee year eT 1a teren ag Export Rasters as SHP File Eee are Cell Merge Mode bip Eiern A Manny stp N yee Resolution Average Minimum Export Options Below is a List of Surfaces that are cu Select the Surface that will be the Ma Approximate Output Cell Count gt Maximum for each Surface that you have select 3159 Polygons Max Rate Count The Master Layer is the layer that defi Infinite there is no data in the master layer ap APEX 8 Once a Master Layer has been select Export Selected Rasters JD Ax 1175 changed an approximate polygon co SMS 255 Products To Export ss Source DEB Fieldh ame Precision CAGKDatavagExp M46_0_0 0 O CMGKEDataAgE p N11_52_0 CAGKDataVAgExp Blend_1 CAGKData4gExp Blend_3 Export Master x lt 1 kl GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 132 Export Prescription Maps Shape Grids Trimble EZGuide FMD FMX Controllers Ex
332. to Selected Polygon 5 Modify Pixels Under Drawn Area Window will open You can now assign a value or add sub tract multiply divide the pixels in the ModArea 6 Click the Save Changes when finished you may want to do a Save As amp Re name if you want to keep the original object Bee A Sy S pE setae 1 A HO bd So or N DE mairal 7014 oe D Zanes 2013 grat Let dT AL Let STELLTE 1 fees ao rs a amp Felt Snel TSW Lee Aber za0 8 Qasa 980 BEG AEEES GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 91 Creating a Yield Goal Map Adding a Yield Factor e Often a yield goal will be used in the equations for creating fertilizer prescriptions There are several different ways you can obtain a yield goal map 1 Using Imagery Zones Adjusting Ranges 2 Using Imagery Zones Assign New Values Creating a Yield Goal Map Using Imagery Follow the Creating Zones From Imagery section to obtain a zone map with an accurate representation of the field you are working on e Once you have an acceptable zone map yield values will have to be associated with it Method 1 Adjust Ranges of Imagery Zones 1 Select the Zone map grd file and make the active layer 2 Click Save As on the bottom toolbar below the map window ep r GData p Liver Manual Client Caleb i La EE irae
333. to a net profit map GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 218 Processing Veris Data Importing Veris DAT Files In this section you will be importing Veris DAT Files for a field and combining them into a single SHP file for surfacing 1 Start Ag Data Mapping Solution and go to the top tool bar select the Process wo item then Veris Data News I mode A EA DMA A Beundary GET wA Leer Bei a Ce En under a ER Fe aM A Bourian ih DAP Hah i y ha ME Maie A ELAT AA 2 Select the Correct Grower Farm and Field for the data you are importing 3 After selecting or creating the proper Grower Farm and Field click the Explore This Folder icon in the data tree Paste in the Veris DAT file or files you wish to process You may also want to add a Boundary file if you have one 4 Click the Import Veris DAT Files button Choose one or multiple DAT files to import If you choose multiple DAT files all files will be merged into one Veris Points shapefile As the data is imported bad data such as negative values are filtered out of the a data Oagehe ba aA ORTX 5 Columns named NormSurf and NormDeep are added to the data These values are the normalized values for the ee Ee surface and deep data layers 5 oe oy cme 32 0 FF
334. to the Database tab and enter 1153 4 in en DB Operations Select By Query the Elevation column 1156 9 3 5 Drop GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 188 Creating Tile Plan Modify Topography Maps using ModArea 1 Turn on the topo file that is to be modified i e Q Merged points Altitude grd a 2 Click the Create New Layer from Template button 3 Choose the ModArea template 4 Check it in the data tree It should now be the Active Layer 5 Zoom in to the area that needs to be modified 6 Select the Draw New Object button TEE 2 4 EN host REIOBEX Lat 45 25382252 Lon 96 6860577 1 157 019 Feet Field Topography Demo Layer Merged points Altitude grd 9 Now make the Merged points Altitude grd the Active Layer x wr 7 a E 7 En Fr Ha DialogModArea xj 7 Draw a polygon around the outlet area this will normally be a culvert or ditch bottom with a KNOWN elevation 8 Use the selection tools on the top toolbar to select the ModArea Again this is indicated by the green crosshatch making sure only one polygon is se ected Modify Value 1155 55 __ Cancel 10 Check the Apply Mod to Selected Polygons Magic Wand button 11 In the popup Modify Pixels Under Drawn Area
335. u have Credits and an Account you can use the GK Satshot interface GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 277 Using Satshot Website for Downloading Imagery There are three functions for accessing Satshot Step 1 Uploading a new boundary to Sateshot Step 2 Logging into the site 2 Step 3 Finding an image and downloading Step 1 Uploading Boundary e Create your boundary as you normally would in ADMS You can only upload simple boundaries to Satshot NOT poly polygons Boundaries cannot have knots in them This is a Knot gt e If your boundary is a Poly Polygon see the section on Decomposing Poly Polygons Simple Polygon Poly Polygon Not OK e Right Click on your simple Boundary shp name Select Utilities and Extract Images from AgriImaGIS Field Data County Data imagery oe En sone Culpa Convert Point SHP to Path an Zi BE Merge SHP Files with Z Adjust CIRE Boundary CLUPohPolshp Unload Layer Merge All Visible SHP s UE Esn World imagery ti E Zoom to This Layer Adjust Geo Reference E Google Satellite bf E Orde d Export Point File to Local Propection see Im ee A HEERES TR Grant NAIP 2003_exatit Lt cant u Buler Selected Items ME Grant NAP 2004 ext tf Ei Utilities Extract Images from Agrima This will bring you the Satshot logi
336. ubtract amp 30 43 ene 4 Click Apply and Save Oper Voie MAN To Adjust the GRD LiDAR Data Pe opers on wh Ehe curfertl 1 Make LidarImport grd the Active Layer Men ir tha heer Daha ek a Vale amd ee ie Yale bes are clack 2 Click the Intra Layer Math on the bottom toolbar a Acid tha Yale 3 Choose column to amend amp Add or Subtract amp enter Value Subtrari tue Vinha This example Elevation amp Subtract amp 30 43 Divida by the Valua Buiepiy by the einen 4 Click OK and Save Oiii k AS GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 181 LiDAR RTK Merge Adjusting Elevation amp Merging Rasters Both the LIDAR amp RTK are adjusted to match on the X Y Z axis The final step is go ing to be Merging the data sets There are two methods of merging that could be used in ADMS merge as Rasters or merge as Vectors This example will show you the Raster method Start by Clearing the map 1 Turn on Ditch Bottom shp amp make it the Active Layer 2 Right Click on the Ditch Bottom shp Note Point Size will effect the next step ER Appearance LEG 40S LOM o bot Generally use 10 World Size Fe Create Gid JE een HO 3 Select Create Grid amp From Polygons ER Wanhat SP Wien gt 3P Create Grid
337. ucture If you are a farm with only one 1 entity then use this structure ex Grower Johnson Bros Inc amp Farm Johnson Bros Inc then your Fields Take note of Field Sec 32 NE Qtr it is populated with folders of years At the end of each year place all your data in to a completed year folder Using some sort of Ag Data Mapping Solution ar GK Technology Ag Data Viewer Map Window Eile Process Import Export Tools Window Help Layer Control Quern Image GPS Mark kS g Grower Farm Field Field Data County Data Imagery E 2003 Sa 2004 2a 2005 OE 2006 J pa Application _M aps EF 11 52 0 grd IGE 2004_Jun28_heat grd Ean IGE 46 0 0 grd ji Boundary shp Johnson Bros Inc GROWER ag Johnson Bros Inc FARM ww Sec 32NE Gt FIELD wa el rl Ef ee FE EY file structure similar to the 2004 example Application Imagery Yield and Topography folders If Topography data is only collect ed every few years you may want to move that up one level to be stored in the Field folder Only create folders for information that is there having an empty Topography folder stored in a Year folder can be confus ing It may make you think data was collect ed that year when it really was NOT If the field is farmed as one field year in and year out the Boundary file should stay in the Field folder If the field is farmed dif
338. ue This means it is not a 0 to 1 000 000 000 value it is a NULL VALUE See the scripting sec tion on What is a Null Value for further explanation If in Field if there is a hole in one surface no data in an area then there is a hole in the output surface of that field Because there is data missing in one map the math opera tion will NOT run on that area returning a NULL VALUE not zeros Upon creating your MapMath layers we suggest SAVE AS and renaming your layer to rep resent your newly created map Script Explanations 2 Layer Add Will Add 2 surfaces in the Same Field using If in Field logic To assign different UNITS on line 7 default Units Ac Assign Input Surface names on lines 19 amp 20 Add as a Value The Math is done on line 24 Useful for checking total seed in Soybean Offensive Defensive Soybean Seeding maps Creates a new Surface named MapMath 2LayerAdd grd 2 Layer Difference Will Subtract 2 surfaces in the Same Field using If in Field logic To assign different UNITS on line 7 default Units Ac Assign Input Surface names on lines 19 amp 20 Add as a Value The Math is done on line 24 Useful for checking your LIDAR vs RTK Elevation maps Creates a new Surface named MapMath 2LayerDiff grd GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag
339. ue Visual Index as a GRD map to the Field Data x RGB With Red Surface Extracts the true color TIF file and the Red band is extracted and saved as a GRD file x NRG Near Inferred Red Green GeoTIF Use this option if there is an inferred band in the image Usually you can tell if the image has a reddish color to it This will save it as a color inferred GeoTIF in Field Data It is very important that this is chosen correctly otherwise cer tain extractions NDVI NIR RGB VI may not work correctly x NRG With NDVI Extracts the NRG GeoTIF and a NDVI GRD is created and saved in Field Data x NRG With NIR Surface Extracts the NRG GeoTIF and the NIR band is extracted and saved as a GRD in Field Data x BMP World Saves the file as a geo referenced BMP file x JPG World Saves the file as a geo referenced JPG file GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 52 Extracting Images From Web Layers Using ADMS Web Layers Saving amp Extracting Images 8 After choosing the extraction option you wish to use a box will appear asking which resolution to export it as The higher the resolution the less detailed the image will be For most field situ ations 1 2 meters is adequate By choosing Other a custom size can also be entered Cra Pelee Yorke H a H rinpeur er a Lical Doak TS a County Bete
340. ue of that zone ii Use Average Rate Makes the App Rate the mean of that zone Most common Use Maximum Rate Increases the App Rate to the max value of that zone NOTE Pay attention to App Rate on the color table in the lower right of the export window You will see the App Rate column does not ID Create Color By Value Table populate until you click Use Aver een age Rate Some Rx maps will NOT o 9 47 0 72236 73 722 89 201 16 7 89 201 106 7 20 8 106 7 1165 76 116 5 1275 19 8 127 5 139 16 get rates on a tank as a result e THEN go back to the next layer and start this process over for each layer Problems have occurred by not checking the ID Rate Type Units and etc in the correct sequence 10 Click Build Files It will create an xml file with the Farm Field amp Year in it see below Average 107 98 Area 89 75 acs Std Dev 24 54ibs Total 9691 lbs 11 That should do it Now place that Xxxx xml file on the hard drive of the controller under the C Lynx folder GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 145 Exporting Prescription Maps Rx Map to a John Deere GS2 GS3 2600 2630 as GRX na Step 1 Check layers to Export Step 2 Check these Settings Layers Check the layers to be exported to the rate 2 Gid Res poetens 3 v RateCaur
341. ugh the common name mapping database when nutrient layers are created 1 Load Fixed Thematic Table Bottom Toolbar To load a fixed color theme on any raster the button on the bottom toolbar can be used 1 Make sure the desired map is the active layer in red on the bottom of the map window Field Delaware 10 NW106 Layer Soil K grd 2 Click the Load Fixed Thematic Table button This will bring up a list of all the color themes that are currently saved Meier E15 En 3 Click on the theme you want applied to the active layer Bilal 4 The theme will be applied Bu CEC Ph nag 5 To go back to the original color table use the Change rl A ED ppm Color Theme icon on the bottom toolbar and choose Sail CR 1 6 the original color table Sal F iray 3 3 ppm feel A Dle 3 0 opm a eh H ze za ind am 2 Load Fixed Thematic Table Common Name Mapping Database Color themes in the Common Name Mapping database will only get applied to layers created in the Merge Zone Results or Merge Grid Results windows When new layers are created off of a column heading that has not been used before the Data For Column Name window will appear The entries in this window will get applied to the Common Name Mapping database and get applied to every layer created from that same column name To set a color theme Choose it from the Color Theme dropdown menu after all the other infor mation has been entered
342. unten for that u ee ied E alia IE He Gene Poe ia Bvallaite Combis Ihe se nd nn ney are aod for mimi ser Deren De ee Ve EI button to move those our bo Eh Sekei Lik s lizi fu fiar Pana Cima fema p verig ia e litte Fur P Fe are wii po eher tiranan art eke tive cube Selected Courties KOCEM m Sipe Tee Th u Da een he Laer aera GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 256 Downloading USDA Geospatial Data 7 In the What to download window check the items listed below amp to the right Suggested Download Items e Public Land Survey System PLSS Townships a ee 2 Eee u ne r Public Land Survey System PLSS Sections br jt dees Con Ey hon marae pes S Geo Jopi zu jatal sate Nay e National Elevation Dataset 3 Meter Sim tet he WAG Cauca aS AA e National Elevation Dataset 10 Meter Also download Quadrangle Index 1 12 000 e National Elevation Dataset 30 Meter 60 meter AK e Geographic Names Populated Places gia Orth Coury Bipa of PT ghida br A Da r IOUS Natiin A Ji National a inge i F Tham Pilger ays i a0 oi HI Pieri A bragar Pi e Geographic Names Non Populated Places e NRCS Counties by State e Digital Ortho County Mosaic of 7 5 quads by NRCS e 2003 2014 National Ag Imagery Program Mosaic e Soil Survey Spatial and Tabular Data SSURGO 2 2 e Digital Raster Graphic
343. ure to select the Farm amp Field also i Drm tee Norm be a et 5 a Fie rp Vie ioina pen Se re ni Haie mE oa Ie mi ii in ee ee SS a I oe a ORY 12 Ir Cher GE User Manuia New Foam OTK Process e Jan Dows26 NW LDAN Tl Era ma Pde Foih ren kat FAT Lon EEG Feli aoe 2 A LOAR Lra ni oaeeeRh GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 158 Creating Topography amp Watersheds Importing Data Survey Pro Text Trimble AGPS 170 AutoFarm Log File Once selected to the desired Field select Import from the menu and choose the source rer 2 where the files were created E aR ntellsiope LIDAR LAS Import CaselH Next Browse to the desired files La rs Sangeet Files j Ee Fi POTION DAA Iin or select where the data is stored See ee el in Select the desired import files biy uin uar 17 1 Payer e ha Select the desired destination Grower Farm Field Note some imports are automated by AA the Names used at the collec tion time Coy Feat CoV Sw_17_1_POSITION_010306_1 Sw_17_1_POSITION_070306_1 Sw_17_1_POSITION_310806_1 Click the Import button Training v GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 159 Cre
344. us Conversion Soil phosphorous values may be tested and reported in several different ways such as Olsen Bray and Mehlich 2 amp 3 Do to variables like pH differences some samples may be tested as one type and other samples tested as another For example a high pH test may have an Olsen result where a lower pH may have a Bray result ADMS cannot distinguish these differences So there are some conversion tools to update columns that may have zeros in them or create a new column if the phosphorous result needs to be a certain type for recommendations or scripts Updating Existing Columns If there is a column that has only some values reported in it It can be updated using the other Soil P column For example these results have three zones reported as Olsen Values and only one zone reported as a Bray value P O ppm P Bi ppm g 0 To report everything in P B1 a conversion must be ran before the maps 7 133 are created 0 1 Click on the Phosphorous Conversion button Merge Tables 5 The Phosphorous Conversion window will appear Thee Unity well pe So test coimas from Phospotus fo convert denny po baai mele 10 Gn ee Pee m al Coir Fresaphreun i Tei i Phap es If the columns have values in them they will show up as a dropdown option Selec ai kon one cohen thal you woud bee lo pet 2 Choose the corresponding columns 3 To update values two columns must be filled in ADMS will use the values Olsen Colum
345. weed lo create data m tho tuhuma e A default color theme may also be applied Refer to that sec tion of the book for more ex planation ar Date tor tahun Mone ME m 11 Once you have a name The information batow will bo used to croato new layers whan units and decimal preci O fala wiih the short name m used Io create data m tho tuluma sion assigned click OK It wali help to proada consistent nanang of oulpul layer and go on to the next one that Pere n e Do this until the Data for Column Name boxes stop appearing GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 114 Grid Sampling Creating Nutrient Layers Inverse Distance amp Kriging 12 Select the View Nutrient Maps Tab on the top of the screen You can now view your created nutrient maps for the field a File Process Import Yield Import Topo Export Setup Tools Window Help Load Data Soil Test Results View Nutrient Maps at FP PUFF Sx Load Data Soil Test Results View Nutrient Maps Pen e Created With ADMS Inverse Distance Load Data i Soil Test Results View Nutrient Maps e Created With Surfer Kriging Field Data Cou IB 2013 Grid Sample e The newly created nutrient layers will be stored under The of 54 Merged Sample LIE OM grd Year Grid Sample folder under Field Data JGR pH g
346. when it comes into ADMS skip the Cleaning Data below Cleaning Data Query Tools 1 Turn on Combine 1 shp 2 Open the Database tab and select the Yield column Dry Yield in this example 3 You will notice the values on the bottom toolbar O 265 bu ac Avg 58 4 bu ac You will need to select the values to clean the data up to 4 Use Select By Query and Less Than lt and for this example using 20 bu ac Run Query Click the Delete Selected Objects 5 Use Select By Query and Greater Than lt and for this example using 90 bu ac Run Query Click the Delete Selected Objects 6 Save the SHP file when finished Optional Save As name it Combine1Cleaned shp keeping original data 7 Repeat steps 1 6 on Combine 2 and Combine 3 amp 4 amp so on Make sure you use the same values or value range will affect normalizing merging and color tables 20 90 for this example or 30 100 be acceptable value range of 70 for both Tat FSP Pee SPR ERE irae TO 0 40 BEE 2 m a SE sah EB GE a ee Mi i T at ae a i L GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 211 Cleaning Yield Data in Ag Data Mapping Solution Now we have two combines in separate SHP files You may need to clean up data This Exam
347. will be using to access data from John Deere Greenstar 1 amp 2 systems the original Ag Leader YLD as well as Insight data and Case Voyager data is the FO Viewer tool from Mapshots that is installed with the FODD runtime In Ag Data Mapping Solution you can start FOViewer if it is installed by click ing Import Yield amp Launch FOViewer FOViewer will startup in the Device Selection menu ready to import data That will bring up the box below right that will show a list of devices from which data can be read Highlight the device type you wish to read from and the type of data you wish to read for example Deere GS2 and Deere GS2 Grain Yield then click Next If you need to re access the Device Selection menu click the arrow to dropdown a menu he ieh ara a2oao Damm hare ferment pin Sey de aber Fear Ada ban GE hits Hirsi Fair aki A Harz Lra ee de La Sa Be ied Wot tired ee Frau ent hie map kan ae loaded Mino layers arm inadied Eur ar be fh Tere e na courdy idee armad weh the solestei trues Paie J The Tgeriemagery date for fe selected county fot matae 1 There ara mo Goundanes dren for any fake n the gelected buses j Thes m no Spann monahon i the dc pou aie irg to pori GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 202 Processing Yield Data
348. xterior Interior Polygons Creating PolyPolygon section More GPS information in the Using GPS Controls Section of the manual GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 38 Drawing Layers Polygons Lines amp Points Decomposing a Poly Polygon Some boundaries may come in or have been built as Poly Polygons These interior polygon may need to be removed These instructions will show you how to do this This example will show how to remove 2 tree rows from a field 1 Turn on our Poly polygon boundary note I turned on NAIP for this example 2 Click inside the Boundary making it a Selected Object Lime Green 3 On the bottom toolbar click on the Decompose a selected PolyPolygon to its component Polygons 4 This is a good time to do a Save As amp Re Name ex Boundary 2012 shp 5 Make sure the active layer is Boundary 2012 shp 6 Select the polygons to remove either by Clicking in them or using the Database 7 Click on Delete Selected Objects button on bottom toolbar 8 Click Save on the bottom toolbar Boundary as Poly Polygon Boundary as Multiple Polygon TILAA A ne a DS pE saa 1 pb E or OF Sh MSE pl s 2 pA Lat 47 375870 Lon 96 34837 4 96 95 Fiaki Example Fie Layer Boundary OL ULshpe Ste 2 Ar HDARZERIOBEX na Ofocs fuod OD Operabone Select By Quer r
349. xtracting Drawing Layers from a Mass Collection FSA CLU Field Boundaries Roads Yield Data Selecting by Area Example with POINTS Select the Select Mode Add off the top toolbar H J Then select either Select by Rectangle or Select by Polygon Then follow the directions below the top Toolbar Note that the objects have turned Lime Green showing they have been selected Top toolbar note the number of Selectied objects On the TOP TOOLBAR select Save Selected Objects to a New Layer Gi This will open into a Save window O ON DUN FWY MH Notice it is saving back into the Field level data every time 10 Name the object you MUST Re Nameithe object amp click Save Selected by POLYGON Selected by RECTANGLE ee gO ea a FM 1 _ Ee L me SE a eS or eg m N TEAL EEE ies ENT nil ETT UT AHNE TN N AW III GK _ GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechin com Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com 31 For this example turn on Yield Data Veris Data or Topo Data as Points Shape file Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 32 Drawing Layers Polygons Lines amp Points Extracting Drawing Layers from a Mass Collection FSA CLU Field Boundaries Roads Yield Data Selecting by Database Example with POINTS
350. you can write scripts to perform ar different functions and apply algorithms on your selected layers Multiple Output Map Math Consultants only option Opens a new page in which you can write scripts to perform different functions and apply algorithms on you selected lay ers This function will allow you to create Multiple Output maps in one click from a script om Quick Math consultants only option Allows scripts to be quickly run from a dropdown menu that have previously been saved as a DLL GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 23 Bottom Layer Toolbar Bottom Toolbar Basic Buttons Remove Layer Removes the selected layer from the map does not DELETE layer The layer can be turned on again later Zoom To Layer Zooms to the extent of the selected layer Bring to Front Moves the selected layer to the front of or on top all layers Send to Back Moves the selected layer to the back of or bottom all layers Save Changes Quickly saves any changes made to the selected layer Layer Visibility On Off Turns the visibility of the layer on and off v DAD Address Bar and Active Layer Cursor Coordinates Values will be in either Latitude Longitude OF UTM Northing Easting of the Cursor location adjusted in the settings These values only show when drawing a LINE or POLYG
351. you have a variable called YG you can access the properties of that Raster in your script If you wanted to use a normalized yield goal Normalized Yield Yield at a Point Divided By Average Yield for the Field The code would look like this If InField Then Dim NormYield as Single NormYield YG Value YG Mean Return NormYield Else Return NullVal End If GK Technology Inc 204 Fifth Street East Halstad MN 855 458 3244 www gktechinc com Ag Data Mapping Solution ADMS User Manual 231 Example Minnesota P and K Recommendations for Corn Table 8 Phosphate suggestions for corn production in Minnesota Table 9 Potash suggestions for corn production in Minnesota Soil test P ppm Soil test K ppm v low low medium high v high v low low medium high v high Expected Bray 0 5 6 10 11 15 16 20 21 Expected 0 40 41 80 81 120 121 160 160 Yield Olsen 0 3 4 7 8 11 12 15 16 Yield Bdcst Band Bdcst Band Bdcst Band Bdcst Band Bdest Band Bdest Band Bdcst Band Bdest Band Bdcst Band Bdest Band bwacre muz zz Olacre to apply Ib acre ieee aE PO acre to apply Ib acre lt 100 100 50 75 40 45 30 15 10 15 0 10 15 lt 100 60 30 40 20 25 20 10 10 15 0 10 15 100 124 120 60 90 45 50 30 20 10 15 O 10 15 100 124 75 40 so 25 30 20 10 10 15 0 10 15 125 149 145 75 105 55 60 40 20 10 15 0 10 15 125 149 85 45 60 30 35
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
Shenzhen High Power Tech C700 User's Manual Operator`s Manual Instruction sheet Steam mop JC-228 This is just a small selection of our electronic cards & controllers. For Stretch HDMI 工事名:南部第2中継ポンプ場自動除塵機設備工事 特記仕様 American Standard Ceramica Decorativa 0544.000 User's Manual Applying AUTOSAR in Practice 28 Modèles de lettres réseau Samsung Samsung Galaxy S3 mini Инструкция по использованию Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file